XI JEE Chemistry Pracice Sheet 02

Chemical Classification & Periodicity in Properties (s & p block) [1]
EXERCISE # I
Atomic & Ionic Radii
Q.1 The size of the following species increases in the order:

(A) Mg2+ < Na+ < F– (B) F– < Na+ < Mg2+
(C) Mg < F– < Na+ (D) Na+ < F– < Mg2+
Q.2 Highest size will be of

(A) Br– (B) I (C) I– (D) I+
Q.3 Element Hg has two oxidation states Hg+1 & Hg+2. the right order of radii of these ions.
(A) Hg+1 > Hg+2 (B) Hg+2 > Hg+1 (C) Hg+1 = Hg+2 (D) Hg+2 Hg+1
Q.4 The correct order of increasing atomic size of element N,F, Si & P.
(A) N < F < Si N < P < Si
(C) F < N < P < Si (D) F < N < Si < P
Q.5 The correct order of atomic or ionic size

(A) N < Li < B (B) Cl < Mg < Ca (C) Ca+2 < S–2 < Cl¯ (D) Na+ < Mg+2 < Cl¯
Ionization Energy or Potential

Q.6 In which of the following electronic configuration ionisation energy will be maximum in
(A) [Ne] 3s2 3p1 (B) [Ne] 3s2 3p2 (C) [Ne] 3s2 3p3 (D) [Ar] 3d10 4s2 4p3
Q.7 The correct order of second ionisation potential of C, N, O and F is:

(A) C > N > O > F (B) O > N > F >C (C) O > F > N > C (D) F > O > N > C
Q.8 Decreasing ionization potential for K, Ca & Ba is

(A) Ba> K > Ca (B) Ca > Ba > K (C) K > Ba > Ca (D) K > Ca > Ba
Q.9 The ionization energy will be maximum for the process.

(A) Ba  Ba+ (B) Be Be+ (C) Cs  Cs+ (D) Li  Li+
Q.10 The correct order of second I.P.

(A) Na < Mg > Al < Si (B) Na > Mg < Al > Si
(C) Na > Mg > Al < Si (D) Na > Mg > Al > Si
Q.11 Alkaline earth metals always form dipositive ions due to

(A) IE2 – IE1 > 11 eV (B) IE2 – IE1 = 17 eV
(C) IE2 – IE1 < 11 eV (D) None of these
Q.12 Amongst the following, the incorrect order is

(A) IE1 (Al) < IE1 (Mg) (B) IE1 (Na) < IE1(Mg)
(C) IE2 (Mg) > IE2 (Na) (D) IE3 (Mg) > IE3 (Al)
Electron affinity or Electron Gain Enthalpy

Q.13 The electron affinity of the members of oxygen family of the periodic table, follows the sequence
(A) O > S > Se (B) S > O > Se (C) O < S > Se (D) Se > O > S
Q.14 The process requires absorption of energy is
(A) F  F– (B) Cl  Cl– (C) O–  O2– (D) H  H–
Q.15 Of the following elements, which possess the highest electron affinity?
(A) As (B) O (C) S (D) Se
Q.16 Electron affinities of O,F,S and Cl are in the order.

(A) O < S < Cl < F (B) O < S < F < Cl
(C) S < O < Cl < F (D) S < O < F < Cl
Q.17 Which of the following statement is not true?

(A) F atom can hold additional electron more tightly than Cl atom
(B) Cl atom can hold additional electron more tightly than F atom
(C) The incoming electron encounters greater repulsion for F atom than for Cl atom
(D) It is easier to remove an electron from F¯ than Cl¯.
Q.18 Increasing order of Electron affinity for following configuration.

(a) 1s2, 2s2 2p3 (b) 1s2, 2s2 2p4
(c) 1s2, 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p4 (d) 1s2, 2s2 2p6, 3s2 3p3
(A) a < d < b < c (B) d < a < c < b (C) a < b < c < d (D) a < b < d < c
Q.19 Highest electron affinity is shown by

(A) F¯ (B) Cl¯ (C) Li+ (D) Na+
Electronegativity
Q.20 The outermost electronic configuration of most electronegative element is:
(A) ns2 np (B) ns2 np4 (C) ns2 np5 (D) ns2 np6
Q.21 In the following which configuration of element has maximum electronegativity.

(A) 1s2, 2s2 2p5 (B) 1s2, 2s2 2p6 (C) 1s2, 2s2 2p4 (D) 1s2, 2s2 2p6, 3s2 3p3
Q.22 On the Pauling’s electronegativity scale, which element is next to F .

(A) Cl (B) O (C) Br (D) Ne
Q.23 The increasing order of acidic nature of Li2O, BeO, B2O3

(A) Li2O > BeO < B2O3 (B) Li2O < BeO < B2O3
(C) Li2O < BeO > B2O3 (D) Li2O > BeO > B2O3
Q.24 Bond distance C–F in (CF4) & Si–F in (SiF4) are respective 1.33Å & 1.54 Å. C–Si bond is 1.87 Å.
Calculation the covalent radius of F atom ignoring the electronegativity differences.
1.33  1.54  1.8 1.54
(A) 0.64 Å (B) Å (C) 0.5 Å (D) Å
3 2
Q.25 Which of the following element is having highest electronegativity.

(A) 1s2 2s2 2p1 (B) [Ne] 3s2 3p1 (C) [He] 2s2 2p4 (D) [Ne] 3s2 3p5

Q.26 The lowest electronegativity of the element from the following atomic number is.
(A) 37 (B) 55 (C) 9 (D) 35
Q.27 Which one is not correct order of electronegativity.

(A) F > Cl > Br > I (B) Si > Al > Mg > Na
(C) Cl > S > P > Si (D) None of these
Q.28 Calculate the bond length of C–X bond if C – C bond length is 1.54 Å and X–X bond length is 1.2 Å
and electronegativities of C and X are 2.0 and 3.0 respectively.
(A) 2.74 Å (B) 1.37 Å (C) 1.46 Å (D) 1.28 Å
Q.29 Two elements A & B are such that B. E. of A–A, B–B & A–B are respectively 81 Kcal / mole,
64 Kcal / mole, 76 Kcal / mole & if electronegativity of B is 2.4 then the electronegativity of A may be
approximately, if xB > xA
(A) 2.81 (B) 1.8 (C) 1.99 (D) 3.0
Miscellaneous
Q.30 Which of the following does not reflect the periodicity of element
(A) Bonding behaviour (B) Electronegativity (C) Ionisation potential (D) Neutron/ Proton ratio
Q.31 Choose the s-block element from the following:

(A) 1s2, 2s2, 2p6, 3s2, 3p6, 3d5, 4s1 (B) 1s2, 2s2, 2p6, 3s2, 3p6, 3d10, 4s1
(C) 1s2, 2s2, 2p6, 3s2, 3p6, 4s1 (D) all of the above
Q.32 False statement for periodic classification of elements is

(A) The properties of the elements are periodic function of their atomic numbers.
(B) Number of non-metallic elements is less than the number of metallic elements.
(C) First ionization energy of elements does not increase regularly with the increasing of atomic number in
a period.
(D) d-subshell is filled by final electron with increasing atomic number of inner transition elements.
Q.33 Pick out the isoelectronic species from the following:

I. +CH3 II. H3O+ III. NH3 IV. CH 3
(A) I and II (B) III and IV (C) I and III (D) II, III and IV
Q.34 If there were 10 periods in the periodic table then how many elements would this period can maximum
comprise of.
(A) 50 (B) 72 (C) 32 (D) 98
Q.35 Among the following which species is/are paramagnetic

(i) Sr2+ (ii) Fe3+ (iii) Co2+ (iv) S2– (v) Pb2+
(A) i, iv, v (B) i, ii, iii (C) ii, iii (D) iv, v
Q.36 If each orbital can hold a maximum of three electrons, the number of elements in 9th period of periodic
table (long form) are
(A) 48 (B) 162 (C) 50 (D) 75

Q.37 The Zeff for
3d electron of Cr
4s electron of Cr
3d electron of Cr3+
3s electron of Cr3+ are in the order respectively
(A) 4.6, 2.95, 4.95, 8.05 (B) 4.95, 2.95, 4.6, 8.05
(C) 4.6, 2.95, 5.3, 12.75 (D) none of these
Q.38 Which among the following factors is most important in making fluorine, the strongest oxidising halogen:
(A) Bond dissociation energy (B) Ionisation Enthalpy
(C) Hydration enthalpy (D) Electron affinity
Q.39 Which of the following element has highest metallic character .

Element IP
(A) P 17 eV
(B) Q 2 eV
(C) R 10 eV
(D) S 13 eV
Q.40 The electronic configuration of an element is 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p4. The atomic number and the group
number of the element ‘X’ which is just below the above element in the periodic table are respectively.
(A) 24 & 6 (B) 24 & 15 (C) 34 & 16 (D) 34 & 8
Q.41 The correct order of increasing hydration energy of following ion is

(A) Fe+2 < Co+2 < Fe+3 (B) Fe+2 < Co+2 > Fe+3
+2 +2
(C) Fe >Co > Fe +3 (D) Fe+2 < Fe+3 < Co+2
Q.42 Maximum number of Fe2+ ions can be produced from Fe atom by absorbing energy from which of the
following process. (Considering equal number of given species.)
(A) Formation of O¯ form O-atom. (B) Formation of F¯ form F-atom.
(C) Formation of Cl¯ form Cl-atom. (D) Formation of S¯ form S-atom.
More than one correct

Q.43 Which of the following is correct order of EA.
(A) N < C < O < F (B) F > Cl > Br > I
(C) Cl > F > Br > I (D) C < N < O < F
Q.44 Select the correct statement(s).

(A) The value of electron gain enthalpy of an element can be -ve or +ve.
(B) In the periodic table, metallic character of the elements increases down the group and decreases
across the period
(C) The Cl¯ & S2– are isoelectronic species but first one is not smaller in size than the second
(D) Ionization enthalpy of an atom is equal to electron gain enthalpy of cation
Q.45 Which of the following parameters can’t be estimated by using Born-Haber cycle (for the formation of
the ionic compound) ?
(A) Hydration energy (B) Electron gain enthalpy
(C) Lattice energy (D) Electronegativity
Q.46 Which of the following are correct
(A) IE2(Mg) < IE2 (Na)
(B) EA (N) < EA (P)
(C) Atomic size Mg+2 > Atomic size (Li+)
(D) IP of Na < Mg < Al
Q.47 If Aufbau’s principle and Hund’s rule were not followed.

(A) K would have been d–block element & paramagnetic.
(B) Cu would have been s–block element.
(C) Cr would have been diamagnetic
(D) Fe+3 ion would have 5 unpaired electrons.
Q.48 In halogen, which of the following properties increase from iodine to fluroine
(A) Ionisation energy (B) Electronegativity
(C) Bond length (D) Electron affinity
Q.49 Which of the following pair have nearly the same atomic radii
(A) Al and Ga (B) Fe and Ni (C) Zr and Hf (D) Pt & Pd
Q.50 In which of the following sets of elements 1st element is more metallic then second.
(A) Ba, Ca (B) Sb, Sn (C) Ge, S (D) Na, F
Q.51 Amongst the following statements, which is / are correct?

(A) Electronegtaivity of sulphur is greater than that of oxygen.
(B) Electron affinity of oxygen is smaller than that of sulphur.
(C) Electron gain enthalpy of fluorine is most negative
(D) Electron gain enthalpy of chlorine is most negative
Q.52 The ionic compound A+ B¯ is formed when the

(A) electron gain enthalpy of B is high (B) ionization energy of A is low
(C) lattice energy of AB is high (D) lattice energy of AB is low
Q.53 Which of the following is/are correct?

(A) For A(g) + e–  A¯ (g) H may be negative
(B) For A¯(g) + e–  A2– (g) H may be negative
(C) For A¯(g) + e–  A2– (g) H must be positive
(D) For A+3 (g) + e¯  A+2 (g) H must be negative
Q.54 Which of the following is false

(A) Cr2+(g) ion has greater magnetic moment compared to Co3+(g).
(B) The magnitude of ionization potential of iron anion (monoanion) would be equal to electron gain
enthalpy of iron.
(C) lanthanide contraction is cause of lower I.P. of Pb than Sn.
(D) If successive ionization energy are 332, 738, 849, 4080, 4958 (in kJ/mol). Then this element can be
of 15th group.

Q.55 Select the correct order (s).
(A) IE1 of F > IE1 of Cl
(B) E A of O > E A of S
(C) Ionic radius of Cl¯ > Ionic radius of K+
(D) None of these
Match the column

Q.56 If electrons are filled in the sub shells of an atom in the following order 1s, 2s, 2p, 3s, 3p, 3d, 4s, 4p, 4d,
4f......... then match the following element in List I with block in List II.
List-I List-II
(A) K(19) (P) s-Block
(B) Fe(26) (Q) p-Block
(C) Ga(31) (R) d-Block
(D) Sn(50) (S) f-block
Q.57 Match the characteristics mentioned in List II with the process in List I.
List I List II
(A) O (g) + e¯  O¯ (g) (P) Positve electron gain enthalpy
(B) O¯ (g) + e¯  O ¯ (g)
2 (Q) Negative electron gain enthalpy
(C) Na¯(g)  Na(g) + e– (R) Exothermic
(D) Mg (g) + e  Mg (g)
+ – (S) Endothermic
Q.58 Match the column :

Column I Column II
(A) Highest density (P) Lithium
(B) Metallic character (Q) Osmium
(C) Lightest Metal (R) Mercury
(D) Liquid at room temperature (S) Bromine

Column I Column II
(A) Cl (P) Metallic
(B) F (Q) Highest electron affinity
(C) Cu (R) Electronegative element
(D) He (S) Highest ionisation energy.

Column-I Column-II
(A) Ni (P) Elements having number of unpaired electron in
their dipositive ion = 2.
(B) K (Q) At least 13 electrons are having magnetic
quantum number 'zero'.
(C) Mn (R) Atom is paramagnetic.
(D) Pd (S) Element is not transition element

Assertion & Reason
In following question a Statement 1 and Statement 2 is given. Choose the correct answers from the
codes A, B, C, D given for given question.
(A) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is true and statement-2 is correct explanation for statement-1.
(B) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is true and statement-2 is NOT the correct explanation for statement-1.
(C) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is false.
(D) Statement-1 is false, statement-2 is true.
Q.61 Statement-1 : Lithium is a better reducing agent than Cs.

Statement-2 : Sublimation energy and Ionisation energy of lithium is less than that of Cs.
Q.62 Statement-1 : The first ionization energy of Be is greater than that of B.

Statement-2 : 2p orbital is lower in energy than 2s.
Q.63 Statement-1 : IE1 of N is greater than O.

Statement-2 : N-atom is bigger than O in size.
Q.64 Statement-1 : First electron gain enthalpy is alway -ve for an element.
Statement-2 : Magnitude of elerctron gain enthalpy irregularly increases from left to right in a
period.
Q.65 Statement-1 : Ionization potential of Sn is less than Pb.

Statement-2 : Ionization potential is inversaly proportional to atomic size.
Q.66 Statement-1 : Magnitude of electron gain enthalpy of Cl is largest in periodic table.

Statement-2 : Halogen’s have largest electron gain enthalpy in a period.
Q.67 Statement-1 : O  O2– is associated with energy absorbed but yet several oxides are
stable enough.
Statement-2 : The lattice energy involved to form its oxides overcomes the other energy
absorbed.
Comprehension-1
Question No. 68 and 69 are based on the following information.
Four elements P, Q, R & S have ground state electronic configuration as:
P  1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p3 Q  1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p1
R  1s 2s 2p 3s 3p 3d 4s 4p
2 2 6 2 6 10 2 3 S  1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d10 4s2 4p1
Q.68 Comment which of the following option represent the correct order of true (T) & false (F) statement.
I size of P < size of Q II size of R < size of S
III size of P < size of R (appreciable difference) IV size of Q < size of S (appreciable difference)
(A) TTTT (B) TTTF (C) FFTT (D) TTFF
Q.69 Order of IE1 values among the following is

(A) P > R > S  Q (B) P < R < S < Q (C) R > S > P > Q (D) P > S > R > Q

Comprehension-2 (Q.70 to Q.72)
Nature of bond can be predicted on the basis of electronegativity of bonded atoms, greater difference
in electronegativity (X), more will be the polarity of bond, and polar bond are easily broken in polar
solvent like water. For hydroxy acids XO – XA difference predict the nature of oxide formed by the
element A.
|XO – XA| > |XO – XH| then A–O–H show basic nature (NaOH)
|XO – XA| < |XO – XH| then A–O–H show acidic nature (H–O–Cl)
With the help of EN values [ENA = 1.8, ENB = 2.6, ENC = 1.6, END = 2.8] answer the following
questions for the compounds HAO, HBO, HCO, HDO.
Q.70 Compounds whose aqueous solution is acidic and order of their acidic strength
(A) AOH, COH ; AOH < COH (B) HDO, HBO ; HDO > HBO
(C) AOH, COH ; AOH > COH (D) HDO, HBO ; HDO < HBO
Q.71 Compounds whose aqueous solution is basic and order of their basic strength
(A) AOH, COH ; AOH < COH (B) HDO, HBO ; HDO > HBO
(C) AOH, COH ; AOH > COH (D) HDO, HBO ; HDO < HBO
Q.72 Percentage ionic character of compound AB is

(A) 42.42% (B) 24.24% (C) 15.04% (D) None of these

Pauling gave method to calculate univalent ion radii by assuming that
(i) In ionic crystal (let M+X¯ ) cations and anions are is contact of each other and sum of their radii is equal
to interionic distance, i.e.
d(M —X ¯) = r   r 
M X
(ii) The radius of an ion having noble gas configuration is inversely proportional to the effective nuclear
C C
charge felt at the periphery of the ion, i.e. r( M  ) = and r( X ¯) = Z
Zeff .( M  ) eff . ( X ¯)
Here C is constant of proportionality whose value depends on electronic configuration of ion.

Thus,
C C
d ( M  X ¯) = + pm
Zeff .( M  ) Z eff . ( X ¯)
Zeff. is the effective nuclear charge whose value can be calculated by the formula : Zeff.= Z – . Here 
is shielding constant and for neon, the value of  when calculate by Slater’s rule, is found to be 4.5.
Q.73 The value of constant C for NaF crystals is [given that interionic distance of NaF = 231 pm] :
(A) 231 (B) 115.5 (C) 614.5 (D) 307.25
Q.74 The value of univalent radii for F¯ as calculated by Pauling method is (given that interionic distance of
NaF = 231 pm) :
(A) 94.5 pm (B) 136.5 pm (C) 111.68 pm (D) 115.5 pm
Q.75 The value of ‘C’ for Na+, Mg2+ and Al3+ will be in the order :
(A) Al3+ > Mg2+ > Na+ (B) Al3+ < Mg2+ < Na+
(C) Al3+ = Mg2+ = Na+ (D) Can’t be compared.

All the simple salt dissolve in water, producing ions and consequently the solution conduct electricity. In
this process water molecule surround both the cations and anions & release energy. This process is
called hydration & energy released is called hydration energy & it depends on size of gaseous ions.
Answer the following questions with respect to given cations.
Na+, Mg2+, Al3+
Q.76 Order of extent of hydration
(A) Na+ = Mg2+ = Al3+ (B) Na+ > Mg2+ > Al3+
(C) Al+3 > Mg2+ > Na+ (D) Al+3 > Mg2+ < Na+
Q.77 Order of hydration energy

(A) Na+ = Mg2+ = Al3+ (B) Na+ > Mg2+ > Al3+
(C) Al+3 > Mg2+ > Na+ (D) Al+3 > Mg2+ < Na+
Q.78 Order of size of hydrated ion.

(A) Na+ = Mg2+ = Al3+ (B) Na+ > Mg2+ > Al3+
(C) Al+3 > Mg2+ > Na+ (D) Al+3 > Mg2+ < Na+
Q.79 Order of ionic mobility

(A) Na+ = Mg2+ = Al3+ (B) Na+ > Mg2+ > Al3+
(C) Al+3 > Mg2+ > Na+ (D) Al+3 > Mg2+ < Na+
Q.80 Order of size of gaseous ions.

(A) Na+ = Mg2+ = Al3+ (B) Na+ > Mg2+ > Al3+
(C) Al+3 > Mg2+ > Na+ (D) Al+3 > Mg2+ < Na+

Comprehension-5(Q.81 to Q.85)
According to Hess’s law enthalpy change for a process in independent on number of steps involved,
whether a process is carried out in one or several steps. Net enthalpy change remain same.
For example a process carried out from A to D via intermediate step B and C then enthalpy change for
step A to D is equal to some of enthalpy change for A to B, B to C and C to D.
HA–B HB–C
A B C
HC–D
HA–D
D
HA–D = HA–B + HB–C + HC–D
With the help of informations given below answer the following questions
140
Al+3(g) + 3Cl– (g)
130
Na+(g) + Cl– (g)
120
Al+2(g) + 3Cl– (g)
110
100 Na(g) + Cl (g)
AlCl3(s)
90
Energy ( kJ)
NaCl(s) Al+3(g) + 3Cl– (aq)

80
70
60
50 Na(g) + Cl– (g)
40 Al+3(aq) + 3Cl– (aq)
30 NaAlCl4(s)
1
20 Na(g) + Cl2(g)
2
10
0
1 3
Na(s) + Cl (g) Al(s) + Cl (g)
2 2 2 2
Q.81 HL.E. of NaAlCl4 will be _____________.

Q.82 HH.E. of Al+3(g) ion will be _____________.
Q.83 Hf of NaCl(s) will be _____________.
Q.84 BE Cl + H [Cl (g)] will be _____________.

2 eg
Q.85 H eg of [Al+3(g)] will be _____________.

1

EXERCISE # II
Q.1 Use the following system of naming elements in which first alphabets of the digits are written collectively,
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
nil uni bi tri quad pent hex sept oct enn
to write three-letter symbols for the elements with atomic number 101 to 109.
[Example : 101 is Unu....]
Q.2 Mg2+, O2–, Na+, F–, N3– (Arrange in decreasing order of ionic size)
Q.3 Why Ca2+ has a smaller ionic radius than K+.
Q.4 Arrange in decreasing order of atomic size : Na, Cs, Mg, Si, Cl.
Q.5 Why the first ionisation energy of carbon atom is greater than that of boron atom whereas, the reverse is
true for the second ionisation energy.
Q.6 The IE do not follow a regular trend in II & III periods with increasing atomic number. Why?
Q.7 Explain why a few elements such as Be (+0.6), N(+0.3) & He(+0.6) have positive electron gain enthalpies
while majority of elements do have negative values.
Q.8 Which bond in each pair is more polar

(a) P – Cl or P – Br (b) S – Cl or S – O (c) N – O or N – F
Q.9 From among the elements, choose the following: Cl, Br, F, Al, C, Li, Cs & Xe.
(i) The element with highest electron gain enthalpy.
(ii) The element with lowest ionisation potential.
(iii) The element whose oxide is amphoteric.
(iv) The element which has smallest radii.
(v) The element whose atom has 8 electrons in the outermost shell.
Q.10 In the ionic compound KF, the K+ and F– ions are found to have practically radii, about 1.34 Å each.
What do you predict about the relative covalent radii of K and F?
Q.11 Which oxide is more basic, MgO or BaO? Why?
Q.12 The basic nature of hydroxides of group 13 (III-A) decreases progressively down the group. Comment.
Q.13 Based on location in P.T., which of the following would you expect to be acidic & which basic.
(a) CsOH (b) IOH (c) Sr(OH)2 (d) Se(OH)2 (e) FrOH (f) BrOH
Q.14 Compare the following giving reasons

Acidic nature of oxides: CaO, CO, CO2, N2O5, SO3
Numerical Problems
Q.15 If internuclear distance between Cl atoms in Cl2 is 10 Å & between H atoms in H2 is 2 Å, then calculate
internuclear distance between H & Cl (Electronegativity of H = 2.1 & Cl = 3.0).

Q.16 The As-Cl bond distance in AsCl3 is 2.20 Å. Estimate the SBCR (single bond covalent radius) of As.
(Assume EN of both to be same and radius of Cl = 0.99 Å.)
Q.17 The Pt-Cl distance has been found to be 2.32 Å in several crystalline compounds. If this value applies to
both of the compounds shown in figure. What is Cl - Cl distance in (a) and (b)
(a) (b)
Q.18 The IE values of Al(g) = Al+ +e is 577.5 kJ mol–1 and H for Al(g) = Al3+ +3e is 5140 kJ mol–1. If
second and third IE values are in the ratio 2 : 3. Calculate IE2 and IE3.
Q.19 For the gaseous reaction,

K + F  K+ F–, H was calculated to be 19 kcal/mol under conditions where the cations and anions
were prevented by electrostatic separation from combining with each other. The ionisation potential of K
is 4.3 eV / atom. What is the electron affinity of F?
Q.20 The ionisation potentials of atoms A and B are 400 and 300 kcal mol –1 respectively. The electron
affinities of these atoms are 80.0 and 85.0 k cal mol–1 respectively. Prove that which of the atoms has
higher electronegativity.
Q.21 Calculate E.N. of chlorine atom on Pauling scale if I.E. of Cl– is 4eV & of E.A. of Cl+ is + 13.0 eV.
Q.22 Calculate the electronegativity of fluorine from the following data :

EH – H = 104.2 kcal mol–1 EF – F = 36.2 kcal mol–1
EH – F = 134.6 kcal mol–1 XH = 2.1
Q.23 Calculate the E.N. of Cl from the bond energy of ClF (61 KCal/mol). Given that bond energies of F2
and Cl2 are 38 and 58 KCal/mol respectively.Given : Electronegativity of F = 4 eV.
Q.24 How many chlorine atoms will be ionised Cl  Cl+ + e–1 by the energy released from the process
Cl + e–1  Cl– for 6.02 × 1023 atoms (I.P. for Cl = 1250 kJ mol–1 and E.A. = 350 kJ mole–1)
Q.25 A mixture contains F and Cl atoms. the removal of an electron from each atom of the sample requires
284 kJ while the addition of an electron to each atom of the mixture releases 68.8 kJ. Determine the %
composition of the mixture.
(IE) per atom (EA) per atom
F –22
27.91 × 10 kJ 5.53 ×10–22 kJ
Cl –22
20.77 ×10 kJ 5.78 × 10–22 kJ
Q.26 Calculate the lattice energy of NaCl crystal from the following data by the use of Born-Haber cycle.
Sublimation energy of Na = 26 kcal/g. atom, dissociation energy of Cl 2 = 54 kcal/mole, ionisation
energy for Na(g) = 117 kcal/ mol, electron affinity for Cl(g) = 84 kcal/g atom, heat of formation of
NaCl = – 99 kcal/mole.

Q.27 Calculate the electron affinity of iodine with the help of the following data (given in Kcal/mole).
1
(Hfor)NaI= – 68.8, (H sub)Na= 25.9, (H sub  H diss ) I2 =25.5, (IP)Na = 118.4, (U)NaI = – 165.4
2
Q.28 From the following information
A– (g)  A+2 (g) + 3e– H1 = 1400 kJ
A (g)  A+2 (aq) + 2e– H2 = 700 kJ
H EG [A+(g)] = – 350 kJ /mol
(IE1 + IE2) for A(g) = 950 kJ/mol
Find
(a) IE1 of A (b) IE2 of A (c) H EG of A (d) HHE of A2+ (g)
Q.29 For ionic compound A2+B22– & C22+ D2–

(a) A4(s) + B2 (g)  A B2 (s) Hf = – 500
Find the lattice energy of AB2
(b) Find Hf for according D3 (g) + C (s)  C2 D (s)
Given on sublimation of above metal (A4) it dissociates into individual atom.
Given : Sublimation energy of A4 is 1600 ; Sublimation energy of C is 100
Dissociation energy of B2 is 200 ; Dissociation energy of D3 is 90
A (g)  A (g)+ ; H = 50
A+(g)  A2+ (g) ; H = 150
B (g)  B (g)
– ; H = 260
B– (g)  B2– (g) ; H = 250
D (g)  D (g)– ; H = – 50
D (g)  D (g)
– 2– ; H = 100
C+ (g)  C (g) ; H = – 150
C2D (s)  2C (g) + D (g)
+ 2– ; H = 1000
All the values are in kJ/mol
Q.30 Using the concept of Zeff (from Slater's rule). Explain the following:
"In obtaining the electronic configuration of V+ from that of V, an e– is removed from 4s and not from 3d."

EXERCISE # III
Q.1 Moving from right to left in a periodic table, the atomic size is: [JEE 1995]
(A) increased (B) decreased (C) remains constant (D) none of these
Q.2 The increasing order of electronegativity in the following elements: [JEE 1995]
(A) C, N, Si, P (B) N, Si, C, P (C) Si, P, C, N (D) P, Si, N, C
Q.3 One element has atomic weight 39. Its electronic configuration is 1s 2, 2s2 2p6, 3s2 3p6 4s1. The true
statement for that element is:
(A) Highest value of IE (B) Transition element
(C) Isotone with 18Ar38 (D) None [JEE 1995]
Q.4 The number of paired electrons in oxygen atom is: [JEE 1995]
(A) 6 (B) 16 (C) 8 (D) 32
Q.5 The decreasing size of K+, Ca2+, Cl– & S2– follows the order: [REE 1995]
(A) K+ > Ca +2 > S–2 > Cl– (B) K+ > Ca +2 > Cl– > S–2
(C) Ca +2 >K+ > Cl– > S–2 (D) S–2 > Cl– > K+ > Ca+2
Q.6 Which of the following oxide is neutral? [JEE 1996]

(A) CO (B) SnO2 (C) ZnO (D) SiO2
Q.7 Which of the following has the maximum number of unpaired electrons [JEE 1996]
(A) Mg2+ (B) Ti3+ (C) V3+ (D) Fe2+
Q.8 The following acids have been arranged in the order of decreasing acid strength. Identify the correct
order [JEE 1996]
ClOH(I) BrOH(II) IOH(III)
(A) I > II > III (B) II > I > III (C) III > II > I (D) I > III > II
Q.9 The incorrect statement among the following is: [JEE 1997]
(A) the first ionisation potential of Al is less that the first ionisation potential of Mg
(B) the second ionisation potential of Mg is greater that the second ionisation potential of Na
(C) the first ionisation potential of Na is less than the first ionisation potential of Mg
(D) the third ionisation potential of Mg is greater than the third ionisation potential of Al
Q.10 Which of the following are amphoteric? [REE 1997]

(A) Be(OH)2 (B) Sr(OH)2 (C) Ca(OH)2 (D) Al(OH)3
Q.11 Li+, Mg2+, K+,Al3+ (Arrange in increasing order of radii) [JEE 1997]
Q.12 Which one of the following statement (s) is (are) correct? [JEE 1998]
(A) The electronic configuration of Cr is [Ar] 3d 4s .(Atomic No. of Cr = 24)
5 1
(B) The magnetic quantum number may have a negative value

(C) In silver atom, 23 electrons have a spin of one type and 24 of the opposite type. ( Atomic No. of
Ag = 47)
(D) The oxidation state of nitrogen in HN3 is –3.

In following question a Statement 1 and Statement 2 is given. Choose the correct answers from the
codes A, B, C, D given for given question.
Q.13 Statement-1: F atom has a less negative electron gain enthalpy than Cl atom. [JEE 2000]
Statement-2: Additional electron is repelled more efficiently by 3p electron in Cl atom than by 2p
electron in F atom.
Q.14 Statement-1: Al(OH)3 is amphoteric in nature. [JEE 2000]

Statement-2: Al –O and O – H bonds can be broken with equal ease in Al(OH)3.
Q.15 The correct order of radii is: [JEE 2000]

(A) N < Be SO3 > P4O10 (B) CO2 > N2O5 > SO3
(C) Na2O > MgO > Al2O3 (D) K2O > CaO > MgO
Q.17 The IE1 of Be is greater than that of B. [T/F] [JEE 2001]
Q.18 The set representing correct order of IP1 is [JEE 2001]

(A) K > Na > Li (B) Be > Mg > Ca (C) B > C > N (D) Fe > Si > C
Q.19 Identify the least stable ion amongst the following: [JEE 2002]
(A) Li– (B) Be– (C) B– (D) C–
Q.20 Identify the correct order of acidic strengths of CO2, CuO, CaO, H2O: [JEE 2002]
(A) CaO < CuO < H2O < CO2 (B) H2O < CuO < CaO < CO2
(C) CaO < H2O < CuO < CO2 (D) H2O < CO2 < CaO < CuO

ANSWER KEY
EXERCISE # I
Q.1 A Q.2 C Q.3 A Q.4 C Q.5 B Q.6 C Q.7 C
Q.8 B Q.9 B Q.10 B Q.11 C Q.12 C Q.13 C Q.14 C
Q.15 C Q.16 B Q.17 A Q.18 A Q.19 C Q.20 C Q.21 A
Q.22 B Q.23 B Q.24 C Q.25 C Q.26 B Q.27 D Q.28 D
Q.29 C Q.30 D Q.31 C Q.32 D Q.33 D Q.34 B Q.35 C
Q.36 D Q.37 C Q.38 C Q.39 B Q.40 C Q.41 A Q.42 C
Q.43 A,C Q.44 A,B,D Q.45 A,D Q.46 A,B Q.47 A,B,C Q.48 A,B
Q.49 A,B,C,D Q.50 A,C,D Q.51 B,D Q.52 A,B,C
Q.53 A,C,D Q.54 A,C,D Q.55 A,C
Q.56 (A) R, (B) R, (C) Q, (D) S Q.57 (A) Q,R; (B) P,S; (C) S; (D) Q,R
Q.58 (A) Q (B) P,Q,R (C) P (D) R,S Q.59 (A) Q,R (B) R (C) P (D) S
Q.60 (A) P,Q,R (B) R,S (C) Q,R (D) P,Q Q.61 C Q.62 C Q.63 B Q.64 D
Q.65 B Q.66 B Q.67 A Q.68 B Q.69 A Q.70 B Q.71 A
Q.72 C Q.73 C Q.74 B Q.75 D Q.76 C Q.77 C Q.78 C
Q.79 B Q.80 B Q.81 – 230 kJ Q.82 – 40 Q.83 90 Q.84 110
Q.85 – 20 kJ
EXERCISE # II
Q.1 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109
Unu Unb Unt Unq Unp Unh Uns Uno Une
Q.2 N3– > O2– > F– > Na+ > Mg2+ Q.3 Isolelectronic Ca+2(Value of Zeff is higher)
Q.4 Cs > Na > Mg > Si > Cl Q.5 Zeff & half filled config.
Q.6 half filled & fully filled orbitals Q.7 half filled and fully filled orbitals
Q.8 (a) P–Cl (b) S–O, (C) N–F Q.9 (i) Cl (ii) Cs (iii) Al (iv) F (v) Xe
Q.10 rk > 1.34Å > rF Q.11 BaO
Q.12 False
Q.13 (a) basic (b) acidic (c) basic (d) acidic (e) basic (f) acidic
Q.14 CaO < CO < CO2 < N2O5 < SO3 Q.15 5.919 Å
Q.16 1.21 Å Q.17 4.64 Å ; b = 3.28 Å
Q.18 IE2 = 1825 kJ/mole, IE3 = 2737.5 kJ/mol Q.19 3.476 eV
Q.20 EN1 > EN2 Q.21 3.03 (Pauling)
Q.22 3.8752 Q.23 3.2
Q.24 23
1.686 × 10 atom Q.25 F = 37.81%, Cl = 62.19%
Q.26 –185 kcal/mole Q.27 +73.2 kcal/mole
Q.28 (a) IE1 of A = 350 kJ/mol, (b) IE2 = 600 kJ/mol, (c) EGH of A = –450 kJ/mol,
(d) EH of (A2+) = –250 kJ/mol
Q.29 – 780, – 420, AB > CD Q.30 Zeff = 4.3
EXERCISE # III
Q.1 A Q.2 C Q.3 C Q.4 A Q.5 D Q.6 A Q.7 D
Q.8 A Q.9 A,D Q.11 Al+3 < Mg2+ < Li+ < K+ Q.12 A,B,C Q.13 C
Q.14 C Q.15 B Q.16 A Q.17 True Q.18 B Q.19 B Q.20 A

Chemical Bonding [18]
EXERCISE - I
IONIC BOND
(Only one option is correct)
Q.1 An ionic bond A B  is most likely to be formed when :
(A) the ionization energy of A is high and the electron gain enthalpy of B is low
(B) the ionization energy of A is low and the electron gain enthalpy of B is high
(C) the ionization energy of A and the electron gain enthalpy of B both are high
(D) the ionization energy of A and the electron gain enthalpy of B both are low
Q.2 The compound which contains ionic as well as covalent bonds is

(A) C2H4Cl2 (B) CH3I (C) KCN (D) H2O2
Q.3 The hydration of ionic compounds involves :

(A) Evolution of heat (B) Weakening of attractive forces
(C) Dissociation into ions (D) All of these
Q.4 Which has the lowest anion to cation size ratio :

(A) LiF (B) NaF (C) CsI (D) CsF
Q.5 The compound which has the highest Lattice energy is

(A) LiF (B) LiCl (C) NaCl (D) MgO
Q.6 A bond formed between two like atoms cannot be

(A) ionic (B) covalent (C) coordinate (D) metallic
Q.7 Which of the following contains electrovalent and polar covalent bonds ?
(A) CH 4 (B) H 2 O2 (C) NH4Cl (D) HCN
COVALENT BOND , CO-ORDINATE BOND & LEWIS STRUCTURE

Q.8 A sigma bond is formed by the overlap of atomic orbitals of atoms A and B. If the bond is formed along
the x-axis, which of the following overlaps is acceptable ?
(A) s orbital of A and p z orbital of B (B) px orbital of A and p y orbital of B
(C) p z orbital of A and p x orbital of B (D) p x orbital of A and s orbital of B
Q.9 How many bond pairs are present in IF7 molecule :

(A) 6 (B) 7 (C) 5 (D) 8
Q.10 PCl5 exists but NCl 5 does not because :

(A) Nitrogen has no vacant 2d-orbitals (B) NCl 5 is unstable
(C) Nitrogen atom is much smaller than P (D) Nitrogen is highly inert
Q.11 Which of the following has/have a strong covalent bond?

(A) Cl-F (B) F-F (C) C-Cl (D) C-F

Q.12 Which of the following species are hypervalent?
1. PCl5, 2. BF3, 3. XeF2 , 4. CO32–
(A) 1, 2, 3 (B) 1, 3 (C) 3, 4 (D) 1, 2
Q.13 The types of bond present in N2O5 are

(A) only covalent (B) only ionic (C) ionic and covalent (D) covalent & coordinate
Q.14 NH 3 and BF3 combine readily because of the formation of :

(A) a covalent bond (B) a hydrogen bond
(C) a coordinate bond (D) an ionic bond
Q.15 Which of the following molecules does not have coordinate bonds?
(A) CH3–NC (B) CO (C) O3 (D) CO 32
Q.16 Which of the following Lewis dot diagrams is(are) incorrect ?


Cl  H  H H
   |  | |
2-
(C)  H  N  H  [ S] (D) H  N  N  H

(A) Na  O  C l  (B) Cl C Cl
   |   
Cl  H 
2
Q.17 The possible structure(s) of monothiocarbonate ion is :

2–
C C S S
(A) S (B) S (C) C (D) C

O O O O O O O O
Q.18 The valency of sulphur in sulphuric acid is :

(A) 2 (B) 8 (C) 4 (D) 6
Q.19 The total number of valence electrons in 4.2g of N 3 ion are :

(A) 2.2 NA (B) 4.2 NA (C) 1.6 NA (D) 3.2 NA
V.B.T. & HYBRIDISATION

1 2 3
Q.20 In the following compound C H 2  C H  C H 2  C  CH , the C 2  C3 bond is of the type :
(A) sp  sp 2 (B) sp 3  sp 3 (C) sp  sp 3 (D) sp 2  sp 3
Q.21 Which of the following has a geometry different from the other three species (having the same geometry)?
(A) BF4 (B) SO42 (C) XeF4 (D) PH 4

Q.22 Maximum bond energy is in :
(A) F2 (B) N 2 (C) O2 (D) equal
Q.23 Among the following species, identify the isostructural pairs : NF3 , NO3 , BF3 , H 3O  , OF2
(A) [ NF3 , NO3 ] and [ BF3 , H 3O  ] (B) [ NF3 , OF2 ] and [ NO3 , BF3 ]
(C) [ NF3 , H 3O  ] and [ NO 3 , BF3 ] (D) [ NF3 , H3O  ] and [OF2 , BF3 ]
Q.24 Number and type of bonds between two carbon atoms in CaC 2 are :
(A) one sigma () and one pi () bond (B) one  and two  bonds
(C) one  and one and a half  bond (D) one  bond
Q.25 In C  C bond in C 2 H 6 undergoes heterolytic fission, the hybridisation of carbon in the resulting two
species is / are
(A) sp 2 both (B) sp 3 both (C) sp 2 , sp 3 (D) sp, sp 2
Q.26 The hybridisation and shape of BrF3 molecule are :

(A) sp 3d and bent T shape (B) sp 2 d 2 and tetragonal
(C) sp 3d and bent (D) none of these
Q.27 The shape of methyl cation (CH 3 ) is likely to be:

(A) linear (B) pyramidal (C) planar (D) spherical
Q.28 The structure of XeF2 involves hybridization of the type :

(A) sp 3 (B) dsp 2 (C) sp 3d (D) sp 3 d 2
Q.29 In the XeF4 molecule, the Xe atom is in the

(A) sp2-hybridized state (B) sp3-hybridised state
(C) sp3d3-hybridized state (D) sp3d2-hybridized state
O
C – OH
OH
Q.30 How many - and - bonds are there in (salicylic) acid?
(A) 10, 4 (B) 16, 4 (C) 18, 2 (D) 16, 2

Q.31 Which of the following has been arranged in increasing order of size of the hybrid orbitals ?
(A) sp  sp 2  sp 3 (B) sp 3  sp 2  sp (C) sp 2  sp 3  sp (D) sp 2  sp  sp 3
Q.32 In the context of carbon, which of the following is arranged in the correct order of electronegativity :
(A) sp  sp 2  sp 3 (B) sp 3  sp 2  sp (C) sp 2  sp  sp 3 (D) sp 3  sp  sp 2
Q.33 When 2 s  2 s, 2 p  2 p and 2 p  2s orbitals overlap, the bond strength decreases in the order :
(A) p  p  s  s  p  s (B) p  p  p  s  s  s
(C) s  s  p  p  p  s (D) s  s  p  s  p  p
Q.34 The shapes of IF5 and IF7 are respectively :

(A) distorted square pyramidal and pentagonal bipyramidal
(B) octahedral and pyramidal
(C) trigonal bipyramidal and pentagonal bipyramidal
(D) distorted square planar and distorted octahedral
Q.35 Carbon atoms in C 2 (CN ) 4 are :

(A) sp-hybridized (B) sp 2 -hybridized
(C) sp- and sp 2 hybridized (D) sp, sp 2 and sp 3 - hybridized
Q.36 CO2 is isostructural with

(I) HgCl 2 (II) NO 2 (III) SnCl 4 (IV) C 2 H 2
(A) I and III (B) II and IV (C) I and IV (D) III and IV
Q.37 The ratio of  and  bonds in benzene is :

(A) 2 (B) 6 (C) 4 (D) 8
Q.38 The bond angle and hybridization in ether (CH 3OCH 3 ) is :

(A) 106º51, sp 3 (B) 104º31, sp 3 (C) > 109° 28' sp3 (D) None of these
Q.39 The shape of a molecule which has 3 bond pairs and one lone pair is :
(A) Octahedral (B) Pyramidal (C) Triangular planar (D) Tetrahedral
Q.40 Which molecule is T shaped :

(A) BeF2 (B) BCl3 (C) NH 3 (D) ClF3
Q.41 According to hybridisation theory maximum s-character is found in bond formed by ( * ) atom.
* * * *
(A) C H 4 (B) SF6 (C) X eO 64 (D) S F4

Q.42 A -bond is formed by two p x orbitals each containing one unpaired electron when they approach each
other along :
(A) x - axis (B) y - axis (C) z - axis (D) any direction
Q.43 Which of the following pairs is (are) isostructural?

(A) SF4 and SiF4 (B) SF6 and SiF62 (C) SiF62 and SeF62 (D) XeO64 and TeF62
Q.44 The structure of XeF6 in vapour phase is

(A) pentagonal bipyramidal (B) trigonal bipyramidal
(C) capped octahedron (D) square bipyramidal
MISCELLEANEOUS (INCLUDING BOND ANGLES & BOND LENGTH )

Q.45 Cyanogen, (CN ) 2 , has a ____ shape/structure :
(A) Linear (B) Zig-zag (C) V-shape (D) Cyclic
Q.46 The formal charges on the three O-atoms in O3 molecule are

(A) 0, 0, 0 (B) 0, 0, –1 (C) 0, 0, +1 (D) 0, +1, –1
Q.47 The types of bonds present in CuSO4·5H2O are

(A) electrovalent and covalent
(B) electrovalent , coordinate covalent & H-bond
(C) covalent, coordinate covalent & H-bonds
(D) electrovalent, covalent, coordinate covalent & H-bond
Q.48 Which of the following has been arranged in order of decreasing dipole moment ?
(A) CH 3Cl  CH 3 F  CH 3 Br  CH 3 I (B) CH 3 F  CH 3Cl  CH 3 Br  CH 3 I
(C) CH 3Cl  CH 3 Br  CH 3 I  CH 3 F (D) CH 3 F  CH 3Cl  CH 3 I  CH 3 Br
Q.49 Which of the following has the least dipole moment

(A) NF3 (B) CO2 (C) SO2 (D) NH 3
Q.50 The experimental value of the dipole moment of HCl is 1.03 D. The length of the H  Cl bond is
1.275 Å . The percentage of ionic character in HCl is :
(A) 43 (B) 21 (C) 17 (D) 7
Cl
Q.51 The dipole moment of is 1.5 D. The dipole moment of is :
(A) 0 D (B) 1.5 D (C) 2.86 D (D) 2.25 D

Q.52 The correct order of decreasing X  O  X bond angle is ( X  H , F or Cl ) :
(A) H 2O  Cl 2O  F2O (B) Cl 2 O  H 2O  F2O
(C) F2O  Cl 2 O  H 2O (D) F2O  H 2O  Cl2O
Q.53 Which has higher bond energy :

(A) F2 (B) Cl 2 (C) Br2 (D) I 2
Q.54 The bond angle in PH 3 is :

(A) Much lesser than NH 3 (B) Equal to that in NH 3
(C) Much greater than in NH 3 (D) Slightly more than in NH 3

Q.55 H  B  H bond angle in BH 4 is :
(A) 180º (B) 120º (C) 109º (D) 90º
Q.56 In the series ethane, ethylene and acetylene, the C  H bond energy is maximum in
(A) The same in all the three compounds (B) Ethane
(C) Ethylene (D) Acetylene
Q.57 If ethylene molecule lies in X -Y plane then nodal planes of the -bond will lie in
(A) XZ plane (B) YZ plane
(C) In a plane that bisects C–C axis (D) XY plane
OTHER FORCES
Q.58 Which of the following models best describes the bonding between layer of the graphite structure ?
(A) metallic bonding (B) ionic bonding
(C) non-metallic covalent bonding (D) van der Waals forces
Q.59 Ethanol has a higher boiling point than dimethyl ether though they have the same molecular weight. This is due to :
(A) resonance (B) coordinate bonding (C) hydrogen bonding (D) ionic bonding
Q.60 Which of the following compounds would have significant intermolecular hydrogen bonding ?
HF , CH 3OH , N 2O4 , CH 4
(A) HF , N 2 O4 (B) HF , CH 4 , CH 3OH (C) HF , CH 3OH (D) CH 3OH , CH 4
Q.61 For H 2 O2 , H 2 S , H 2O and HF , the correct order of decreasing strength of hydrogen bonding is :
(A) H 2 O  HF  H 2O2  H 2 S (B) HF > H2O2 > H2O > H2S
(C) HF  H 2O  H 2O2  H 2 S (D) H 2 O2  H 2O  HF  H 2 S
Q.62 Which one of the following does not have intermolecular H-bonding?
(A) H2O (B) o-nitro phenol (C) HF (D) CH3COOH

Q.63 The order of strength of hydrogen bonds is:
(A) ClH ...Cl  NH ...N  OH ...O  FH ...F (B) ClH ...Cl  NH ...N  OH ...O  FH ...F
(C) ClH ...Cl  NH ...N  OH ...O  FH ...F (D) ClH ...Cl  NH ...N  OH ...O  FH ...F
Q.64 Which of the following exhibit/s H-bonding?

(A) CH4 (B) H2Se (C) N2H4 (D) H2S
Q.65 The H bond in solid HF can be best represented as:

H H H H
(A) H  F ....H  F ....H  F (B)
F F F
F F H H
(C) H H H H (D) F F F F
F
H
Q.66 The volatility of HF is low because of :

(A) its low polarizability (B) Strong intramolecular H-bonding
(C) its small molecular mass (D) Strong intermolecular H-bonding
Q.67 Two ice cubes are pressed over each other and unite to form one cube. Which force is responsible for
holding them together :
(A) Ionic attraction (B) Covalent attraction
(C) Hydrogen bond formation (D) Dipole-dipole attraction
Q.68 Intramolecular hydrogen bonding is found in :

(A) Salicylaldehyde (B) Water (C) Acetaldehyde (D) Phenol
Q.69 The pairs of bases in DNA are held together by :

(A) Hydrogen bonds (B) Ionic bonds (C) Phosphate groups (D) Deoxyribose groups
Q.70 In which of the following compounds, breaking of covalent bond takes place?
(A) Boiling of H2O (B) Melting of KCN (C) Boiling of CF4 (D) Melting of SiO2
More than one options are correct

Q.71 Atoms combine so that,
(A) They can always attain stable configuration to that of nearest nobel gas.
(B) They can attain stable configuration if possible, to that of nearest nobel gas.
(C) Their potential energy can increase and hence bond energy may increase.
(D) Their potential energy can decrease and hence bond energy may increase.
Q.72 Which of the following compounds contain ionic, covalent and cordinate bonds?
(A) NH4Cl (B) KCN (C) NaBF4 (D) NaOH
Q.73 Which of the following have a three dimensional network structure ?

(A) SiO2 (B) Diamond (C) P4 ( white ) (D) CCl 4

Q.74 Which of the following statements is/are true?
(A) Covalent bonds are directional
(B) Ionic bonds are nondirectional
(C) A polar bond is formed between two atoms which have the same electronegativity value.
(D) The presence of polar bonds in a polyatomic molecule suggests that it has zero dipole moment
Q.75 The octet rule is not obeyed in :

(A) CO2 (B) BCl3 (C) PCl5 (D) SiF4
Q.76 To which of the following species octet rule is not applicable :

(A) BrF5 (B) SF6 (C) IF7 (D) CO
Q.77 Pick out among the following species isoelectronic with CO2 :
(A) N 3 (B) (CNO )  (C) (NCN ) 2 (D) NO2
Q.78 Which of the following oxyacids of sulphur contain S  S bonds ?

(A) H 2 S 2 O8 (B) H 2 S 2O6 (C) H 2 S 2O4 (D) H 2 S 2 O5
Q.79 Which of the following species contain coordinate covalent bond :

(A) AlCl3 (B) CO (C) [ Fe(CN ) 6 ]4 (D) N 3
Q.80 Which of the following statement(s) is / are not correct?

(A) Hybridization is the mixing of atomic orbitals of large energy difference.
(B) sp 2  hybrid orbitals are formed from two p - atomic orbitals and one s- atomic orbital
(C) sp 3d 2  hybrid orbitals are at 90º to one another
(D) sp3  hybrid orbitals are directed towards the corners of a regular tetrahedron
Q.81 Which of the following species is (are) isostructural with XeF4 ?
(A) ICl 4 (B) I3 (C) BrF4 (D) XeO4
Q.82 Which of the following statements is/are correct ?

(A) NH 2 shows sp 2  hybridisation whereas NH 2 shows sp 3  hybridisation
(B) Al (OH ) 4 has a regular tetrahedral geometry
(C) sp 2  hybridized orbitals bonded to same substituents have equal s- and p- character
(D) Hybridized orbitals always form  - bonds
Q.83 There is change in the hybridisation when:

(A) NH 3 combines with H  (B) AlH 3 combines with H 
(C) NH 3 forms NH 2 (D) SiF4 forms SiF62

Q.84 Which of the following statement is/are correct
(A) Hybridisation is the mixing of pure atomic orbitals having less energy difference
(B) sp 3 d 2  hybrid orbitals are at 90º to each other
(C) sp 3 d  hybrid orbitals are directed towards the corners of a regular tetrahedron
(D) sp 3 d 2  hybrid orbitals are directed towards the corners of a regular octahedron
Q.85 State the wrong statement :

(A) Free rotation around the single bond is not possible. (B) p-orbitals always overlap sideways
(C) s-orbitals never form  - bonds
(D) There can be more than one sigma bond between two atoms
Q.86 sp 3 hybridisation is in :
(A) AlH 4 (B) CH 3 (C) ClO2 (D) NH 2
Q.87 Which of the following has (have) regular octahedral geometry :

(A) SbCl6 (B) SnCl 62 (C) XeF6 (D) IO65
Q.88 Shape of NH 3 is very similar to :

(A) SeO32 (B) CH 3 (C) BH 3 (D) CH 3
Q.89 Which of the following have same shape as NH 2 ?

(A) CO2 (B) SnCl 2 (C) SO2 (D) BeCl 2
Q.90 Which of the following is (are) linear ?

(A) I 3 (B) I 3 (C) PbCl2 (D) XeF2
Q.91 Which of the following species are linear ?

(A) ICl 2 (B) I3

(C) N 3 (D) ClO2
Q.92 Which of the following compounds possesses zero dipole moment?

(A) Water (B) Benzene (C) Carbon tetrachloride (D) Boron trifluoride
Q.93 Which of the following statements are correct?

(A) The crystal lattice of ice is formed by covalent as well as hydrogen bonds
(B) The density of water increases when heated from 0º C to 4º C
(C) Above 4º C the thermal agitation of water molecules increases. Therefore, intermolecular distance
increases and water starts expanding
(D) The density of water decreases from 0º C to a maximum at 4º C

Q.94 Which of the following compounds has bond angle as nearly 90º ?
(A) NH 3 (B) H 2 S (C) H 2O (D) SF6
Q.95 For propadiene H 2 C  C  CH 2 , correct statement(s) is / are :

1 2 3
(A) Molecule is non planar
(B) Molecule is nonpolar
(C) Nodal plane of -bond formed by C1 & C2 is perpendicular to that of formed by C2 & C3.
(D) Nodal plane of -bond formed by C1 & C2 is coplanar with that of formed by C2 & C3.
Q.96 Molecule(s) having both polar and non polar bonds is / are
(A) O2F2 (B) S2Cl2 (C) N2H4 (D) S2F10
Q.97
(A) has intermolecular H - bonding

(B) has intramolecular H- bonding
(C) has low boiling point
(D) is steam-volatile
Q.98 Intermolecular hydrogen bonding increases the enthalpy of vapourization of a liquid due to the:
(A) decrease in the attraction between molecules
(B) increase in the attraction between molecules
(C) decrease in the molar mass of unassociated liquid molecules
(D) increase in the effective molar mass of hydrogen - bonded molecules
Q.99 Which of the following molecules have intermolecular hydrogen bonds ?

(A) KH 2 PO4 (B) H 3 BO3
(C) C6 H 5CO2 H (D) CH 3OH
Q.100 Which of the following have dipole moment ?

(A) nitrobenzene (B) p-chloronitrobenzene
(C) m-dichlorobenzene (D) o-dichlorobenzene
Q.101 The correct order of lattice energies of given ionic compounds is / are
(A) LiF < NaF < KF < RbF < CsF
(B) MgO > CaO > SrO > BaO
(C) LiF > LiCl > LiBr > LiI
(D) MgO > MgF2 > LiF > NaF

Match the Column :
Q.102 Column I Column II
(A) BrF3 (P) One angle 90°
(B) TeF5¯ (Q) Central atom is sp3d2 hybridised
(C) IF7 (R) Non planar
(D) XeF4 (S) Polar

(A) I (CN)2¯ (P) Having p–p bond & D = 0
(B) CO3 2– (Q) Having p–d bond & D  0
(C) XeO2F2 (R) Planar
(D) SOF4 (S) Central atom is sp3d

(A) H2 S 2 O 5 (P) Central atom is sp3 hybridised
(B) H6B2O72– (Q) M–O–M ie oxo linkage is present
(C) H4 P 2 O 6 (R) M–M ie oxo linkage is absent
(D) H6Si2O7 (S) Non planar

EXERCISE - II
(Assertion & Reason)
Q.1 Statement-1 : Higher the lattice energy greater will be the ease of formation of an ionic compound.
Statement-2 : Lattice energy is evolved during formation of an ionic compound.
Q.2 Statement-1 : Lattice energy of an ionic solid can not be infinite.

Statement-2 : As inter ionic distance tends to zero, repulsive forces dominate over attractive forces.
Q.3 Statement-1 : If all same type of surrounding atoms and lone pairs are symmetrically placed around
central atom, the molecule will be non polar.
Statement-2 : The direction of bond moment is from positive pole towards negative pole.
Q.4 Statement-1 : During formation of co-ordinate bond acceptor accepts electron pair only when its
octet has not been completed
Statement-2 : Inspite of having completed octet, acceptor can accept electron pair provided it has
empty 'd' orbitals.
Q.5 Statement-1 : On the basis of overlapping of pure atomic orbital the shape of NH3 molecule will be
trigonal pyramidal.
Statement-2 : According to pure atomic orbital overlapping each  HNH is of 90°.
Q.6 Statement-1 : lone pair – lone pair repulsion is found to be greater than lone pair b.p. repulsion.
Statement-2 : lone pair is under the influence of one nucleus while b.p. is under that of two nuceli.

Q.7 Statement-1 : Phosphorus exists as P4 not as P2
Statement-2 : Sidewise overlapping between two 3p orbitals is less effective.
Q.8 Statement-1 : Inorganic benzene (B3N3H6) and organic benzene (C6H6) are isoelectronic & hence
are isostructural.
Statement-2 : dC–C in benzene is greater than dB–N in inorganic benzene (borazine).
Q.9 Statement-1 : Compounds, like graphite, H3BO3, boron nitride (inorganic graphite etc.), which
composed of layers in solid state have lubricating action.
Statement-2 : Two dimensional layers are bonded to one another by weak Vander Waals forces.
(Comprehension) (Q.10 to Q.11)
During the formation of a covalent bond each participating atom usually acquires electronic configuration
to that of nearest noble gas, and the shared electron pair remains localized between the bonded nuclei.
Besides these shared electrons there are certain electron pairs which remains localized on C.A. or on
substituent or both and are called non bonding or lone pair electrons.
Q.10 Which of the following species does / do not follow octet rule:
(A) Hypovalent (B) Hypervalent
(C) Odd electron molecules (D) All
Q.11 In SO32– the total number of lone pairs and bond pairs are respectively
(A) 18 and 4 (B) 9 and 8 (C) 9 and 4 (D) 7 and 4

Hybridisation is a theoretical concept, as state of hybridisation cannot be detected even by spectro-
scopically; unlike intermediates or transition state in various reactions. but it corrects the predictions
which are based simple on overlapping of pure atomic orbitals. VSEPR theory predicts precisely shape
and bond angle in a given molecule.
Q.12 In which pair of molecules bond angles are not same:

(A) CCl4 & SiCl4 (B) NH4+ & N F4 (C) ClF6+ & SF6 (D) None
Q.13 The molecules / ions which are planar as well as polar.

(A) BF3 , H2O, H F , NH2¯ (B) SnCl2 , I3+ , NH2¯, IF3
(C) CO32– , I3¯, SF2, XeF2 (D) NO2¯, XeF4, ICl4¯, NH2+
Q.14 The correct order of energy levels of hybrid orbitals.
(A) sp > sp2 > sp3 (B) sp < sp2 < sp3 (C) sp2 > sp3 > sp (D) sp3 > sp > sp2
As one moves from sp hybridisation to sp3. % of s-character in hybrid orbital decreases from 50% to
25% and p-character increases from 50% to 75% and in any hybrid orbital total % of s & p- character
remains 100%. By increasing p-character the hybrid orbitals become elongated hence, their overlapping
extent decreases that is results into weak bond energy also bond angle decreases.
Q.15 Statement-1 : On decreasing s-character in hybrid orbitals, bond angle decreases.
Statement-2 : p-orbitals are at 90° to one another.
Q.16 The type of overlapping which produces bond of maximum bond energy is:
(A) sp3 – 1s (B) sp2 – 1s
(C) sp –1s (D) All have same bond energy
Q.17 State whether each statement is true or false. If false, write the correct statement.
(i) An element with low ionization potential is most likely to form a covalent bond with an other element
having a high electron gain enthalpy.
(ii) Ionic interactions are always stronger than covalent bonds.
(iii) Two non-metal atoms are likely to form covalent bonds on combination.
(iv) Ionic interactions are directional.
Q.18 State whether each statements is T or F, if F rectify.

(i) All diatomic molecules are non-polar.
(ii) All molecules having polar bonds are polar
(iii) The lone pairs of electrons do not contribute to the net dipole of a molecule.
(iv) The CH2Cl2 molecule may be polar or nonpolar depending on its geometry.
(v) The net dipole in the water molecule is the resultant of its bond dipoles.
(vi) SO2 is polar whereas CO2 is non-polar.
(vii) NH3 is less polar than NF3
(viii) If a co-ordinate bond neutralizes charge separation of a polar bond, then dipole moment of the bond
decreases.
Q.19 Fill in the blanks.

(i) bonds are formed by the lateral overlap of a p-orbital with another ____ orbital in same phase.
(ii) Free rotation is possible if two atoms are bonded together only by a_________ bond.
(iii) The maximum number of  bonds that can be formed between two atoms is_______.
(iv) The repulsion between ____ is greater than the repulsion between two bonded pairs
O O
N
(v) In (nitro benzene) the total number of bonded electrons equals ___________________.

Subjective

Q.20 In solid Na Cl¯ one Na+ is surrounded by six Cl¯ ions find out total number of directional bonds formed
by each Na+ with Cl¯ ions.
Q.21 Find out total number of p–d bonds present in any one of its structures in case of PO43–
Q.22 Find out total number of p–p bonds present in ClO3¯.
Q.23 How many number of atomic orbitals are required, so that their mixing produces hybrid orbitals each
having % of s-character equal to 17%.
Q.24 AgNO3 gives a white precipitate with NaCl but not with CCl4 . Why ?
Q.25 Using VSEPR theory identify the type of hybridisation and draw the structure of OF2 .
Q.26 What should be the structure shape of the following as per VSEPR theory ?
(a) XeF2 (b) XeF4 (c) PBr5 (d) OF2 (e) I 3 and (f) I 3
Q.27 The percent ionic character in HCl is 18.08. The observed dipole moment is 1.08 D. Find the inter-nuclear
distance in HCl.
Q.28 Assuming that all the four valency of carbon atom in propane pointing towards the corners of a regular
tetrahedron. Calculate the distance between the terminal carbon atoms in propane. Given, C  C single
bond length is 1.54 Å.
Q.29 The dipole moment of HBr is 7.95 debye and the intermolecular separation is 1.94  10 10 m Find the %
ionic character in HBr molecule.
Q.30 HBr has dipole moment 2.6  10 30 C  m . If the ionic character of the bond is 11.5 %, calculate the
interatomic spacing.
Q.31 Dipole moment of LiF was experimentally determined and was found to be 6.32 D. Calculate percentage
ionic character in LiF molecule Li  F bond length is 156 pm.
Q.32 A diatomic molecule has a dipole moment of 1.2 D. If bond length is 1.0 Å, what percentage of an
electronic charge exists on each atom.
Q.33 Which will have a higher boiling point, Br2 or ICl , & why?
Q.34 Arrange noble gases , in the increasing order of b.p.

EXERCISE - III
Choose the correct alternative (only one correct answer).
Q.1 The geometry & the type of hybrid orbitals present about the central atom in BF3 is : [ JEE '98]
(A) linear, sp 2
(B) trigonal planar, sp (C) tetrahedral sp 3 (D) pyramidal, sp3
Q.2 The correct order of increasing C - O bond length of, CO, CO 32- , CO2 is [ JEE '99]
(A) CO32- < CO2 < CO (B) CO2 < CO32- < CO
(C) CO < CO32- < CO2 (D) CO < CO2 < CO32-
Q.3 The geometry of H2S and its dipole moment are [ JEE '99]
(A) angular & non zero (B) angular & zero (C) linear & non zero (D) linear & zero
Q.4 In compounds type E Cl3, where E = B, P, As or Bi, the angles Cl - E - Cl for different E are in the order
(A) B > P = As = Bi (B) B > P > As > Bi (C) B < P = As = Bi (D) B < P < As < Bi
[ JEE '99]
Q.5 The most likely representation of resonance structure of p–nitrophenoxide is:
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Q.6 Amongst H2O, H2S , H2Se and H2Te, the one with the highest boiling point is [JEE 2000]
(A) H2O because of hydrogen bonding (B) H2Te because of higher molecular weight
(C) H2S because of hydrogen bonding (D) H2Se because of lower molecular weight
Q.7 The hybridization of atomic orbitals of nitrogen in NO 2 , NO3 and NH 4 are [JEE 2000]
(A) sp2, sp3 and sp2 respectively (B) sp, sp2 and sp3 respectively
(C) sp2, sp and sp3 respectively (D) sp2, sp3 and sp respectively
Q.8 The correct order of hybridization of the central atom in the following species NH3, PtCl 4 2 , PCl5 and
BCl3 is [JEE 2001]
2 3 2
(A) dsp , sp d, sp and sp 3 3 2 3
(B) sp , dsp , sp d, sp 2
2 2 3 3
(C) dsp , sp , sp , sp d (D) dsp2, sp3, sp2, sp3d
Q.9 Specify hybridization of N and B atoms in a 1 : 1 complex of BF3 and NH3 [JEE 2002]
(A) N : tetrahedral, sp3 ; B : tetrahedral, sp3 (B) N : pyramidal, sp3; B : pyramidal, sp3
(C) N : pyramidal, sp3 ; B : planar, sp2 (D) N : pyramidal, sp3; B : tetrahedral, sp3
Q.10 The nodal plane in the -bond of ethene is located in [JEE 2002]
(A) the molecular plane
(B) a plane parallel to the molecular plane
(C) a plane perpendicular to the molecular plane which bisects, the carbon-carbon  bond at right angle.
(D) a plane perpendicular to the molecular plane which contains, the carbon-carbon bond.
Q.11 Which of the following are isoelectronic and isostructural ? NO3 , CO 32 , ClO3 , SO 3 [JEE 2003]
(A) NO 3 , CO 32 (B) SO3, NO3 (C) ClO3 , CO 32 (D) CO32 , SO 3
Q.12 Which species has the maximum number of lone pair of electrons on the central atom? [JEE 2005]
(A) ClO3– (B) XeF4 (C) SF4 (D) I3–

Q.13 The percentage of p-character in the orbitals forming P–P bonds in P4 is [JEE 2007]
(A) 25 (B) 33 (C) 50 (D) 75
Q.14 The structure of XeO3 is [JEE 2007]
(A) linear (B) planar (C) pyramidal (D) T-shaped
Q.15 Statement-1 : p-Hydroxybenzoic acid has a lower boiling point than o-hydroxybenzoic acid.
because
Statement-2 : o-Hydroxybenzoic acid has intramolecular hydrogen bonding. [JEE 2007]
(A) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is a correct explanation for Statement-1.
(B) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is NOT a correct explanation for Statement-1.
(C) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is False. (D) Statement-1 is False, Statement-2 is True.
Q.16 Statement-1 : In water, orthoboric acid behaves as a weak monobasic acid.
because
Statement-2 : In water, orthoboric acid acts as a proton donor. [JEE 2007]
(A) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is a correct explanation for Statement-1.
(B) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is NOT a correct explanation for Statement-1.
(C) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is False. (D) Statement-1 is False, Statement-2 is True.
Q.17 The nitrogen oxide(s) that contain(s) N–N bond(s) is/are [JEE 2009]
(A) N2O (B) N2O3 (C) N2O4 (D) N2O5
Q.18 The species having pyramidal shape is [JEE 2010]
(A) SO3 (B) BrF3 (C) SiO3 2– (D) OSF2
Fill in the blanks.

Q.1 The shape of CH3+ is ___________. [ JEE '90]
Q.2 Amongst the three isomers of nitrophenol , the one that is least soluble in water is ______.
[ JEE '94]
Q.3 Among N2O , SO2 , I3+ & I3- , the linear species are ______ & _______ . [ JEE '97]
Q.4 The P - P - P angle in P4 molecule is ________. [ JEE '97]
State whether true or false.

Q.1 In benzene carbon uses all the three p-orbitals for hybridisation. [ JEE '87]
Q.2 sp2 hybrid orbitals have equal S & P character . [ JEE '87]
Q.3 The presence of polar bonds in a polyatomic molecule suggests that the molecule has non - zero
dipole moment . [ JEE '90]
Q.4 The dipolemoment of CH3 F is greater than CH3Cl. [ JEE '93]
Q.5 HBr is stronger acid than HI because of H - bonding. [ JEE '97]
Q.6 Al(OH)3 is amphoteric in nature. [ JEE '97]

Subjective
Q.1 The number of water molecule(s) directly bonded to the metal centre in CuSO4. 5H2O is [JEE 2009]
Q.2 Based on VSEPR theory, the number of 90 degree F–Br–F angles in BrF5 is [JEE 2010]

Explain the following.
Q.1 Explain the molecule of magnesium chloride is linear whereas that of stannous chloride is angular.
[ JEE '87]
Q.2 Give reason that valency of oxygen is generally two whereas sulphur shows of 2 , 4, & 6.
[ JEE '88]
Q.3 Explain why the dipolemoment of NH3 is more than that of NF3. [ JEE '95]
Q.4 Explain PCl5 is formed but NCl5 cannot. [JEE '97]
Q.5 Explain why o-hydroxybenzaldehyde is a liquid at room temperature, while p-hydroxybenzaldehyde is a

high melting solid. [ JEE '99]
Miscellaneous.
Q.1 Using VSEPR theory , identify the type of hybridisation & draw the structure of OF2. What are
oxidation states of O & F. [JEE '94]
CH3
Q.2 Arrange (toluene) , m–dichlorobenzene, o–dicholorobenzene and p–dichlorobenzene in order
of increasing dipole moment. [IIT 1996]
Q.3 Draw the structures of [JEE '97]

(i) XeF2 (ii) XeO3 (iii) XeF4 (iv) BrF5 (v) SO3 2-
Q.4 Interpret the non-linear shape of H2S molecule & non planar shape of PCl3 using VSEPR theory.
[JEE '98]
Q.5 Discuss the hybridisation of C - atoms in allene (C3H4) and show the   orbital overlaps.
[JEE '99]
Q.6 Using VSEPR theory, draw the shape of PCl5 and BrF5. [JEE 2003]
Q.7 Draw the structure of XeF4 and OSF4 according to VSEPR theory, clearly indicating the state of
hybridisation of the central atom and lone pair of electrons (if any) on the central atom. [JEE 2004]

ANSWER KEY
EXERCISE - I
Q.1 B Q.2 C Q.3 D Q.4 D Q.5 D Q.6 A Q.7 C
Q.8 D Q.9 B Q.10 A Q.11 D Q.12 B Q.13 D Q.14 C
Q.15 D Q.16 A Q.17 D Q.18 D Q.19 C Q.20 D Q.21 C
Q.22 B Q.23 C Q.24 B Q.25 C Q.26 A Q.27 C Q.28 C
Q.29 D Q.30 B Q.31 A Q.32 A Q.33 B Q.34 A Q.35 C
Q.36 C Q.37 C Q.38 C Q.39 B Q.40 D Q.41 A Q.42 A
Q.43 B Q.44 C Q.45 A Q.46 D Q.47 D Q.48 A Q.49 B
Q.50 C Q.51 A Q.52 B Q.53 B Q.54 A Q.55 C Q.56 D
Q.57 D Q.58 D Q.59 C Q.60 C Q.61 C Q.62 B Q.63 B
Q.64 C Q.65 C Q.66 D Q.67 C Q.68 A Q.69 A Q.70 D
Q.71 B, D Q.72 A, C Q.73 A, B Q.74 A, B Q.75 B, C Q.76 A, B, C
Q.77 A, B, C Q.78 B, C, D Q.79 B, C, D Q.80 A, C
Q.81 A, C Q.82 A, B, C Q.83 B, D Q.84 A, D
Q.85 A, B, D Q.86 A, B, C, D Q.87 A, B, D Q.88 A, B
Q.89 B, C Q.90 A, D Q.91 A, B, C Q.92 B, C, D
Q.93 A, B, C Q.94 B, D Q.95 A, B, C Q.96 A, B, C, D
Q.97 B, C, D Q.98 B, D Q.99 A, B, C, D Q.100 A, B, C, D
Q.101 B, C, D Q.102 (A) P,S (B) P,Q,R,S (C) P,R (D) P,Q
Q.103 (A) P,R,S (B) P,R (C) Q,S (D) Q,S Q.104 (A) P,R,S (B) P,Q,S (C) P,R,S (D) P,Q,S

EXERCISE - II
Q.1 A Q.2 A Q.3 B Q.4 D Q.5 A Q.6 A Q.7 A
Q.8 C Q.9 A Q.10 D Q.11 C Q.12 D Q.13 B Q.14 B
Q.15 B Q.16 C Q.17 (i) F (ii) T (iii) T (iv) F
Q.18 (i) F (ii) F (iii) F (iv) F (v) F (vi) T (vii) F (viii) T
Q.19 (i) p-orbital, (ii) –bond, (iii) 1 , (iv) lp–lp & lp–bp, (v) 36
Q.20 zero Q.21 1 Q.22 0 Q.23 6
Q.24 NaCl ionic compound which dissociate to give Cl¯ ions where as CCl4 can not ionised to give Cl¯.
Q.25 Hybridisation of O : sp3 O

F F
Q.26 (a) Linear, (b) square planar, (c) T.B.P. (d) bent, (e) linear, (f) bent Q.27 1.2Å
Q.28 2.514 Å Q.29 85% Q.30 1.4 Å Q.31 84.5%
Q.32 25% Q.33 ICl Q.34 He < Ne < Ar < Kr < Xe < Rn
EXERCISE - III
Q.1 B Q.2 D Q.3 A Q.4 B Q.5 A Q.6 A Q.7 B
Q.8 B Q.9 A Q.10 A Q.11 A Q.12 D Q.13 D Q.14 C
Q.15 D Q.16 C Q.17 A, B, C Q.18 D
Fill in the blanks.

Q.1 trigonal planar Q.2 ortho Q.3 N2O, I3– Q.4 60°
State whether true or false.

Q.1 F Q.2 F Q.3 F Q.4 F Q.5 F Q.6 T
Subjective
Q.1 4 Q.2 0
Explain the following.

Q.1 Presence of lone pair in SnCl2 Q.2 Presence of vaccant 3d-orbitals
Q.3 In NF3 dipole moment of lone pair counter act N–F bond dipole moment
Q.4 Absence of d-orbitals at N Q.5 Intra-H-bonding in o-hydroxybenzaldehyde

Miscellaneous.
Q.1 O Oxidation state of oxygen = +2 , Oxidation state of fluorine = –1

F F
Q.2 IV < I < II < III
Q.3 (i) Linear, (ii) Pyramidal, (iii) Square planar, (iv) Square pyramidal, (v) pyramidal
S
Q.4 Both S and H-atoms lie in same plane
H H
P
Trigonal pyramidal : Non planar
Cl Cl
Cl
CH 2  C  CH 2
Q.5   
sp 2 sp sp 2
F
Cl
Cl F F
Cl P
Q.6 Br
Cl
Cl F F
F
F F F
Xe 90°
O S
Q.7 F F F
3 2
F 3
Hybridisation of Xe : sp d Hybridisation of S : sp d

s-Block Elements [40]
Question Bank on s-block elements
Q.1 Cs+ ions impart violet colour to Bunsen flame. This is due to the fact that the emitted radiations are of
(A) high energy (B) lower frequencies
(C) longer wave-lengths (D) zero wave number
Q.2 The compound(s) of alkaline earth metals, which are amphoteric in nature is/are
(A) BeO (B) MgO (C) Be(OH)2 (D) Mg(OH)2
Q.3 An alkaline earth metal (M) gives a salt with chlorine, which is soluble in water at room temperature. It
also forms an insoluble sulphate whose mixture with a sulphide of a transition metal is called ‘lithopone’
-a white pigment. Metal M is
(A) Ca (B) Mg (C) Ba (D) Sr
Q.4 The reaction of an element A with water produces combustible gas B and an aqueous solution of C.
When another substance D reacts with this solution C also produces the same gas B. D also produces
the same gas even on reaction with dilute H2SO4 at room temperature. Element A imparts golden yellow
colour to Bunsen flame. Then, A, B, C and D may be identified as
(A) Na, H2, NaOH and Zn (B) K, H2, KOH and Zn
(C) K, H2, NaOH and Zn (D) Ca, H2, CaCOH2 and Zn
Q.5 The hydroxide of alkaline earth metal, which has the lowest value of solubility product (Ksp) at normal
temperature (25°C) is
(A) Ca(OH)2 (B) Mg(OH)2 (C) Sr(OH)2 (D) Be(OH)2
Q.6 The correct statement is/are
(A) BeCl2 is a covalent compound (B) BeCl2 is an electron deficient molecule
(C) BeCl2 can form dimer (D) the hybrid state of Be in BeCl2 is sp2
K CrO / H 
Q.7 (Yellow ppt) T 2  
4
 X dil
. HCl

 Y(Yellow ppt)  Z  (pungent smelling gas)
If X gives green flame test. Then, X is
(A) MgSO4 (B) BaS2O3 (C) CuSO4 (D) PbS2O3
Q.8 Which of the following carbonate of alkali metals has the least thermal stability?
(A) Li2CO3 (B) K2CO3 (C) Cs2CO3 (D) Na2CO3
Q.9 The ‘milk of magnesia’ used as an antacid is chemically
(A) Mg(OH)2 (B) MgO (C) MgCl2 (D) MgO + MgCl2
Q.10 The alkali metals which form normal oxide, peroxide as well as super oxides are
(A) Na, Li (B) K, Li (C) Li, Cs (D) K, Rb
Q.11 Mg2C3 + H2O  X (organic compound). Compound X is
(A) C2H2 (B) CH4 (C) propyne (D) ethene
Q.12 The hydration energy of Mg2+ is
(A) more than that of Mg3+ ion (B) more than that of Na+ ion
(C) more than that of Al3+ ion (D) more than that of Be2+ ion
Q.13 The golden yellow colour associated with NaCl to Bunsen flame can be explained on the basis of
(A) low ionisation potential of sodium (B) emission spectrum
(C) photosensitivity of sodium (D) sublimation of metallic sodium of yellow vapours

Q.14 Solution of sodium metal in liquid ammonia is a strong reducing agent due to presence of
(A) solvated sodium ions (B) solvated hydrogen ions
(C) sodium atoms or sodium hydroxide (D) solvated electrons
Q.15 The order of solubility of lithium halides in non-polar solvents follows the order
(A) LiI > LiBr > LiCl > LiF (B) LiF > LiI > LiBr > LiCl
(C) LiCl > LiF > LiI > LiBr (D) LiBr > LiCl > LiF > LiI
Q.16 The salt which finds uses in qualitative inorganic analysis is
(A) CuSO4·5H2O or ZnSO4·5H2O (B) K2SO4·Al2(SO4)3·24H2O
(C) Na(NH4)HPO4·4H2O (D) FeSO4·(NH4)2SO4·6H2O
Q.17 Fire extinguishers contain
(A) conc. H2SO4 solution (B) H2SO4 and NaHCO3 solutions
(C) NaHCO3 solution (D) CaCO3 solution
Q.18 CsBr3 contains
(A) Cs–Br covalent bonds (B) Cs3+ and Br– ions
(C) Cs+ and Br3– ions (D) Cs3+ and Br33– ions
Q.19 KO2 finds use in oxygen cylinders used for space and submarines. The fact(s) related to such use of
KO2 is/are
(A) it produces O2 (B) it produces O3
(C) it absorbs CO2 (D) it absorbs both CO and CO2
Q.20 The compound(s) which have –O–O– bond(s) is/are
(A) BaO2 (B) Na2O2 (C) CrO5 (D) Fe2O3
High temperature CO in
Q.21 Na + Al2O3     X 2 Y; compound Y is
water
(A) NaAlO2 (B) NaHCO3 (C) Na2CO3 (D) Na2O2
Q.22 The correct order of second ionisation potentials (IP) of Ca, Ba and K is
(A) K > Ca > Ba (B) Ba > Ca > K (C) K > Ba > Ca (D) K = Ba = Ca
Q.23 EDTA is used in the estimation of
(A) Mg2+ ions (B) Ca2+ ions
(C) both Ca2+ and Mg2+ ions (D) Mg2+ ions but not Ca2+ ions
Q.24 Highly pure dilute solution of sodium in ammonia
(A) shows blue colouration due to solvated electrons
(B) shows electrical conductivity due to both solvated electrons as well as solvated sodium ions
(C) shows red colouration due to solvated electrons but a bad conductor of electricity
(D) produces hydrogen gas or carbonate
Q.25 aq. NaOH + P4 (white)  PH3 + X; compound X is
(A) NaH2PO2 (B) NaHPO4 (C) Na2CO3 (D) NaHCO3
Q.26 The correct order of solubility is
(A) CaCO3 < KHCO3 < NaHCO3 (B) KHCO3 < CaCO3 < NaHCO3
(C) NaHCO3 < CaCO3 < KHCO3 (D) CaCO3 < NaHCO3 < KHCO3
Q.27 The complex formation tendency of alkaline earth metals decreases down the group because
(A) atomic size increases (B) availability of empty d and f-orbitals increases
(C) nuclear charge to volume ratio increases (D) all the above

Q.28 The alkaline earth metals, which do not impart any colour to Bunsen flame are
(A) Be and Mg (B) Mg and Ca (C) Be and Ca (D) Be and Ba
 , 205C
Q.29 Y   CaSO4·2H2O  ,120C
 X. X and Y are respectively
(A) plaster of paris, dead burnt plaster (B) dead burnt plaster, plaster of paris
(C) CaO and plaster of paris (D) plaster of paris, mixture of gases
Q.30 A metal M readily forms water soluble sulphate, and water insoluble hydroxide M(OH)2. Its oxide MO
is amphoteric, hard and having high melting point. The alkaline earth metal M must be
(A) Mg (B) Be (C) Ca (D) Sr
Q.31 When K2O is added to water, the solution becomes basic in nature because it contains a significant
concentration of
(A) K+ (B) O2– (C) OH– (D) O22–
Na CO K CrO
Q.32 ( White ppt) D 23 A 2 4  B(Yellow ppt)
( in acetic acid)
dil. H 2SO 4 
C( White ppt)
If A is the metallic salt, then the white ppt. of D must be of

(A) stronsium carbonate (B) red lead (C) barium carbonate (D) calcium carbonate
CO
Q.33 (Milky Cloud) C  2 A + Na2CO3 —C
The chemical formulae of A and B are
(A) NaOH and Ca(OH)2 (B) Ca(OH)2 and NaOH
(C) NaOH and CaO (D) CaO and Ca(OH)2
Q.34 An aqueous solution of an halogen salt of potassium reacts with same halogen X2 to give KX3, a brown
coloured solution, in which halogen exists as X3– ion, X2 as a Lewis acid and X– as a Lewis base,
halogen X is
(A) chlorine (B) bromine (C) iodine (D) fluorine
Q.35 The correct order of basic-strength of oxides of alkaline earth metals is
(A) BeO > MgO > CaO > SrO (B) SrO > CaO > MgO > BeO
(C) BeO > CaO > MgO > SrO (D) SrO > MgO > CaO > BeO
Q.36 Which of the following compounds are paramagnetic in nature?
(A) KO2 (B) K2O2 (C) Na2O2 (D) RbO2
Q.37 The order of melting point of chlorides of alkali metals is
(A) LiCl > NaCl > KCl < CsCl (B) LiCl > NaCl > KCl > CsCl
(C) NaCl > KCl > CsCl > LiCl (D) LiCl > NaCl > CsCl > KCl
Q.38 NaOH(Solid) + CO 200C

  X; product X is
(A) NaHCO3 (B) Na2CO3 (C) HCOONa (D) H2CO3
N , H O
Q.39 X 2 Y 
2
 Z(colourless gas) CuSO
  T (blue colour)
4
Then, substances Y and T are

(A) Y = Mg3N2 and T = CuSO4·5H2O (B) Y = Mg3N2 and T = CuSO4·4NH3
(C) Y = Mg(NO3)2 and T = CuO (D) Y = MgO and T = CuSO4·4NH3

Q.40 Weakest base among KOH, NaOH, Ca(OH)2 and Zn(OH)2 is
(A) Ca(OH)2 (B) KOH (C) NaOH (D) Zn(OH)2
Q.41 If X and Y are the second ionisation potentials of alkali and alkaline earth metals of same period, then
(A) X > Y (B) X < Y (C) X = Y (D) X << Y
Q.42 The aqueous solutions of lithium salts are poor conductor of electricity rather than other alkali metals
because of
(A) high ionisation energy (B) high electronegativity
(C) lower ability of Li ions to polarize water molecules (D) higher degree of hydration of Li+ ions
+
Q.43 Sodium metal is highly reactive and cannot be stored under

(A) toluene (B) kerosene oil (C) alcohol (D) benzene
Q.44 Which of the following substance(s) is/are used in laboratory for drying purposes?
(A) anhydrous P2O5 (B) graphite (C) anhydrous CaCl2 (D) Na3PO4
Q.45 Nitrogen dioxide cannot be prepared by heating
(A) KNO3 (B) AgNO3 (C) Pb(NO3)2 (D) Cu(NO3)2
Q.46 In LiAlH4, metal Al is present in
(A) anionic part (B) cationic part
(C) in both anionic and cationic part (D) neither in cationic nor in anionic part
CoCl
Q.47 X 2  CaCl2 + Y ; the effective ingredient of X is
(A) OCl– (B) Cl– (C) OCl+ (D) OCl2–
Q.48 Which one of the following fluoride of alkali metals has the highest lattice energy?
(A) LiF (B) CsF (C) NaF (D) KF
Q.49 Crown ethers and cryptands form
(A) complexes with alkali metals
(B) salts of alkali metals
(C) hydroxides of alkali metals used for inorganic quantitative analysis
(D) organic salts of alkali metals
Q.50 White heavy precipitates are formed when BaCl2 is added to a clear solution of compound A. Precipitates
are insoluble in dilute HCl. Then, the compound A is
(A) a bicarbonate (B) a carbonate (C) a sulphate (D) a chloride
Q.51 Among MgCl2, RbCl, BeCl2 and LiCl, the compouds with the highest and the lowest % of ionic characters
are
(A) MgCl2 and BeCl2 (B) RbCl and BeCl2 (C) BeCl2 and MgCl2 (D) RbCl and LiCl
Q.52 X  C  Cl 2 High
 temperatur e
  Y  CO ; Y  2H 2 O  Z  2HCl
of about 1000 K
Compound Y is found in polymeric chain structure and is an electron deficient molecule. Y must be
(A) BeO (B) BeCl2 (C) BeH2 (D) AlCl3
Q.53 The correct order of degree of hydration of M+ ions of alkali metals is
(A) Li+ < K+ < Na+ < Rb+ < Cs+ (B) Li+ < Na+ < K+ < Rb+ < Cs+
(C) Cs+ < Rb+ < K+ < Na+ < Li+ (D) Cs+ < Rb+ < Na+ < K+ < Li+
Q.54 BeCl2 + LiAlH4  X + LiCl + AlCl3
(A) X is LiH (B) X is BeH2 (C) X is BeCl2·2H2O (D) None

Q.55 The order of thermal stability of carbonates of IIA group is
(A) BaCO3 > SrCO3 > CaCO3 > MgCO3 (B) MgCO3 > CaCO3 > SrCO3 > BaCO3
(C) CaCO3 > SrCO3 > BaCO3 > MgCO3 (D) MgCO3 = CaCO3 > SrCO3 = BaCO3
Q.56 A pair of substances which gives the same products on reaction with water is
(A) Mg and MgO (B) Sr and SrO (C) Ca and CaH2 (D) Be and BeO
Q.57 Na2SO4 is water soluble but BaSO4 is insoluble because
(A) the hydration energy of Na2SO4 is higher than that of its lattice energy
(B) the hydration energy of Na2SO4 is less than that of its lattice energy
(C) the hydration energy of BaSO4 is less than that of its lattice energy
(D) the hydration energy of BaSO4 is higher than that of its lattice energy
Q.58 Which of the following is not a anomalous property of lithium?
(A) Hydrated lithium ion is the largest among alkali metals
(B) The melting and boiling points of lithium are comparatively high
(C) Lithium is softer than that of other alkali metals
(D) The ionisation potential and electronegativity of lithium are higher than those of other alkali metals
Q.59 The incorrect statement(s) is/are
(A) Mg cannot form complexes
(B) Be can form complexes due to a very small atomic size
(C) the first ionisation potential of Be is higher than that of Mg
(D) Mg forms an alkaline hydroxide while Be forms amphoteric oxides
Q.60 The commercial method of preparation of potassium by reduction of molten KCl with metallic sodium at
850°C is based on the fact that
(A) potassium is solid and sodium distils off at 850 °C
(B) potassium being more volatile and distils off thus shifting the reaction forward
(C) sodium is more reactive than potassium at 850 °C
(D) sodium has less affinity to chloride ions in the presence of potassium ion
Q.61 Be2C + H2O  BeO + X
CaC2 + H2O  Ca(OH)2 + Y; then X and Y are respectively
(A) CH4, CH4 (B) CH4, C2H6 (C) CH4, C2H2 (D) C2H2, CH4
Q.62 Which of the following statements are false?
(A) BeCl2 is a linear molecule in the vapour state but it is polymeric form in the solid state
(B) Calcium hydride is called hydrolith.
(C) Carbides of both Be and Ca react with water to form acetylene
(D) Oxides of both Be and Ca are amphoteric.
Q.63 Which of the following are ionic carbides?
(A) CaC2 (B) Al4C3 (C) SiC (D) Be2C
Q.64 Which of the following groups of elements have chemical properties that are most similar
(A) Na, K, Ca (B) Mg, Sr, Ba (C) Be, Al, Ca (D) Be, Ra, Cs
Q.65 MgBr2 and MgI2 are soluble in acetone because of
(A) Their ionic nature (B) Their coordinate nature
(C) Their metallic nature (D) Their covalent nature

Q.66 Which of the following is not the characteristic of barium?
(A) It emits electrons on exposure to light
(B) It is a silvery white metal
(C) It forms Ba(NO3)2 which is used in preparation of green fire
(D) Its ionization potential is lower than radium.
Question No. 67 to 74
Questions given below consist of two statements each printed as Assertion (A) and Reason (R); while
answering these questions you are required to choose any one of the following four responses:
(A) if both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the correct explanation of (A)
(B) if both (A) and (R) are true but (R) is not correct explanation of (A)
(C) if (A) is true but (R) is false
(D) if (A) is false and (R) is true
Q.67 Assertion : Beryllium does not impart any characteristic colour to the bunsen flame.
Reason : Due to its very high ionization energy, beryllium requires a large amount of energy for
exciation of the electrons.
Q.68 Assertion : In fused state, calcium chloride cannot be used to dry alcohol or NH3.
Reason : Anhy. CaCl2 is not a good desiccant.
Q.69 Assertion : Diagonal relationship is shown between Be and Al.
Reason : Ionization potential of Be is almost the same as that of Al.
Q.70 Assertion : Beryllium halides dissolve in organic solvents.
Reason : Beryllium halides are ionic in character.
Q.71 Assertion : BeCl2 fumes in moist air.
Reason : BeCl2 reacts with moisture to form HCl gas.
Q.72 Assertion : Calcium carbide on hydrolysis gives methane.
Reason : Calcium carbide contains C22– anion.
Q.73 Assertion : When CO2 is passed through lime water, it first turns milky and then the solution becomes
clear when the passage of CO2 is continued.
Reason : The milkiness is due to the formation of insoluble CaCO3 which then changes to soluble
Ca(HCO3)2 when excess of CO2 is present.
Q.74 Assertion : MgCO3 is soluble in water when a current of CO2 is passed.
Reason : The solubility of MgCO3 is due to the formation of Mg(HCO3)2.
IIT JEE ASKED QUESTION
Q.75 The compound(s) formed upon combustion of sodium metal in excess air is (are) [JEE 2009]
(A) Na2O2 (B) Na2O (C) NaO2 (D) NaOH
Q.76 Amongst the following, the total number of compounds whose aqueous solution turns red litmus paper
blue is [JEE 2010]
KCN K2 SO 4 (NH4)2C2O4 NaCl Zn(NO3)2
FeCl3 K2 CO 3 NH4NO 3 LiCN

ANSWER KEY
Q.1 A Q.2 A Q.3 C Q.4 A Q.5 D Q.6 A,B,C
Q.7 B Q.8 A Q.9 A Q.10 D Q.11 C Q.12 B Q.13 A
Q.14 D Q.15 A Q.16 C Q.17 B Q.18 C Q.19 A,C
Q.20 A,B,C Q.21 C Q.22 A Q.23 C Q.24 A,B Q.25 A Q.26 D
Q.27 A Q.28 A Q.29 A Q.30 B Q.31 C Q.32 C Q.33 B
Q.34 C Q.35 B Q.36 A,D Q.37 C Q.38 C Q.39 B Q.40 D
Q.41 A Q.42 D Q.43 C Q.44 A,C Q.45 A Q.46 A Q.47 A
Q.48 A Q.49 A Q.50 C Q.51 B Q.52 B Q.53 C Q.54 B
Q.55 A Q.56 C Q.57 A,C Q.58 C Q.59 A Q.60 B Q.61 C
Q.62 C,D Q.63 A,B,D Q.64 B Q.65 D Q.66 A Q.67 A Q.68 C
Q.69 A Q.70 C Q.71 A Q.72 D Q.73 A Q.74 A Q.75 A,B
Q.76 3

p-Block Elements (B & C family) [48]
 Marked Questions may have for Revision Questions.
PART - I : SUBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

Section (A) : General facts about elements
A-1._ Give the main ores of 3rd most abundant element?
A-2. (i) How amorphous boron of low purity is obtained from borax ?
(ii) How ultrapure boron can be prepared from BI3 or BCl3 ?
A-3. Graphite is used as a lubricant. Explain?
Section (B) : Based on Periodic trends

B-1. Why does not boron form B3+ ions ?
B-2. What do you understand by (a) inert pair effect. (b) catenation ?
Section (C) : Based on Chemical Bonding

C-1._ Draw the Lewis dot structure of following :
(i) BF3 (ii) [B(OH)4]– (iii) CO2 (iv) CO
C-2._ Draw the Lewis dot structure of following :

(i) B2H6 (ii) Borax (iii) Al2Cl6 (iv) C3O2
C-3._ Give the order of the bond length and bond strength of C–O bond in CO, CO 2, CO32–.
C-4._ Why B–F bond distance in BF3 is shorter than theoratically expected value ?
C-5._ Identify the nature of following oxides :

CO, CO2, B2O3, SiO2, Al2O3, PbO
Section (D) : Properties of Elements

D-1._ Which of the group-13 element exists in liquid state in nature?
D-2._ Write the reactions of B, Al, C and Si with air.
D-3._ Give the reactions of group 13 & 14 elements with water ?
D-4._ Complete the following reaction :

(a) B + dil. HNO3  (b) C + dil. HNO3  (c) Si + dil. HNO3 
D-5. Write balanced equation for the following :

Reaction of aluminium with aqueous sodium hydroxide. [JEE 1997, 1]
Section (E) : Oxides, Hydroxides, Oxyacids, Borax

E-1. A certain salt X, gives the following results.
(i) Its aqueous solution is alkaline to litmus.
(ii) It swells up to a glassy material Y on strong heating.
(iii) When concentrated H2SO4 is added to a hot solution of X, white crystal of an acid Z separates out.
Write equations for all the above reactions and identify X, Y and Z.
E-2. (i) A white precipitate (B) is formed when a mineral (A) is boiled with Na2CO3 solution.
(ii) The precipitate is filtered and filtrate contains two compounds (C) and (D). The compound (C) is removed
by crystallisation and when CO2 is passed through the mother liquor left (D) changes to (C).
(iii) The compound (C) on strong heating gives two compounds (D) and (E).
(iv) (E) on heating with cobalt oxide produces blue coloured substances (F).
Identify (A) to (F) and gives chemical equations for the reactions at steps (i) to (iv).

E-3._ In the company iBlazon chemical private limited, orthoboric acid is precipitated by treating Borax with Y. Y
is:
E-4._ Which of the following will dissolve in HCl?

B2O3, CO2, SiO2, SnO2, PbO2
E-5._ A student of Resonance dissolves the oxides of all the group-13 & 14 elements in both HCl and NaOH one by
one in chemistry lab. Oxides of which of the elements will dissolve in both?
E-6._ PbO2 does not react with cold dil. HNO3 but gives redox reaction with hot conc. HNO3. Discuss why does the
redox reaction takes place and also write the reaction involved.
E-7._ In steel industries, haematite ore (Fe2O3) is made to react with carbon monoxide (CO). Write the reaction
involved.
Section (F) : Hydrides

F-1._ Arrange the following in increasing order of their thermal stability stabilities.
CH4, SiH4, GeH4, SnH4, PbH4
F-2._ Give three reagents with which BF3 reacts to give B2H6. Also write the reactions involved.
F-3. What is inorganic benzene (borazole) and why is it so called ? How will you prepare Borazole from sodium
borohydride (in three steps only)
F-4._ When diborane is hydrolysed by water, a weak monobasic acid is produced which in the presence of sugar
or glycerol becomes a strong monobasic acid. Give the reaction?
F-5._ (a) Diborane reacts with ethyl alcohol to release a gas X. What is X? Also write the reaction involved.
(b) Complete the following reaction : B2H6 + CH3COOH  ?
Section (G) : Halides

G-1._ Which of the following halide is a good oxidising agent?
SnCl2, PbCl4, PbCl2
G-2. Complete the following reaction and identify compounds (A) and (B).
NH4HF2 B 2O 3
B(OH)3  ( A )  (B )
Fusion 
G-3._ In a chemistry Lab of university of Berkeley it was observed that Aluminium, Alumina and Al(OH) 3 dissolved
in dilute HCl in three separate tests to give a Lewis acid which absorbs water, truns moist blue litmus red,
sublimes on heating and is predominantly covalent. Write all the reactions involved.
G-4. When BCl3 is treated with water, it hydrolyses and forms [B[OH]4]– only whereas AlCl3 in acidified aqueous
solution forms [Al(H2O)6]3+ ion. Expain what is the hybridisation of boron and aluminium in these species ?
G-5._ Complete the following reactions :

(a) BCl3 + 3H–OH  (b) 4BF3 + 3H–OH  (c) COCl2 + 2H–OH 
(d) COF2 + H–OH  (e) SiF4 + 2H–OH  (f) CF4 + H–OH 
Section (H) : Miscellaneous (Silicones, Silicates, Zeolites & Alums)

H-1. If the starting material for the manufacture of silicones is RSiCl3, write the structure of the product formed.
H-2. What are silicates ? How are they classified ?
H-3. Write down hydrolysis of :

(i) alkyl substituted chlorosilane (ii) trialkyl chlorosilane
H-4. Define alums and give their general formula. What are some of its important uses ?

PART - II : ONLY ONE OPTION CORRECT TYPE
Section (A) : General facts about elements
A-1._ Which one of the following is most abundant in the earth's crust?
(A) B (B) Al (C) Ga (D) In
A-2. Which is not the property of diamond ?

(A) It is insoluble in all solvents
(B) It is oxidised with a mixture of K2Cr2O7 and H2SO4 at 200ºC
(C) Being hardest, it is used as an abrasive for sharpening hard tools.
(D) ƒH value of diamond is 1.90 kJ mol–1.
A-3. Relatively most inert form of carbon is :

(A) diamond (B) graphite (C) coal (D) charcoal
Section (B) : Based on Periodic trends

B-1. The decrease in stability of higher oxidation state in p–block with increasing atomic number is due to :
(A) increase in bond energy as going down the group.
(B) the reluctance of s-sub shell electrons to participate in the chemical bonding.
(C) both are correct.
(D) Noble gas configuration achieved by lower oxidation state.
B-2. Carbon and silicon belong to (IV) group. The maximum coordination number of carbon in commonly occurring
compounds is 4, whereas that of silicon is 6. This is due to :
(A) Large size of silicon (B) More electropositive nature of silicon
(C) Availability of low lying d-orbitals in silicon (D) Both (A) and (B)
Section (C) : Based on Chemical Bonding

C-1._ Sum of the pair of electron on central atom of following species :
BF3, CF4, SiF4
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) 3
C-2. In diborane the two H—B—H angles are nearly :

(A) 60º, 120º (B) 97º, 120º (C) 95º, 150º (D) 120º, 180º
C-3._ Choose the correct option regarding bond enthalpy of following :

Column-A [bond] Column-B [bond enthalpy (KJ/mol)]
(a) C–C (p) 240
(b) Si – Si (q) 260
(c) Ge – Ge (r) 297
(d) Sn – Sn (s) 348
(A) (a – p) ; (b – q) ; (c – r) ; (d – s) (B) (a – s) ; (b – r) ; (c – q) ; (d – p)
(C) (a – p) ; (b – r) ; (c – q) ; (d – s) (D) (a – r) ; (b – s) ; (c – q) ; (d – p)
C-4._ Select the correct option regarding the bond strength of C14O16, C12O16, C14O18.
(A) C14O18 > C14O16 > C12O16 (B) C14O18 < C14O16 < C12O16
(C) C O > C O < C O
14 18 14 16 12 16
(D) C14O18 < C14O16 > C12O16
C-5._ The stability of dihalides of Si, Ge, Sn and Pb increases steadily in the sequence :
(A) PbX2 < SnX2 < GeX2 < SiX2 (B) GeX2 < SiX2 < SnX2 < PbX2
(C) SiX2 < GeX2 < PbX2 < SnX2 (D) SiX2 < GeX2 < SnX2 < PbX2
C-6. When borax is dissolved in water :

(A) B(OH)3 is formed only (B) [B(OH)4]– is formed only
(C) both B(OH)3 and [B(OH)4]– are formed (D) [B3O3(OH)4]– is formed only
C-7._ Which of the following is acidic in nature?

(A) Be(OH)2 (B) Mg(OH)2 (C) Al(OH)3 (D) B(OH)3

C-8. Boric acid is polymeric due to :
(A) its acidic nature (B) the presence of hydrogen bonds
(C) its monobasic nature (D) its geometry
Section (D) : Properties of Elements

D-1. Thermodynamically the most stable form of carbon is :
(A) diamond (B) graphite (C) fullerenes (D) coal
D-2. Amorphous boron on burning in air forms :

(A) B(OH)3 (B) Mixture of B2O3 and BN
(C) Only B2O3 (D) Only BN
D-3. Aluminium is more reactive than iron. But aluminium is less easily corroded than iron because:
(A) aluminium is a noble metal
(B) oxygen forms a protective oxide layer on aluminium surface
(C) iron unergoes reaction easily with water
(D) iron forms both mono and divalent ions
D-4. Hot concentrated HNO3 converts graphite into :

(A) graphite oxide (B) benzene hexacarboxylic acid
(C) both (A) and (B) (D) none of the above
D-5. Silicon reacts with hot solution of NaOH forming :

(A) Si(OH)4 (B) Si(OH)2 (C) SiO2 (D) Na2SiO3
Section (E) : Oxides, Hydroxides, Oxyacids, Borax

E-1. Borax is prepared by treating colemanite with :
(A) NaNO3 (B) NaCl (C) Na2CO3 (D) NaHCO3
E-2._ In the following reaction :

B(OH)3 + H2O  [B(OH)4]– + H+
(A) B(OH)3 is a tribasic acid. (B) B(OH)3 is a monoacidic Lewis base.
(C) B(OH)3 is a monobasic Lewis acid. (D) B(OH)3 is amphoteric.
E-3. On the addition of mineral acid to an aqueous solution of borax, the compound formed is :
(A) borodihydride (B) orthoboric acid (C) metaboric acid (D) pyroboric acid
E-4._ Which of the following oxides will dissolve in H2SO4 ?

(A) B2O3 (B) Al2O3 (C) CO2 (D) SiO2
E-5. Borax on heating with cobalt oxide forms a blue bead of :

(A) Co(BO2)2 (B) CoBO2 (C) Co3(BO3)2 (D) Na3Co(BO3)2
E-6._ B(OH)3 + NaOH Na[B(OH)4]

How can this reaction be made to proceed in forwared direction ?
(A) Addition of cis-1,2-diol (B) Addition of boron
(C) Addition of trans-1,2-diol (D) Addition of Na2HPO4
E-7._ Silica reacts with magnesium to form a magnesium compound (X). (X) reacts with dilute HCl and form (Y), (Y)
is :
(A) MgO (B) MgCl2 (C) MgSiO (D) SiCl4
E-8._ Consider the following conversions :

100ºC Re d heat
S1 : H3BO3   HBO2   B2O3
S2 : Borax + 2HCl  4H3BO3 + 2NaCl + 5H2O
S3 : Colamanite + 2Na2CO3  2CaCO3  + Boarx + 2NaBO2
S4 : Borax + H2O 2NaOH + 4H3BO3 + 3H2O
and arrange in the order of True/False :
(A) T T T F (B) T F T F (C) F T T F (D) T T T T
Section (F) : Hydrides
F-1._ Which one is not a borane ?
(A) B5H9 (B) B5H10 (C) B5H11 (D) B6H10
F-2. In reaction, BF3 + 3LiBH4  3LiF + X; X is :
(A) B4H10 (B) B2H6 (C) BH3 (D) B3H8
F-3. + LiBF4
Which of the statement is true for the above sequence of reactions ?

(A) Z is hydrogen (B) Y is LiBH4
(C) Z and Y are F2 and B2H6 respectively (D) Z is potassium hydroxide
F-4. The product obtained in the reaction of diborane with excess of ammonia at low temperature is :
(A) B2H6. NH3 (B) B2H6. 2NH3 (C) (BN)x (D) Borazine
F-5._ Which of the following will give symmetric cleavage of diborane :
(A) NH3 (B) N(CH3)3 (C) CH3 – NH2 (D) (CH2)2NH
F-6. Diborane reacts with water to form :
(A) HBO2 (B) H3BO3 (C) H3BO3 + H2 (D) H2
Section (G) : Halides

G-1. Which one of the following compound is a gas (at 0°C) :
(A) BF3 (B) BCl3 (C) BBr3 (D) BI3
G-2. Al2O3 can be converted to anhydrous AlCl3 by heating :
(A) hydrated Al2O3 with Cl2 gas (B) Al2O3 with aqueous HCl
(C) Al2O3 with NaCl in solid state (D) a mixture of Al2O3 and carbon in dry Cl2 gas
G-3._ Consider the following statements :
S1 : Silicon halides can be prepared by heating wither Si or SiC with the appropriate halogen.
S2 : Carbon halides are not hydrolysed under normal conditions because they have no d-orbitals.
S3 : Silicon halides are readily hydrolysed by water to give silicic acid [Si(OH)4].
(A) T F T (B) F F T (C) T F F (D) T T T
G-4. Aqueous solution of potash alum is:
(A) alkaline (B) acidic (C) neutral (D) soapy
G-5. CCl4 is inert towards hydrolysis but SiCl4 is readily hydrolysed because
(A) carbon cannot expand its octet but silicon can expand its octet
(B) ionisation potential of carbon is higher than silicon
(C) carbon forms double and triple bonds
(D) electronegativity of carbon is higher than that of silicon
G-6._ PbF4, PbCl4 exists but PbBr4 and PbI4 do not exist because of :
(A) Large size of Bi– and I– (B) Shpong oxidising character of Pb+4
(C) Shpong reducing character of Pb +4
(D) Low electro negativity of Bi– and I–
Section (H) : Miscellaneous (Silicones, Silicates, Zeolites & Alums)

H-1. Which silicon compound is used in machinery (with moving parts) in a manner similar to the use of an
allotrope of carbon (crystalline) which possesses properties of both a covalent network solid and a molecular
solid ?
(A) Silica gel (B) Zeolite (C) Silicone (D) Silane
H-2. Silicone resins are made by :
(A) dissolving a mixture of PhSiCl3 and (Ph)2SiCl2 in toluene and then hydrolysis with water.
(B) hydrolysing a mixture of (CH3)2SiCl2 and (CH3)3SiCl.
(C) hydrolysis of (CH3)2SiCl2
(D) none

H-3._ Me2SiCl2 on hydrolysis will produce :
(A) Me2Si(OH)2 (B) Me2Si=O
(C) (D) Me2SiClOH
H-4. Which of the following anions is present in the simple single chain structure of silicate?
(A) SiO44– (B) Si2O76– (C) (Si2O52–)n (D) (SiO32–)n
H-5. The structural unit present in pyrosillicates is :

(A) Si3O96– (B) SiO44– (C) Si2O76– (D) (Si2O52–)n
H-6. Select the incorrect statement.

(A) Silicones are hydrophobic in nature.
(B) Si–O–Si linkages are moisture sensitive.
(C) SnI4 is an orange solid on account of charge transfer.
(D) Silicones are resistant to most chemicals due to high strength of the Si–C bond and stable silica like
structure of Si–O–Si–O–Si.
H-7. Select incorrect statement :

(A) Red lead is Pb3O4
(B) (Me)2SiCl2 on hydrolysis and then on subsequent intermolecular condensation gives cross linked
silicones.
(C) SiO44– on hydrolysis with water or acid produces Si2O76–
(D) None
PART - III : MATCH THE COLUMN

1. Match the reactions listed in column-I with characteristic(s) / type of reactions listed in column-II.
Column - I Column- II
(A) BBr3 + H2  B (p) Borax bead test
(B) Na2B4O7.10 H2O + CuSO4  Cu(BO2)2 (q) Reduction
(C) AlCl3 + H2O  HCl (r) White fumes
(D) Cr2O3 + Al  Cr (s) Hydrolysis
2. Match the reactions listed in column-I with characteristic(s) / type of reactions listed in column-II.
Column - I Column- II
(A) Al2 (C2)3 + H2O  (p) One of the products contains both  and  bonds
(B) CH2 (COOH)2 + P4O10  (q) Hydrolysis
(C) CH3 SiCl3 + H2O  (r) Dehydration

on
(D) SnCl2.2H2O   
s tan ding
(s) complex crosslinked polymer
PART - I : ONLY ONE OPTION CORRECT TYPE

1. Bauxite (Al2O3.2H2O) and Aluminosilicate both are ores of aluminium. Bauxite is found on earth but not on
Mars whereas Aluminosilicate is found on earth as well as Mars. Possible reason is :
(A) No human colony on Mars. (B) No tropical rain forests on Mars.
(C) No need of bauxite on Mars (D) Closeness of earth to sun.

2. Isolation of boron in very high purity is extremely difficult because of :
(A) Strong tendency of boron to acquire electron rich atoms such as C, N or O
(B) High melting point of boron (2180ºC)
(C) Tremendous affinity of liquid Boron towards oxygen.
(D) All of these
3.
Identify true statement :

(A) Excess of SiO2 should not be used in above process
(B) Produced Si is highly pure
(C) Cl2 & Mg are oxidising agents.
(D) Zone refining is not used for ultrapure Si.
4. Reaction I : 3C (natural graphite) + SiO2 

heat
  C(graphite) + Si
2500 º C
SiC 
 2CO
Reaction II : SiO2 + 2C  Si + 2CO
Reaction I is used in production of synthetic graphite, whereas Reaction II is used in extraction of silicon.
(A) Reaction I – SiO2 in excess ; Reaction II – SiO2 in excess
(B) Reaction I – C in excess ; Reaction II – SiO2 in excess
(C) Reaction I – SiO2 in excess ; Reaction II – C in excess
(D) It does not matter.
5.  Catenation tendency in group 14 is :

(A) C >> Si > Ge _
~ Pb due to bond energies C–H > Si–H > Ge–H > Sn–H
(B) C >> Si > Ge _
~ Sn > Pb due to bond energies C–C > Si–C > Ge–C > Sn–C
(C) C _
~ Si _
~ Ge _
~ Sn _ ~ Pb due to bond energies C–H > Si–H > Ge–H > Sn–H
_
(D) C >> Si > Ge ~ Sn > Pb due to bond energies C–C > Si–Si > Ge–Ge > Sn–Sn
6.  Given the order of density : Diamond > Graphite > Fullerene C 60 ; choose the correct order for C–C bond
length
(Consider larger bond length if there are two different bond lengths)
(A) Diamond < graphite < fullerene (C60) (B) Diamond > graphite > fullerene (C60)
(C) Diamond > fullerene (C60) > graphite (D) Diamond < fullerene (C60) < graphite
7. An element E = {B, C, Si, Ge}, predict E on the basic of given conditions :

I : Powdered E reacts with O2 to form an oxide.
II : Oxide formed in I reacts with NaOH
III : E reacts with steam on red heat forming two gaseous products, which can be used as a fuel.
E can be :
(A) B (B) C (C) Si (D) Ge
8.  In limited supply of oxygen C & Si are allowed to react at sufficiently high temperatures in separate vessels,
favourable products are :
(A) CO2 & SiO2 (B) CO, CO2, SiO & SiO2
(C) CO, CO2 & SiO2 (D) CO & SiO2
9.  2E + N2  2EN (very hard substance)

EN + H2O  Acid + pungent smelling gas
Acid is :
(A) HNO3 (B) H3BO3 (C) HNO2 (D) can be A & B

10. Aluminium vessels should not be washed with materials containing washing soda because :
(A) washing soda is expensive
(B) washing soda is easily decomposed
(C) washing soda reacts with aluminium to form soluble aluminate
(D) washing soda reacts with aluminium to form insoluble aluminium oxide
11. Select the incorrect statement of the following.

(A) Aluminium is often used as reducing agent for liberation of other metals from their oxides.
(B) Anhydrous AlCl3 can be prepared by treating Al2O3 with coke and chlorine gas.
(C) Aluminium readily dissolves in both dilute as well as in concentrated nitric acid.
(D) Aluminium hydroxide is soluble in both aqueous alkali and acids indicating its amphoteric nature.
12. Aqueous ammonia is used as a precipitating reagent for Al3+ ions as Al(OH)3 rather than aqueous NaOH,
because :
(A) N H4 is a weak base (B) NaOH is a very strong base
(C) NaOH forms soluble [Al(OH)4]- ions (D) NaOH forms [Al(OH)2]+ ions
13. Borax is used as a buffer since :

(A) Its aqueous solution contains both the weak acid and its salt
(B) Its aqueous solution contains H3BO3, which is a weak acid
(C) Its aqueous solution contains equal amount of strong acid and its salt
(D) statement that borax is a buffer, is wrong
14. Which of the following compound is obtained on heating potassium ferrocyanide with concentrated H 2SO4?
(A) CO2 (B) CO (C) C2H2 (D) (CN)2
15. B(OH)3 + NaOH  Na[B(OH)4] (aq).

Then addition of which of the following shifts the reaction in the backward direction.
(A) Glycerol (B) Mannitol (C) Catechol (D) Ethanol

16. H3BO3(s) + aq. NaOH  (X)

H3BO3(s) + molten NaOH  (Y)
Compound (X) & (Y) are respectively,
(A) Na3BO3 , Na3B (B) Na3BO3 , NaBO2
(C) Na[B(OH)4], Na3BO3 (D) Na3BO3 , Na[B(OH)4]
17. When a solution of sodium hydroxide is added in excess to the solution of potash alum, we obtain :
(A) a white precipitate (B) bluish white precipitate
(C) a clear solution (D) a crystalline mass
18.
true statement is :
(A) z is least reactive non-metal (B) w is cooling
(C) y is electron deficient (D) All of these
450 K
19. B2H6 + NH3  Addition compound (X)    Y + Z (g)
In the above sequence Y and Z are respectively :
(A) borazine, H2 (B) boron, H2
(C) boron nitride, H2 (D) borazine and hydrogen

20. Borazine and benzene show striking similarities in their properties. This led to a labeling of borazine as
‘inorganic benzene’. However, in contrast to benzene, borazine readily undergoes addition reactions. The
appropriate reason for this difference is :
(A) Alternate arrangement of B and N atoms in the hexagonal ring.
(B) Due to the difference in electronegativity between boron and nitrogen, the cloud (electron density) is more
localised on the nitrogen atoms.
(C) Aromatic -clouds of electron density are delocalised over all of the ring atoms.
(D) Net dipole moment of borazine molecule is non-zero.
21. (SnCl4) stannic chloride hydrolyses in dilute solution as per given reaction
SnCl4 + 4H2O  [Sn(OH)4] + 4HCl

Hydrolysis can be repressed by adding compound "A".
SnCl4 + A  B
B can be :
(A) Sn(OH)4 (B) SnCl2 (C) H2SnCl6 (D) Sn(OH)Cl
22. Amphoteric oxide (X) + 3C + Cl2  Poisonous gas + anhydrous chloride (Y)

Hydrated chloride  Z
Element forming 'Y' other than 'Cl' reacts with concentrated HCl but leads to passivation with conc. HNO 3.
Select the correct option.
(A) X = Z and Y on reacting with LiH forms strong oxidising agent
(B) X = Z and Y on reacting with LiH forms strong reducing agent
(C) X  Z and Y is used as a catalyst in Friedel crafts reaction
(D) X  Z and Y on reacting with LiH forms strong oxidising agent
23. BF3 on hydrolysis forms :

(A) H3BO3 (B) HBF4 (C) both (A) and (B) (D) none of these
24. Preparation of organosilicones from SiCl4 involves substitution in first step :

SiCl4 + xRMgCl  (R)x SiCl4–x + xMgCl2
Values of 'x' to obtain chain terminating & chain multiplication parts of chain silicone produced are respectively:
(A) 1 & 2 (B) 2 & 1 (C) 2 & 3 (D) 3 & 2
25. To get the silicone R3Si–(OSiR2)n–SiR3 having 4Si–O–Si linkage, the unit taken is
(A) 4 unit of R2SiCl2 and 2 unit of R3SiCl (B) 2 unit of R2SiCl2 and 2 unit of R3SiCl
(C) 3 unit of R2SiCl2 and 2 unit of R3SiCl (D) 3 unit of R3SiCl and 2 unit R2SiCl2
PART - II : SINGLE AND DOUBLE VALUE INTEGER TYPE

1. How many of the following statements are correct regarding allotropes of carbon :
(a) Graphite is not a good conductor of electricity in perpendicular direction of layers at ordinary temperatures.
(b) Coke is the impure form of carbon.
(c) Anthracite is the purest form of Carbon.
(d) Buckminister fullerene contains 12 five membered rings and 20 six-membered rings.
(e) Diamond is a good conductor of Heat.
(f) Graphite is diamagnetic in nature.
(g) Graphite is thermodynamically more stable than diamond

2. For Boron family (B, A, Ga, In and T).
x : Number of elements which are solid at 40ºC.
y : Period number of element which has greater ionization energy than element just above and below it in
periodic table.
z : Period number of most abundant element of group 13.
Report your answer x + 2y + 3z
3.  Consider a prototypical fullerene, C60.

Let, a = Number of 5-membered rings ; b = Number of 6-membered rings
c = Number of -bonds in C60
Find the value of (3a – 2b + c)
4. Central atom may exhibit sp3 hybridisation in how many of the following species :
(a) CO2 (b) Graphite (c) Diamond (d) CO
(e) H3BO3 (aq) (f) Zeolites (Si-central) (g) Silicones (Si) (h) Chlorosilane (Si)
(i) Borax (Boron) (j) Al2Cl6 (k) B2H6 (l) SiO2 (solid)
(m) H2CO3 (n) COCl2 (o) CH4 (p) CCl4
5. How many of the following order of bond energies are correct.

(i) C – C > Si – Si (ii) C – O > Si – O (iii) C – F > Si – F
(iv) C – F > Si – F (v) C – H > Si – H (vi) Si – Cl > C – Cl
(vii) Si – Si > C – Si (viii) C – Br > Si – Br
6.  The number of oxygen atoms in borax which do not form p-p back bond is :
7. B10C2H12 is isostructural & isoelectronic with borate ion of formula BxHyZ– give x + y + z.
8. B + HNO3  (A) + (B)

conc. white solid brown gas
How many of the following statements are correct regarding products (A) & (B) ?
(1) (A) can be prepared by reacting borax with dilute acids.
(2) (A) is a weak monobasic lewis acid.
(3) (A) behaves like an electrolyte when dissolved in water.
(4) (A) can be prepared by reacting colemanite ,SO2 & H2O.
(5) (B) is paramagnetic in nature.
(6) (B) is a mixed anhydride.
(7) (B) does not forms a dimer
(8) (B) reacts with NaOH(aq) undergoing disproportionation.
(9) Bond angle about central atom is greater in (A) than in (B). (Assume atom forming maximum number of
bonds as central atom)
9.  Which of the following salts are amphoteric in nature.

PbO , PbO2 , SnO , SnO2 , Al2O3 , ZnO, BeO, Ca2O3 , B2O3 .
10. How many compounds show amphoteric nature amongst following.

B2O3, Tl2O3, Al(OH)3, Ga(OH)3, Al2O3, Ga2O3 , NaAlO2 , Sr(OH)2, Cr2O3
11. How many compounds form acidic solution when dissolved in water.
H3PO4, H3BO3 , Na2B4O7.10H2O, H3P3O9, Ba(OH)2 Ca(OH)2 , PbO, CO
HCl
12. Mg + B  MgxBy   Diborane
Report your answer as (x + y).
13. 4 moles of NaBH4 react completely with I2.

Calculate volume of gaseous products at STP from above process.
(Give your answer by dividing 4.48)

14. Reduction of 117.5 g BCl3 by H2 in silent electric discharge produces HCl, which required 500 mL of xM
NaOH for neutralization. Report x.
15. No of compounds producing gas on hydrolysis (with H2O) is .......

Al4C3 , BaC2, Mg2C3, SiC, B2H6, Fe3C
16. How many of the given statements are true for potash Alum.
(1) It is a white crystalline solid
(2) It swells up on heating
(3) It imparts a golden yellow colour to the bunsen flame
(4) An aqueous solution of the above gives a white precipitate with BaCl2 solution soluble only in concentrated
sulphuric acid.
(5) An aqueous solution of the above given a white gelatinous precipitate on treatment with NH 4OH. Which
dissolves in aqueous NaOH in excess and reappears, On boiling with concentrated NH 4Cl solution.
(6) It gives a yellow precipitate with Cobalt nitrile solution.
(7) White precipitate in 5th state can also be obtained by passing H2S gas in aqueous solution of the above.
17. What is the number of oxygen atoms which are shared between tetrahedrons in Si 3O96–.
18. In benitonite (BaTiSi3O9) number of O atoms shared persilicate tetrahedron is.......
19. The overall charge present on the cyclic silicate anion [Si6O18]–n is “–n”. Report n.
20. The silicate anion in the mineral kinoite is a chain of three SiO4 tetrahedron that share corners with adjaent
tetrathedra. The mineral also contains Ca2+ and Cu2+ and As2+ ion & water molecule in a 1 : 1 : 1 ratio. The
formula of mineral is Ca2Cu2Si3On. 2N2O. Give value of ‘n”.
21. Straight chain polymer is formed by hydrolysis of [x] which is tetrasubstituted chloromethylsilane then
followed by condensation polymerization. Atomicity of [x] is :
22. Zeolites are minerals of the composition M x  [(AlO2)x(SiO2)y].ZH2O

 
n
Where ‘n’ is the charge on the metal cation. These structure contain various rings which result in formation
of a fairly open structure containing channels and cavities at molecular level (2 to 11 Å) in diameter). They
may be used to trap molecules of various sizes, this makes them very useful as “Selective absorbants” or as
“molecular sieves”. In the structure of zeolites :
(A) Each Al atom is attached to ‘p’ oxygen atoms direcly
(B) Each Si atom is attached to ‘q’ oxygen atoms directly
(C) Each Al atom is attached to ‘r’ Si atoms directly
(D) Each O atom is spt hybridized.
Find (p + q + r + t)
PART - III : ONE OR MORE THAN ONE OPTIONS CORRECT TYPE

1.  Select the correct statement(s).
(A) The graphite is diamagnetic and diamond is paramagnetic in nature.
(B) Graphite acts as a metallic conductor along the layers of carbon atoms
(C) Graphite is less denser than diamond
(D) C60 is called as Buckminster fullerene
2.  One of the most fascinating developments in Modern chemistry has been the synthesis of Buckminister
fullerene, C60. Identify the correct options about C60.
(A) It consists of fused 5 and 6 membered carbon rings.
(B) All atoms are not-equivalent.
(C) All bonds are not-equivalent
(D) C–C bond lengths at the fusion of two 6-membered rings are shorter with the C–C bond length at the
fusion of 5-and 6-membered rings.
3. Boron can be obtained by :
(A) reduction of B2O3 by C.
(B) reduction of BCl3 with H2 at 1270 K.
(C) thermal decomposition of boron halides at 1173 K.
(D) electrolytic reduction of KBF4 in KF at 1073 K.
4. Aluminium can be prepared by :

(A) Electrolytic reduction of alumina in presence of Cryolite & fluorspar.
(B) Reduction of AlCl3(s) by potassium amalgam.
(C) Reduction of aqueous solution of Al2(SO4)3 (aq) by zinc metal.
(D) Thermal decomposition of aluminium oxide.
5. Which of the following can produce silicon.

(A) Reduction of SiO2 by carbon (B) Reduction of SiO2 by Silicon carbide
(C) Thermal decomposition of SiH4 (D) Thermal decomposition of SiC
6.  Which of the following facts regarding boron and silicon is true ?

(A) Boron is used to make boron steel or boron carbide control rods for nuclear reactor.
(B) Boron and silicon form halides which are not hydrolysed.
(C) Boron and silicon react with magnesium to form magnesium boride and magnesium silicide which are
decomposed by acids to give volatile borane and silane, respectively.
(D) Both boron and silicon react with alkali to form borates and silicates containing BO33– and SiO44– tetrahedral
units, respectively.
7. Graphite and diamond will behave differently in which of the following reactions ?
(A) Burning in sufficient air (B) Reaction with hot conc. HNO3
(C) Reaction with F2 (D) Reaction with NaOH (aq.)
8.  Which statement(s) is/are correct ?

(A) Al acts as a reducing agent
(B) Al does not react with steam even at higher temperature
(C) Al forms a number of alloys with other metals
(D) Al is ionic in all its compounds
9. What products are expected from the reaction between colemanite powder and sodium carbonate solution,
when they are heated ?
(A) CaCO3 (B) Na2B4O7 (C) NaBO2 (D) CaO
10. Which of the following statements are true.

(A) Red lead (Pb3O4) is diamagnetic and contains both Pb+2 and Pb+4 ions.
(B) Both PbO and PbO2 are amphoteric in nature.
(C) Stannate and plumbate ions results in SnO2 and PbO2 with acidic solution.
(D) Concentrated Nitric acid oxidises red lead into lead dioxide.
11. Which of the following forms tetrahydridoborates.

(A) (Li) (B) Na (C) NH4+ (D) Ag+
12. Borax bead test is given by :

(A) An aluminium salt (B) A cobalt salt (C) A copper (II) salt (D) A nickel salt
13. Carbon monoxide is prepared by :

(A) heating formic acid with conc. H2SO4 (B) heating potassium ferrocyanide with conc H2SO4
(C) heating malonic acid with P4O10 (D) hydrolysis of Mg2C3
14. The hydroxide of which metal ion is soluble in excess of sodium hydroxide solution :
(A) Fe3+ (B) Cr3+ (C) Sn2+ (D) Cu2+

15. Which of the following statements is true ?
(A) Small amines such as NH3, CH3NH2 and (CH3)2NH give unsymmetrical cleavage of diborane.
(B) Boron hydrides can't be used as high energy fuels.
(C) Boron hydrides are readily hydrolysed.
(D) Borazine hydrolyses to NH3 and boric acid at elevated temperature, if heated with water.
16. Diborane undergoes unsymmetrical cleavage reactions with :

(A) dimethylamine (B) ammonia at low temperature
(C) methylamine (D) carbon dioxide
17. Select correct statements :

(A) B2H6 is stronger lewis acid than BF3 (B) BF3 is weaker lewis acid than BCl3
(C) B2H6 is not a lewis acid (D) In B2H6 all 'H' atoms are not in the same plane
18. Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct ?

(A) The oxide, B2O3 and B(OH)3 are acidic
(B) The halides of B (except BF3) and Si are hydrolysed.
(C) The hydrides of B and Si are volatile, spontaneously flammable and readily hydrolysed.
(D) Aluminium hydride is a polymer, (AlH3)n.
19. Which of the following species exists :

(A) [BF6]3- (B) [AlF6]3- (C) [GaF6]3- (D) [InF6]3-
20. Which is/are true in case of BF3 ?

(A) It is volatile liquid even at room temperature (B) It is Lewis acid
(C) It has planar geometry (D) It forms adduct with NH3
21. Which of the following statements about anhydrous aluminium chloride is/are incorrect ?
(A) It exists as AlCl3 molecule in gaseous phase (B) It is a strong Lewis base
(C) It sublimes at 100oC under vacuum (D) It is not easily hydrolysed
22. Which of following are correct.

(A) B2H6 is non-planar.
(B) B2H6 undergo symmetrical cleavage with PF3, CO and (C2H5)3N
(C) B2H6 undergo unsymmetrical cleavage with NH3, CH3NH2, (CH3)2NH.
(D) BeH2(s) , Ga2Me6 , Al2Me6 have two type of bonds (2C–2e bond as well as 2C–2e bond)
23. A complex cross-linked polymer (silicone) is formed by

(A) hydrolysis of (CH3)3SiCl. (B) hydrolysis of a mixture of (CH3)3SiCl and (CH3)2SiCl2
(C) hydrolysis of CH3SiCl3 (D) hydrolysis of SiCl4 .
24. Select the correct statement (s)

(A) CH3SiCl3 undergoes hydrolysis followed by inter molecular elimination of water to form a complex cross
- linked polymer (i.e silicone)
(B) Silicone fluids are thermally stable.
(C) In sheet silicate, three oxygen atoms of each tetrahedral are shared with adjacent SiO 44 – tetrahedrals.
(D) Silica is attacked by HF and NaOH.
25. Which is incorrect about permutit or zeolite :

(A) By it both temporary and permanent hardness of water can not be removed.
(B) It formula is Na2Al2Si3O8.xH2O
(C) It softens hard water by exchanging its Na+ ions with Ca2+ and Mg2+ present in hard water.
(D) Exhausted zeolite can be regenerated by passing conc. solution of NaCl through it.

PART - IV : COMPREHENSION
Read the following comprehension carefully and answer the questions
Comprehension # 1
Compound (A) on reaction with iodine in the solvent diglyme gives a hydride (B) and hydrogen gas. The
product (B) is instantly hydrolysed by water or aqueous alkali forming compound (C) and liberating hydrogen
gas. The compound (C) in aqueous solution behaves as a weak mono basic acid. But in presence of certain
organic polyhydroxy compound behaves as a strong monobasic acid. The hydride (B) in air catches fire
spontaneously forming oxide which gives coloured beads with transition metal compounds.
1. Which of the following statement is correct for the product (C) ?

(A) It is an odd electron molecule. (B) It in water acts as proton donor.
(C) It in solid state have hydrogen bonding. (D) It is a useful primary standard for titrating against acids.
2. Aqueous solution of product (C) can be titrated against sodium hydroxide using phenolphthalein indicator
only in presence of :
(A) cis-1, 2 diol (B) trans-1, 2 diol (C) borax (D) Na2 HPO4
3. Which of the following statement is correct for hydride (B) ?

(A) One mole of it react with two moles of HCl.
(B) It reacts with excess of ammonia at low temperature to form an ionic compound.
(C) One mole of it reacts with one mole of trimethylamine.
(D) It reacts with methyl alcohol to form a trimethyl compound liberating oxygen gas.
Comprehension # 2
All the boron trihalides except B3 may be prepared by direct reaction between the elements. Boron trihalides
consist of trigonal - planar BX3 molecules. Unlike the halides of the other elements in the group they are
monomeric in the gas, liquid and solid states, BF3 and BCl3 are gases, BBr3 is a volatile liquid and B3 is a
solid. Boron trihalides are Lewis acids because they form simple Lewis complexes with suitable bases, as
in the reaction :
BF3 (g) + :NH3 (g)  F3B – NH3 (s)
However, boron chlorides, bromides and iodides are susceptible (sensitive) to protolysis by mild proton
sources such as water, alcohols and even amines; for example BCl3 undergoes rapid hydrolysis:
BCl3 (g) + 3H2O()  B (OH)3 (aq)+ 3HCl (aq)
It is supposed that the first step in the above reaction is the formation of the complex
Cl3B  OH2 which then eliminates HCl and reacts further with water..
4. Which of the following is the best order of Lewis acid strength of BF 3, BCl3 and BBr3 ?
(A) BF3 > BCl3 > BBr3 (B) BF3 = BCl3 = BBr3 (C) BF3 < BCl3 < BBr3 (D) BBr3 > BF3 > BCl3
5. Which of the following is the correct prediction about observed B–X bond length, in BX 3 molecules ?
(A) B–F bond length in BF3 is found to be less than theoretical value because the electronegativity values of
B(2.04) and F(4.0) suggest the bond to be ionic and hence the attraction between oppositely charged
ions must decrease the bond length
(B) BF3 and [BF4]– have equal B–F bond length
(C) The decrease in the B–F bond length in BF3 is due to delocalised p – p bonding between vacant ‘2p’
orbital of B and filled ‘2p’ orbital of F.
(D) The correct B–X bond length order is B–F > B–Cl > B–Br > B–
6. Which is correct about the hydrolysis of BX3 ?

(A) All BX3 undergo hydrolysis to produce B(OH)3 (aq) and HX(aq).
(B) BF3 does not undergo complete hydrolysis due to formation of HBF 4.
(C) BBr3 does not undergo hydrolysis at all because it cannot form H–bonds with water.
(D) All the above are correct

7. Which of the following reactions is incorrect ?
(A) BF3(g) + F– (aq)  [BF4]– (aq)
(B) BCl3 (g) + 3EtOH()  B(OEt)3 () + 3HCl (g)
(C) BBr3 () + F3BN(CH3)3 (s)  BF3(g) + Br3BN(CH3)3 (s)
(D) BCl3 (g) + 2 C5H5N ()  Cl3B(C5 H5 N)2 (s)
(excess)
Comprehension # 3
The small size and high charge of Al3+ ion gives it a high charge density which is responsible for its tendency
to show (a) covalency in its compounds in the gaseous state (b) high hydration energy which stabilizes its
compounds in solution, and (c) high lattice energy of its compounds in the solid state. Thus aluminium can
forms both covalent and ionic bond.
Like halides of boron, halides of aluminium do not show back bonding because of increase in size of aluminium.
Actually aluminium atoms complete their octets by forming dimers. Thus chloride and bromide of aluminium
exist as dimers, both in the vapour state and in polar-solvents like benzene while the corresponding boron
halides exists as monomer. In boron trihalides the extent of back bonding decreases with increase in size of
halogens and thus lewis acid character increases. All BX3 are hydrolysed by water but BF3 shows a different
behaviour.
8. The dimeric structure of aluminium chloride disappears when :

(A) it dissolves in water (B) it reacts with donor molecules like R3N
(C) it dissolves in benzene (D) (A) & (B) both
9. Which one of the following statements is correct ?

(A) All boron trihalides are hydrolysed to boric acid.
(B) Anhydrous aluminium chloride is an ionic compound
(C) Aluminium halides make up the electron deficiency by bridging with halide or alkyl groups
(D) None of these
10. Which of the following statements about anhydrous aluminium chloride is correct?
(A) It is an ionic compound. (B) It is not easily hydrolysed.
(C) It sublimes at 100°C under vaccum. (D) It is a strong lewis base.
11. Which of the following reaction is incorrect ?

(A) BF3(g) + F–(aq)  BF4– (B) BF3(g) + 2H2O  [BF3OH]– + H3O+
(C) BCl3(g) + 3EtOH()  B(Oet)3() + 3HCl (D) BCl3(g) + 2C5H5N()  Cl3B(C5H5N)2(s)

EXERCISE - 1
PART - I
A-1. 3 most abundant element is Aluminium. The main ores of Al are :
rd
(i) Bauxite (Al2O3.H2O–Al2O3.3H2O).

(ii) Alumiosiliciate rocks (Feldspars, Mica).
(iii) Cryolite (Na3AlF6).
acid heat Mg or Na
A-2. (i) Na2[B4O5(OH)4].8H2O  H3BO3   B2O3    2B + 3MgO
red hot W
(ii) 2BCl3 + 3H2   
 2B + 6HCl
or Tafilament
Pyrolysis of B3 (Van Arkel Method)

red hot W or Tafilament
2BCl3         2B + 3I2
Van Arkel Method
A-3. It has layered structure which can be slipped over one another, as the layers are held together by weak van
der Waal's forces.
B-1. Boron has three electrons in the valence shell. Because of its small and high sum of the first three ionization
enthalpies (i.e., iH1 + iH2 + iH3), boron does not lose all its valence electrons to form B3+ ions.
B-2. (a) Reluctance of outermost s-orbital electrons to participate in chemical bonding (more pronounced in
heavier elements of p-block).
(b) Atoms of elements have the tendency to link with one another through covalent bonds to form chains and
rings.
C-1. (i) (ii)
(iii) (iv)
C-2. (i) (ii)
Cl Cl Cl
(iii) Al Al (iv)
Cl Cl Cl

C-3.
Bond length : CO < CO2 < CO32–

Bond strength : CO > CO2 > CO32–
C-4. Due to p-p back bonding.
C-5. CO - Neutral SiO2 - Acidic

CO2 - Acidic Al2O3 - Amphoteric
B2O3 - Acidic PbO - Amphoteric
D-1. Gallium.
D-2.
S.No. Element Element + O2 Element + N2
B (crystalline) No reaction No reaction
1
B (amorphous) B 2O3 BN
2 Al Al2O3 (at high temp.) AlN (only at high temp.)
3 C CO No reaction
4 Si SiO2 (at high temp.) No reaction
D-3. No reaction of group 13 & 14 elements takes place with H2O. With Al, the reaction is usually prevented by the
deposition of protective layer of Al2O3.
D-4. (a) B + dil. HNO3 Poor or No reaction.

(b) C + dil. HNO3 Poor or No reaction.
(c) Si + dil. HNO3 Poor or No reaction.
D-5. 2Al + 2NaOH + 2H2O  2NaAlO2 + 3H2
E-1. X = Na2B4O7 Y = 2NaBO 2  B2O3 Z = H3BO3




glassy material
E-2. (A) Ca2B6O11.5H2O; (B) CaCO3; (C) Na2B4O7; (D) NaBO2; (E) B2O3; (F) Co(BO2)2
E-3. Y is H2SO4
Na2B4O7 (borax) + H2SO4  H3BO3  + Na2SO4.
E-4. SnO2, PbO2. Because oxides are amphoteric.
E-5. Al, Ga, Sn, Pb.
E-6. PbO2 + hot conc. HNO3  Pb(NO3)2 + H2O + O2

Redox reaction takes place due to the hot nature of HNO3 and not due to the oxidising nature of conc. HNO3.

E-7. Fe2O3 (s) + 3CO(g)  2Fe(s) + 3CO2 (g)
CO is a powerful reducing agent which is used in the extraction of many metals from their oxide ores.

F-1. CH4 > SiH4 > GeH4 > SnH4 > PbH4
F-2. (i) BF3 + LiAlH4  B2H6 + LiF  AlF

3
Li[AlF4 ]
(ii) BF3 + NaH  B2H6 + NaF

(iii) BF3 + Na[BH4]  B2H6 + Na[BF4]
F-3. Borazine or borazole (B3N3H6) is known as inorganic benzene.

It is so called because the structure of borazine is similar to that of benzene.
It is also isoelectronic as well as isosteric with benzene.
Like carbon in benzene, both N and B in borazine are sp2-hybridized. Each N has a p-orbital which is
perpendicular to the -bonding orbitals and contains a lone pair of electrons. In contrast, each B has an
empty p-orbital which is also perpendicular to the plane of the ring, Thus, the -bonding in borazine is dative
and it arises from the sideways overlap of fully filled orbitals of N and empty p-orbitals of B.
ether
3NaBH4 + 4BF3  3NaBF4 + 2B2H6
450 K
B 2H6  2NH3 100


ºC
 B 2H6 .2NH3
200 o C
 B 3N3H6  H2 
B 2H6 .2NH3  
F-4. B2H6 + H2O  H3BO3 + H2 
F-5. B2H6 reacts with all the species containing acidic hydrogen and releases H2.
(a) B2H6 + 6CH3CH2OH  2(CH3CH2O)3B + 6H2  (X)
(b) B2H6 + 6CH3COOH  2(CH3COO)3B + 6H2 
G-1. PbCl4 is a good oxidising agent whereas SnCl2 is a good reducing agent and PbCl2 is neither.
NH HF B O
G-2. B(OH)3 
4 2
 NH4BF4 
2 3
 BF3
Fusion 
G-3. (i) Al + HCl  AlCl3 + H2

(ii) AlCl3 + HCl  AlCl3 + H2O
(iii) Al(OH)3 + HCl  AlCl3 + H2O
G-4. When BCl3 reacts with water, it first undergoes hydrolysis to form boric acid, B(OH)3. Due to small size and
high electronegativity of B, B(OH)3 polarizes H2O molecule accepting an OH– ion to form [B(OH)4]– speicies
and releasing a proton:
BCl3 + 3 H2O  B(OH)3 + 3 HCl
B(OH)3 + H2O  [B(OH)4] – + H+
Since B lies in the 2nd period, it has only one s- and three p- orbitals but no d- orbitals. In other words, at the
maximum, it can have four pairs of electrones in the valence shell. i.e., its maximum coordination number is

4. That is why, it accepts one OH– ion forming [B(OH)4]– in which boron is sp3–hybridized.
In contrast, AlCl3 undergoes hydrolysis in acidified aqueous solution to form [Al(H2O)6] 3+.
HCl
AlCl3 + water  [Al(H2O)6]3+ + Cl– (aq)
This may be explained as follows:
(i) In acidic medium, the conc. of OH– ions is much lower than that of H+ ions, therefor, Al3+ ions coordinate
with H2O molecules and not with OH– ions.
(ii) Due to the presence of vacant d-orbitals in Al3+ ions, it can expand its coordination number from 4 to 6 and
hence forms [Al(H2O)6]3+ in which hybridization of Al is sp3d2.
E.C. of Al3+
Formtion of [Al(H2O)6]3+
G-5. (a) BCl3 + 3H–OH  3HCl + H3BO3

(b) 4BF3 + 3H–OH  3HBF4 + H3BO3
(c) COCl2 + 2H–OH  2HCl + H2CO3
(H2CO3 H2O + CO2 )
(d) COF2 + H–OH  No reaction (due to strong C–F bond)
(e) SiF4 + 2H–OH  H2SiF4 + H2SiO3
(f) CF4 + H–OH  No reaction.
H-1. Three dimensional silicone will be formed.
H-2. Binary compounds of silicon with oxygen are called silicates but they contain other metals also in their
structures.
(i) Orthosilicates : These contain discrete [SiO4]4– units i.e., there is no sharing of corners with one another.
(ii) Pyrosilicate : In these silicates two tetrahedral units are joined by sharing oxygen at one corner thereby
giving [Si2O7]6– units.
(iii) Cyclic silicates : If two oxygen atoms per tetrahedron are shared to form closed rings such that the
structure with general formula (SiO32–)n or (SiO3)n2n– is obtained, the silicates containing these anions are
called cyclic silicates. Si3O96– and Si6O1812– anions are the typical examples of cyclic silicates.
(iv) Chain silicates : Chain silicates may be further classified into simple chain & double chain compounds.
In case of simple chains two corners of each tetrahedron are shared & they form a long chain of tetrahedron.
Their general formula is also same as the cyclic silicates i.e. (SiO3)n2n–
(v) Two dimensional sheet silicates : In such silicates, three oxygen atoms of each tetrahedral are shared
with adjacent SiO44– tetrahedrals. Such sharing forms two dimension sheet structure with general formula
(Si2O5)n2n–
(vi) Three dimensional silicates : These silicates involve all four oxygen atom in sharing with adjacent
SiO44– tetrahedral units.

R R R
| | |
Polymerisa tion
H-3. (i) RSiCl 3  3H2 O  RSi(OH)3     HO  Si  O  Si  O  Si  OH
of 8 moles – 3H2O | | |
OH OH OH
R R R
| | |
 O  Si  O  Si  O  Si  O  Further polymerisation
| | | of two moles
O O O
| | | –H2O
 O  Si  O  Si  O  Si  O 
| | |
R R R
Cross linked silicon
H2O Dimerisati on
(ii) R 3 SiCl  R 3 SiOH     R 3 Si  O  SiR 3
H-4. Alums are transparent crystalline solids having the general formula M2SO4. M2(SO4)3. 24H2O or MM(SO4)2.
12H2O where M is almost any univalent positive cation (except Li+ because this ion is too small to meet the
structural requirements of the crystal) and M’ is a trivalent positive cation (Al3+, Ti3+, V3+, Cr3+, Fe3+, Mn3+,
Co3+, Ga3+ etc.). Alums contain the ions [M(H2O)6]+, [M’(H2O)6]3+ and SO42– in the ratio 1 : 1 : 2. Some
important alums are :
(i) Potash alum K2SO4 . Al2(SO4)3 . 24H2O (ii) Chrome alum K2SO4 . Cr2(SO4)3 . 24H2O
(iii) Ferric alum K2SO4 . Fe2(SO4)3. 24H2O (iv) Ammonium alum (NH4)2SO4 . Al2(SO4)3 . 24H2O
It is used :
1. as a mordant in dye industry. The fabric which is to be dyed is dipped in a solution of the alum
and heated with steam. Al(OH)3 obtained as hydrolysis product of [Al(H2O)6]3+ deposits into the
fibres and then the dye is absorbed on Al(OH)3.
2. as a germicide for water purification.
3. as a coagulating agent for precipitating colloidal impurities from water.
PART - II
A-1. (B) A-2. (B) A-3. (A) B-1. (B) B-2. (C)
C-1. (A) C-2. (B) C-3. (B) C-4. (A) C-5. (D)
C-6. (C) C-7. (D) C-8. (B) D-1. (B) D-2. (B)
D-3. (B) D-4. (B) D-5. (D) E-1. (C) E-2. (C)
E-3. (B) E-4. (B) E-5. (A) E-6. (A) E-7. (B)
E-8. (D) F-1. (B) F-2. (B) F-3. (C) F-4. (B)
F-5. (B) F-6. (C) G-1. (A) G-2. (D) G-3. (D)
G-4. (B) G-5. (A) G-6. (B) H-1. (C) H-2. (A)
H-3. (C) H-4. (D) H-5. (C) H-6. (B) H-7. (B)
PART - III
1. (A – q) ; (B – p) ; (C – r, s) ; (D – q). 2. (A – p, q) ; (B– p, r) ; (C – q, s) ; (D – q)

EXERCISE - 2
PART - I
1. (B) 2. (D) 3. (B) 4. (B) 5. (D)
6. (C) 7. (B) 8. (D) 9. (B) 10. (C)
11. (C) 12. (C) 13. (A) 14. (B) 15. (D)
16. (C) 17. (C) 18. (C) 19. (D) 20. (B)
21. (C) 22. (B) 23. (C) 24. (D) 25. (C)
PART - II
1. 6 2. 21 3. 26 4. 11 5. 3
6. 3 7. 26 8. 7 9. 8 10. 5
11. 3 12. 5 13. 20 14. 6 15. 4
16. 6 17. 3 18. 2 19. 12 20. 10
21. 11 22. 10
PART - III
1. (B,C,D) 2. (A,B,C,D) 3. (B,C,D) 4. (A,B) 5. (A,B,C)
6. (A,C,D) 7. (B,C) 8. (A,B,C) 9. (A,B,C) 10. (A,B,C)
11. (A,B) 12. (B,C,D) 13. (A,B) 14. (B,C) 15. (A,C,D)
16. (A,B,C) 17. (B,D) 18. (A,B,C,D) 19. (B,C,D) 20. (B,C,D)
21. (A,B,D) 22. (A,B,C,D) 23. (C) 24. (A) 25. (A,B)
PART - IV
1. (C) 2. (A) 3. (B) 4. (C) 5. (C)
6. (B) 7. (D) 8. (D) 9. (C) 10. (C)
11. (D)

This Section is not meant for classroom discussion. It is being given to promote self-study
and self testing amongst the Resonance students.
PART - I : PRACTICE TEST-1 (IIT-JEE (MAIN Pattern))

Max. Marks : 120 Max. Time : 1 Hr.
Important Instructions
1. The test is of 1 hour duration.
2. The Test Booklet consists of 30 questions. The maximum marks are 120.
3. Each question is allotted 4 (four) marks for correct response.
4. Candidates will be awarded marks as stated above in Instructions No. 3 for correct response of each question.
¼ (one fourth) marks will be deducted for indicating incorrect response of each question. No deduction from the
total score will be made if no response is indicated for an item in the answer sheet.
5. There is only one correct response for each question. Filling up more than one response in any question will be
treated as wrong response and marks for wrong response will be deducted accordingly as per instructions 4
above.
1. Which of the following is the correct graph for EN values of carbon family :
(1) (2) (3) (4)
2.  Select the incorrect statement :

(1) Silicon does not form an allotrope like graphite because of its no tendency of multiple bond formation.
(2) Catenation tendency is greater in C than in Si.
(3) CO is stable in nature but SiO does not
(4) None of these
3. Which of the following statement about Si is correct.

(1) Si predominantly forms covalent componds with oxidation number as +4.
(2) Ionisation enthalpy of Si is more than that of carbon.
(3) Electron affinity of Si is less than that of carbon.
(4) Si can't show coordination number more than 4.
4. 
Identify correct statement.

(1) C is a weak lewis acid (2) B is a weak lewis base
(3) C is a strong acid (4) D reacts with NaOH to produce C

5.  4BCl3 + 3LiAlH4  A + 3AlCl3 + 3 LiCl
When A reacts with NaOH it produces a colourless combustible gas and another compound 'B'. Select
incorrect statement about 'B'.
(1) It aqueous solution turns red litmus blue (2) It shows anionic hydrolysis
(3) It shows cationic hydrolysis (4) It can also produce by reaction of boron with NaOH
6. When heating white lead then find out released gas (A) and (B)

2PbCO3.Pb(OH)2  Pb3O4 + (A) + (B) + H2O
(white lead)
(1) CO, O2 (2) CO2 , O2 (3) CO2, CH4 (4) CO, CO2
7. Amorphous boron is extracted from borax by following step.

Borax   H3BO3 
(A)
 B2O3 
Heat
 Boron
(B )
Then (A) and (B) are :

(1) H2SO4, Al (2) HCl, carbon (3) H2SO4, Mg (4) HCl, Fe
8. The role of addition of Me3SiCl during the hydrolysis followed by conduction of Me2SiCl2 is.
(1) To catalyte the reaction.
(2) To terminate the chain and hence controlling the molecular weight.
(3) For obtaiming a proper cross linking.
(4) All of the above
9. Given type of silicones are called [P]
[P] is prepared by controlled hydrolysis of [Q]

[P] & [Q] are respectively.
(1) Linear silicone, CH3SiCl3 (2) branched silicone, (CH3)3SiCl
(3) Cyclic silicone, (CH3)2SiCl2 (4) Cyclic silicone, CH3SiCl3
10. Which of the following is not a property of silicones ?

(1) They are combustible
(2) They are water - repellant
(3) They are polymeric liquids or solids
(4) Their viscosity does not change significaltly with rise in tamperature.
11. Tourmalene is a class of cyclosilicates with general formula.

(Ca, K, Na) (Al, Fe, Li, Mg, Mn)3 (Al, Cr, Fe, V)6 (BO3)3 (Si, Al, B)6O18 (OH, F)4
Which of the following is not a correct example of tourmalene ?
(1) CaAl3Fe6(BO3)3 S6O18F4 (2) Ca2Li3V6(BO3)3 Si6O18(OH)4
(3) KMg3Cr6(BO3)3 Si6 O18 F4 (4) CaAl9 (BO3)3 Si6O18 (OH)4
12. The silicate anion in the mineral kinoite is a chain of three SiO 4 tetrahedra, that share corners with adjacent
tetrahedra. The charge of the silicate anion is :
(1) –4 (2) –8 (3) –6 (4) –2
13. The dehydration of malonic acid CH2(COOH)2 with P4O10 gives :

(1) carbon monoxide (2) carbon suboxide (3) carbon dioxide (4) all three

14. Borax on heating with cobalt oxide forms a blue bead of :
(1) Co(BO2)2 (2) CoBO2 (3) Co3(BO3)2 (4) Na3Co(BO3)2
15. The dissolution of Al(OH)3 by a solution of NaOH results in the formation of :

(1) [Al(H2O)4(OH)]2+ (2) [Al(H2O)2(OH)4]- (3) [Al(H2O)3(OH)3] (4) [Al(H2O)6(OH)3]
16. Select the incorrect statement about the boron.

(1) Pure form of the elements are obtained by the reduction of BCl3 with zinc at 900ºC.
(2) Crystalline boron is attacked only by hot concentrated oxidising agents.
(3) Amorphous boron and ammonia at white heat gives (BN)x, a slippery white solid with a layer structure
resembling that of graphite.
(4) Boron does form B3+ cation easily.
17. Aqueous solution containing 1 mol of borax reacts with 2 mol of acids. This is because of :
(1) formation of 2 mol of B(OH)3 only
(2) formation of 2 mol of [B(OH)4]– only
(3) formation of 1 mol each of B(OH)3 and [B(OH)4]–
(4) formation of 2 mol each of [B(OH)4]– and B(OH)3, of which only [B(OH)4]– reacts with acid
18. Match List (Fuels) with List II (composition) and select the correct answer using the codes given below the
lists:
List I (Fuels) List II (Composition)
(1) Water gas i. A mixture of CO and N2
(2) Producer gas ii. Methane
(3) Coal gas iii. A mixture of CO and H2
(4) Natural gas iv. A mixture of CO, H2, CH4 and CO2
(1) (2) (3) (4) (1) (2) (3) (4)
(1) iii i iv ii (2) iii i ii iv
(3) i iii iv ii (4) iii ii iv i
19. Water transported through lead pipes becomes poisonous due to the formation of:
(1) PbO (2) PbO2 (3) Pb(OH)2 (4) Pb3O4
20. When steam is passed over red hot coke, the outgoing gas contains –
(1) Producer gas (2) Water gas (3) Coal gas (4) None of the above
21. In BF3, the B-F bond length is 1.30 Å, when BF3 is allowed to be treated with Me3N, it forms an adduct,
Me3N  BF3, The bond length of B-F in the adduct is :
(1) Greater than 1.30Å (2) Smaller than 1.30 Å
(3) Equal to 1.30 Å (4) None of these
22. Aluminium is extracted by the electrolysis of :

(1) alumina (2) bauxite
(3) molten cryolite. (4) alumina mixed with molten cryolite
23. A compound of boron X reacts at 200ºC temperature with NH3 to give another compound Y which is called as
inorganic benzene. The compound Y is a colourless liquid and is highly light sensitive. Its melting point is –
57ºC. The compound X with excess of NH3 and at a still higher temperature gives boron nitride (BN)n. The
compounds X and Y are respectively :
(1) BH3 and B2H6 (2) NaBH4 and C6H6 (3) B2H6 and B3N3H6 (4) B4C3 and C6H6
24. For given processes, choose the correct order of purity of silicon obtained.
I. SiO2 + 2C  Si + 2CO
II. Si(pure) + 2Cl2  SiCl4
SiCl4 + 2Mg  Si + MgCl2
III. Na2[SiF6] + 4Na  6NaF + Si  Zone refined Si
(1) I > II > III (2) III > II > I (3) I = II = III (4) II > I > III

25. E represents an element belonging to boron family.
2E + 3X2  2EX3 (X = F, Cl, Br, I)
(1) Oxidation state of E in all EX3 is +3
(2) All EX3 are predominantly ionic
(3) Tl does not form TlX3 as Tl+1 is more stable than Tl+3
(4) There exists some EX3 for which E shows +1 oxidation state.
26. E represents an element belonging to carbon family.

E + 2X 
2
 EX
4
(X = F, Cl, Br, I)
(1) Stability of EX4 decreases down the 14th group (2) PbI4 does not exist
(3) Ge & Pb forms EX2 as well. (4) All are correct
27. When Al is added to KOH solution

(1) No action takes place (2) Oxygen is evolved
(3) Water is produced (4) Hydrogen is evolved
28. Which of the following reactions lead to chemical inertness :

(1) Lead with dilute H2SO4 (2) Lead with conc. HCl
(3) Aluminium with oxygen (4) All of above reactions
29. Which of the following statements regarding ortho boric acid (H BO ) is false ?
3 3
(1) It acts as a weak monobasic acid (2) It is soluble in hot water

(3) It has a planar structure (4) It acts as a tribasic acid
30. Which of the following is a correct match :

I : Potash alum – K2SO4.Al2(SO4)3.24H2O
II : Chrome alum – K2SO4.Cr2(SO4)3.24H2O
III : Potash alum K2SO4.Fe2(SO4)3.24H2O
IV : Ammonium alum – (NH4)2SO4.Al2(SO4)3.24H2O
(1) I, II, II & IV (2) I, II & III (3) I, II & IV (4) Only II & IV
Practice Test-1 (IIT-JEE (Main Pattern))

OBJECTIVE RESPONSE SHEET (ORS)
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Ans.
Que. 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Ans.
Que. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans.
PART - II : NATIONAL STANDARD EXAMINATION IN CHEMISTRY (NSEC) STAGE-I

1. Carborundum is the commercial name of : [NSEC-2000]
(A) H3PO4 (B) Ca(H2PO4)2 (C) AI2O3 (D) SiC
2. Graphite is used in nuclear reactor : [NSEC-2000]

(A) for reducing the speed of neutrons
(B) as a fuel
(C) as a lubricant
(D) for lining the inner surface of the reactor which will work as an insulator.

3. The hybrid orbital of the central atom in AIF4– is : [NSEC-2000]
(A) sp (B) sp2 (C) sp3 (D) sp3d
4. Hydrogenation of benzoyl chloride in the presence of Pd and BaSO 4 gives : [NSEC-2001]

(A) benzyl alcohol (B) benzoic acid (C) benzaldehyde (D) toluene
5. SnCI2 acts as a reducing agent because [NSEC-2003]

(A) SnCI2 can accept electrons readily (B) Sn3+ is more stable than Sn2+
(C) Sn4+ is more stable than Sn2+ (D) Sn2+ can be readily converted to metallic tin.
6. Carbon dioxide is gaseous, while SiO2 is solid because [NSEC-2003]

(A) CO2 is a linear molecule, while SiO2 is an angular one
(B) the van der Waal`s forces are very strong in SiO2
(C) CO2 is covalent, while SiO2 is ionic
(D) unlike C, Si cannot form stable bonds with O, hence Si has to form a 3D lattice.
7. Colour of the bead in borax bead testis mainly due to the formation of [NSEC-2005]
(A) metal oxides (B) boron oxide (C) metal metaborates (D) elemental boron.
8. In borax bead test, the borax used is Na2B4O7.10H2O. However, the species that is responsible for the test is
[NSEC-2006]
(A) Na3BO3 (B) B2O3 (C) Na[B(OH)4] (D) Na[BO)4.
9. Which type of bond exists between the two boron atoms in a diborane molecule ? [NSEC-2007]
(A) 2-Center -2electron (B) 2-Center-3-electron (C) 3-Center -3-electron (D) 4-Center-4-electron
10. Silicones are water repelling in nature because- [NSEC-2007]

(A) they have highly covalent Si–O–Si linkages.
(B) they have organic groups forming hydrophobic exterior.
(C) they are polymeric in nature.
(D) they have Si-H bonds as in hydrocarbons.
11. The silicates formed from [SiO4]4– tetrahedral units by sharing three oxygen atoms are – [NSEC-2009]
(A) Sheet silicates (B) Pyrosilicates
(C) Linear Chain silicates (D) Three dimensional silicates
12. The change in hybridization of aluminium when Al2Cl6 decomposes in the gas phase is : [NSEC-2010]
(A) sp2  sp3 (B) sp  sp2 (C) sp  sp3 (D) sp3  sp2
13. The hybridization of boron in the stable borane having the lowest molecular weight is - [NSEC-2014]
(A) sp2 (B) sp3 (C) sp (D) sp3d
14. The species that cannot exist is [NSEC-2014]

(A) SiF62– (B) BF63– (C) SF6 (D) AlF6
3–
PART - III : PRACTICE TEST-2 (IIT-JEE (ADVANCED Pattern))

Max. Time : 1 Hr. Max. Marks : 69
A. General :
B. Question Paper Format
3. Each part consists of five sections.
4. Section 1 contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out
of which ONE is correct.
of which ONE OR MORE THAN ONE are correct.

6. Section 3 contains 6 questions. The answer to each of the questions is a single-digit integer, ranging from
0 to 9 (both inclusive).
7. Section 4 contains 1 paragraphs each describing theory, experiment and data etc. 3 questions relate to
paragraph. Each question pertaining to a partcular passage should have only one correct answer among
the four given choices (A), (B), (C) and (D).
8. Section 5 contains 1 multiple choice questions. Question has two lists (list-1 : P, Q, R and S; List-2 : 1,
2, 3 and 4). The options for the correct match are provided as (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE
is correct.
C. Marking Scheme
9. For each question in Section 1, 4 and 5 you will be awarded 3 marks if you darken the bubble corresponding
to the correct answer and zero mark if no bubble is darkened. In all other cases, minus one (– 1) mark will
be awarded.
10. For each question in Section 2, you will be awarded 3 marks. If you darken all the bubble(s) corresponding
to the correct answer(s) and zero mark. If no bubbles are darkened. No negative marks will be answered
for incorrect answer in this section.
11. For each question in Section 3, you will be awarded 3 marks if you darken only the bubble corresponding
to the correct answer and zero mark if no bubble is darkened. No negative marks will be awarded for
incorrect answer in this section.
SECTION-1 : (Only One option correct Type)

This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and
(D) out of which Only ONE option is correct.
1.  Which of the following statements are false.

(A) PbO, PbO2 are amphoteric, CO is neutral and CO2, SiO2 are acidic.
(B) Carbon shows oxidation number from –4 to +4 in its various compounds.
(C) B2O3 is acidic, SnO is amphoteric and Ga2O3, GeO2 are acidic.
(D) Boron is non metal, Ge, Ga are metalloids and Pb, Sn, In are metals.
2.  Which of the following are the correct matches :

Miniral Element present
(i) Kernite Boron
(ii) Carbonandum Aluminium
(iii) Colemanite Calcium
(iv) Mica Silicon
(v) Carnalite Boron
(A) (ii) ,(i) (B) (i) ,(ii) (iv) (C) (i) ,(iii), (iv) (D) none of these
3.
Select the correct option :

(A) (A) is SiF4 (B) (B) is H2SiF6 (C) (C) is H4SiO4 (D) All of these
4.  NaBH4 + I2  X  + Y  + 2NaI
X + C2H5OH  Y  + D
X + HCl  Y  + E
D gives following colour with flame
(A) Red (B) Green (C) Blue (D) No colour


5.  B2H6 + NH3 X  Y
Which of the following around X is correct.
(A) X is ionic in nature, Hybridisation state of B in both cationic and anionic part is same.
(B) X is ionic in nature, hybridisation state of B in cationic and anionic part are differernt.
(C) Y is covalent and hybridisation state of all B is not same.
(D) Y is ionic and hybridisation state of all B are same.
6. 
(C) & (D) are respectively

(A) Mn(BO2)2, MNO2 (B) AgNO2, Ag2O (C) Cu(BO2)2, CuO (D) none of these
7. 
Select the correct option ?

(P) (Q) (R)
(A) B2Cl4 B2F2 B2Cl4 (NMe3)2
(B) B4Cl4 B2F4 B2Cl4 (MMe3)4
(C) B2Cl4 B2F4 B2Cl4 (NMe3)2
(D) B4Cl4 B2F6 B2Cl2 (NMe3)2
8. Thortretite, Sc2Si2O7 is :
(A) a orthosilicate (B) a pyrosilicate (C) a sheet silicate (D) a cyclic silicate
Section-2 : (One or More than one options correct Type)

This section contains 5 multipole choice questions. Each questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and
(D) out of which ONE or MORE THAN ONE are correct.
9. Which of the following are the ores of Boron

(A) Tincal (B) Kernite (C) Colemanite (D) Bauxite
10. When an inorganic compound X having electron dificient bonding (banana bonding) react with ammonia gas
at certain temperature gives a compound (Y), isostructural with benzene. Compound (X) with ammonia at a
high temperature produces a substance (Z).
(A) X is B2H6 (B) Y is B3N3H6
(C) Z is hard substance (D) compound X contain 3C-2e and 2C-2e bond.
11. Which of the following statement is/are correct ?

(A) All III A group elements forms trihalide
(B) Only Al react dirrelly with N2 at high temperature and form AlN
(C) Al Passivated by concentrated HNO3
(D) All IV A (14th) group elements forms trihalide

12. Which of the following is/are true about silicones.
(A) Silicones contain repeated R2SiO units
(B) RSiCl3 gives a complex cross linked silicones
(C) (CH3)2 SiCl2 gives a chain silicone.
(D) When silicone undergo combustion, it form solid white powder as one of the products.
13. Cation exchanger zeolite Na12Al12Si17O58.27H2O can exchange cation with which of the following in aqueous
solution ?
(A) Mg(HCO3)2 (B) K2SO4 (C) CaCl2 (D) NH4NO3
Section-3 : (One Integer Value Correct Type.)

This section contains 6 questions. Each question, when worked out will result in one integer from
0 to 9 (both inclusive)
14. How many of the following parameters/properties are greater for diamond as compared to graphite?
Denisty, Electrical resistivity, Thermal conductivity, Stability, % s-character for hybridised orbitals, Hardness,
Bond angle, C–C (bond length), Standard enthalpy of formation.

15. Na2B4O7  NaBO2 + B2O3
NaBO2 + H2O2 + H2O  compound A(aq)
The compound A the sum of oxidation states of all the oxygen atoms is X. Then the value of |X| is
16. A Boron mineral have pentaborate anion whose molecular formula is [B5O6(OH)4]–. The number of B–O–B
linkage present are.......
17. Consider the following sequence of reactions :

B2O3 + CaF2 + H2SO4  (A) + (B) + H2O
(A) + LiAlH4  (C)(g) + (D) + LiF

(C) + H2O  (D) + H2 
(D) + Na2CO3  (E) + NaBO2 + CO2 
(E) + NH4Cl  (F) + B2O3 + NaCl + H2O
What is the empirical formula mass of compound (F) ?
18. How many of the following statatment are correct ?

(1) CF4 can be prepared by reaction between SiC and F2.
(2) In SiF4 Si–F observed bond length is shorter than actual Si–F bond length
(3) (C2F4)n is known as PTFE.
(4) CCl4 react with Anyelrony HF, gives Chloro Flouro carbon (CCl2F2)
(5) CCl4 can hydrolysis under super heating conditious.
(6) Hydrolysis of SiF4 is not complete of SiF4 is partially hydrolysis.
19. How many of the following may react with SiCl4 to produce a non-polar product ?
NaH, CH3MgCl, H2O, LiAlH4, H2SO4(l), NH3, Be
SECTION-4 : Comprehension Type (Only One options correct)

This section contains 1 paragraphs, each describing theory, experiments, data etc. 3 questions
relate to the paragraph. Each question has only one correct answer among the four given options
(A), (B), (C) and (D)

Paragraph For Questions 20 to 22
(i) P + C(carbon) + Cl2  Q + CO  (ii) Q + H2O  R + HCl
(iii) BN + H2O  R + NH3  (iv) Q + LiAlH4  S + LiCl + AlCl3
(v) S + H2  R + H2  (vi) S + NaH  T
(P, Q, R, S and T do not represent their chemical symbols)
20. Compound Q has :

(I) zero dipole moment (II) a planar trigonal structure
(III) an electron deficient compound (IV) a Lewis base
Choose the correct code
(A) I, IV (B) I, II, IV (C) I, II, III (D) I, II, III, IV
21. Compound T is used as a/an :

(A) oxidising agent (B) complexing agent (C) bleaching agent (D) reducing agent
22. Compound S is :
(I) an odd-e– compound (II) (2C – 3e–)
(III) an electron deficient compound (IV) a sp2 hybridized compound
Choose the correct code :
(A) III (B) I, III (C) II, III, IV (D) I, II, IV
SECTION-5 : Matching List Type (Only One options correct)

This section contains 1 questions, each having two matching lists. Choices for the correct combination
of elements from List-I and List-II are given as options (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which one is correct
23. Choose the correct match :

Silicates Number of oxygen atoms shared per tetrahedron
(a) Ortho silicate (p) 4
(b) Pyro silicate (q) 1
(c) Cyclic silicate (r) 0
(d) 3-D silicate (s) 2
(A) a – p , b – q, c – r, d – s (B) a – r , b – q, c – s, d – p
(C) a – s , b – r, c – q, d – p (D) a – r , b – s, c – q, d – p
Practice Test-2 ( (IIT-JEE (ADVANCED Pattern))

Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Ans.
Que. 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Ans.
Que. 21 22 23
Ans.

PART - IV : INDIAN NATIONAL CHEMISTRY OLYMPIAD (INChO) STAGE-II
Problem 1 [INChO_2009]
Chemistry of silicon [17 Marks]
Silicon is the second most abundant element (~27.2 %) in the earth’s crust after oxygen (45.5
%). Carbon, silicon, germanium, tin and lead constitute the group 14 of the periodic table.
Chemistry of silicon is distinctly different from that of carbon.
For example, under standard conditions CO2 is a gas whereas SiO2 is a covalent solid.
1.1 Draw the structures of CO2 and SiO2. [1.5 Marks]
1.2 The reason for the distinct difference in the properties of CO2 and SiO2 is : [1 Mark]
a) carbon is more electronegative than O and in case of SiO2 oxygen is more electronegative than silicon
b) carbon has small size and forms a  bond with good overlap whereas silicon has larger size hence has a
poor  overlap
c) carbon has only ‘p’ orbitals and lacks ‘d’ orbitals whereas silicon has ‘d’ orbitals
d) first ionization potential of carbon is higher than that of silicon
(1086 kJ mol-1 for C and 786 kJ mol–1 for Si).
1.3 Glass, made of SiO2, Na2SiO3 and CaSiO3, is attacked by hydrofluoric acid with formation of SiF62– anion.
The analogous CF62– anion does not exist. The reason/s is/are : [2 Marks]
a) carbon is more electronegative than silicon
b) silicon has larger atomic size than carbon
c) silicon has 3d orbitals which form an sp3d2 hybrid orbitals
d) carbon and fluorine have comparable atomic sizes
1.4 Group 14 elements have tendency to catenate. The first three members C, Si and Ge show significant
catenation. Arrange these elements in decreasing order of their catenation tendency. [0.5 Mark]
1.5 The order in 1.4 can be explained on the basis of : [1 Mark]

a) atomic size b) electronegativity
c) bond strength d) non-metallic character
1.6 In a silicon manufacturing unit, silicon is obtained by heating 100 kg of pure sand with 45 kg of high grade
coke in an electric furnace. Write the balanced equation of the reaction. [1 Mark]
1.7 Silicon can be purified by converting it into volatile SiCl4 (b.p. 58 °C) which is purified by fractional distillation.
SiCl4 can then be converted into Si using molecular hydrogen. Write the balanced equations for the reactions
involved. [1 Mark]
Silicon is widely used in semiconductor industry in which the purity required is of the order of 1 part per
billion. This can be achieved using “zone refining technique”. The technique involves moving a heater coil
across an impure Si rod.
1.8 In zone refining, silicon is purified as [1 Mark]

a) portions of Si rod are heated and cooled so that impurities are differentially evaporated
b) impurities are more soluble in liquid phase than in solid
c) impurities are less soluble in liquid phase than in solid
d) impurities are insoluble in molten Si and can be separated
1.9 The reactivities of CCl4 and SiCl4 are different. For example SiCl4 can be easily hydrolysed and is prone to
substitution reactions, whereas CCl4 is inert.
The observed difference is because [1 Mark]
a) carbon atom has smaller size hence substitution is not possible
b) carbon is more electronegative than silicon
c) silicon has low lying unoccupied orbitals
d) C-Cl bond is stronger than Si-Cl bond

Silicon has high affinity for oxygen to form silicates having SiO44– units. Silicates can have chain or cyclic
structures.
1.10 Draw the structure of a cyclic silicate having structural formula of [Si6O18]n–. Also determine the value of n.
[Hint: SiO4–
4
can be shown as unit] [4 Marks]
1.11 Draw the structure of the anion present in pyroxene (MgCaSi2O6). [1 Mark]
Silicones are important synthetic polymers which find extensive applications due to their chemical inertness
and water repelling nature. They are produced via the following reactions.
Cu
2 C 6 H 5 Cl + Si
370 K
A
H2O
A B
HCl
1.12 Identify A and the corresponding linear polymer B. [2 Marks]
Problem 2 11 marks [INChO_2011]

Most elements form oxides and hydroxides with different characteristics. Often, regular periodic trends
are observed in these oxides and hydroxides. Hydroxides of Na and Mg are distinctly alkaline, while
oxides of N and S are distinctly acidic.
2.1 Identify the nature of the following oxides of Group 13 elements:- (strike off whichever is not correct).
B2O3 acidic basic amphoteric neutral
Al2O3 acidic basic amphoteric neutral
Tl2O3 acidic basic amphoteric neutral (1.5 marks)

Boron the first member of group 1, forms a hydride BH 3. This hydride exists as a dimer (B2H6).
2.2 Draw the structure of B2H6.
The unusual bond present in B2H6 is a - (0.5 mark)

(a) Two centered 3e bond –
(b) Three centered 2e bond
–
(c) Four centered 2e– bond (d) Four centered 4e– bond
2.3 Diborane reacts violently with water and releases hydrogen. Write a balanced equation of this reaction.
(1.5 marks)
A variety of polymeric boranes and anionic boron hydrides are formed. Closoboranes are the compounds
having formula BnHn2–. They have closed regular polyhedral frameworks of boron atoms, with each boron
bound to the neighbouring boron atoms and a terminal hydrogen atom. An example is B6H62– which has
the following structure (X).

H
H H
B B
B B
H H
A neutral nido-borane (Y) is formed by removing an apical Boron atom from X and adding the requisite
number of hydrogens.
2.4 Draw the structure of Y. (2 marks)
The corresponding arachno-boranes are formed by removal of two neighbouring apical boron atoms in
X.
2.5 Write the general formula of arachano-boranes. (0.5 mark)
2.6 Draw the structures of the possible arachano-boranes derived from X. (2 marks)
Carboranes are neutral compounds which are formed by isoelectronic replacement of Boron by Carbon
in boranes.
2.7 Write the molecular formula of a carborane (Z) obtained by replacing two Boron by carbon atoms in
closo-dodecaborane anions. (0.5 mark)
2.8 Draw the structures of all possible isomers of Z (show only boron-carbon framework). (2 marks)
PART - V : INTERNATIONAL CHEMISTRY OLYMPIAD (IChO) STAGE-V
Problem-1 [IChO-1972]
A mixture of two solid elements with a mass of 1.52 g was treated with an excess of
hydrochloric acid. A volume of 0.896 dm 3 of a gas was liberated in this process and
0.56 g of a residue remained which was undissolved in the excess of the acid.
In another experiment, 1.52 g of the same mixture were allowed to react with an excess of a 10 % sodium
hydroxide solution. In this case 0.896 dm 3 of a gas were also evolved but 0.96 g of an undissolved residue
remained.
In the third experiment, 1.52 g of the initial mixture were heated to a high temperature without access of the
air. In this way a compound was formed which was totally soluble in hydrochloric acid and 0.448 dm 3 of an
unknown gas were released. All the gas obtained was introduced into a one litre closed vessel filled with
oxygen. After the reaction of the unknown gas with oxygen the pressure in the vessel decreased by
approximately ten times (T = const).
1.1 Write chemical equations for the above reactions and prove their correctness by calculations. In solving the
problem consider that the volumes of gases were measured at STP and round up the relative atomic masses
to whole numbers.

One of the largest factories in Greece, located near the ancient city of Delphi, produces alumina (AI2O3) and
aluminum metal using the mineral bauxite mined from the Parnassus mountain. Bauxite is a mixed aluminium
oxide hydroxide - AIOx(OH)3 – 2x where 0 < x < 1.
Production of AI metal follows a two-stage process:
(i) Bayer process : Extraction, purification and dehydration of bauxite (typical compositions for industrially
used bauxites are AI2O3 40-60%, H2O 12-30%, SiO2 free and combined 1-15%, Fe2O3 7-30%, TiO2 3-4%, F,
P2O5, V2O5 etc., 0.05-0.2%). This involves dissolution in aqueous NaOH, separation from insoluble impurities,
partial precipitation of the aluminium hydroxide and heating at 1200oC. Complete and balance the following
chemical reactions of stage (i).
AI2O3 + OH– + ...........  [AI(OH)4(H2O)2]–
SiO2 + OH–  SiO2(OH)22-
SiO2(OH)22- + ...........  CaSiO3  + .............
[AI(OH)4(H2O)2]–  ........... OH– + H2O
AI(OH)3  AI2O + ............
(ii) Heroult-Hall process : Electrolysis of pure alumina dissolved in molten cryolite, Na3AIF6. Typical electrolyte
composition ranges are Na3AIF6(80-85%), CaF2(5-7%), AIF3(5-7%), AI2O3 (2-8% intermittently recharged).
Electrolysis is carried out at 940oC, under constant pressure of 1 atm, in a carbon-lined steel cell (cathode)
with carbon anodes. Balance the main reaction of the electrolysis.
AI2O3 (I) + C (anode)  AI (I) + CO2 (g)
Since cryolite is a rather rare mineral, it is prepared according to the following reaction. Complete and
balance this reaction.
HF + AI(OH)3 + NaOH  Na3AIF6 + ...........
During the electrolysis process several parallel reactions take place that degrade the graphite (C) anodes or
reduce the yield.
(iii) By using the thermodynamic data given below, which are taken to be independent of temperature,
determine the thermodynamic quantities H, S and G at 940oC for the reaction.
C (graphite) + CO2 (g)  2CO (g)
(iv) At the same temperature and using the data from the table in part (iii) determine the quantities H and G
for the reaction
2AI (I) + 3CO2 (g)  AI2O3 (I) + 3CO (g)
given that S = –126 JK-1 mol-1. (Show your calculations).
(v) Pure aluminium is a silvery-white metal with a face-centred cubic (fcc) crystal structure. Aluminium is
readily soluble in hot concentrated hydrochloric acid producing the cation [AI(H2O)6]3+, as well as in strong
bases at room temperature producing hydrated tetrahydroxyaluminate anion, [AI(OH) 4]– (aq). In both cases
liberation of H2 occurs. AIF3 is made by treating AI2O3 with HF gas at 700oC, while the other trihalides, AIX3,
are made by the direct exothermic reaction of AI with the corresponding dihalogen. Write all 4 chemical
reactions described above.
(vi) The AICI3 is a crystalline solid having a layer lattice with 6-coordinate AI(), but at the melting point
(192.4oC) the structure changes to a 4-coordinate molecular dimer, AI2CI6. The covalently bonded molecular
dimer, in the gas phase and at high temperature, dissociates into trigonal planar AICI 3 molecules.
For the molecular dimer AI2CI6, in the gas phase, two different AI–CI distances (206 and 221 pm) were
measured. Draw the stereostructure of the dimer, and write down the corresponding AI–CI distances.
(vii) What is the hybridisation of the AI atoms (s) in AI2CI6 and AICI3?

Silicates as the base of the Earth crust
Silica and compounds derived from it, silicates, constituteca. 90% of the Earth crust substances. Silica
gives rise to a beautiful meterial-glass. Nobody knows exactly how glass was discovered. There is a well-
favoured story related to Phoenician sailors who fused occassionally sea sand and soda ash. It is likely that
they discovered the secret of “liquid glass” (LGL) sodium metasilicate (Na2SiO3) soluble in water.
3.1 The solution of LGL was used earlier as office glue. Write down the net ionic equation accounting for the
ability of LGL to set in air.
Hydrolysis of LGL in water allows obtaining a colloidal solution of silicic acid.
3.2 Write down the net ionic equations matching the processes enumerated. For each process mark Yes if if
leads to changes of pH. Otherwise mark NO.
(a) Protonation of ortho-silicate ions leading to the formation of Si-OH groups.
(b) Formation of hydrated [SiO4(H2O)2]4– anions
(c) Polycondensation of ortho-silicate ions leading to the formation of Si-O-Si bonds.
The structure of species occurring in aqueous solutions of silicates in rather complex. However, it is possible
to distinguish the main building block of all species-orthosilicate tetrahedron (SiO 44–):
...(i)
For [Si3O9]n– ion found in aqueous solution of silicates :
3.3 Determine the charge (n).
3.4 Determine the number of oxygen atoms bridging adjacent tetrahedra.
3.5 Depict its structure joining together several tetrahedra (i). Take into account that any adjacent terahedron
shares one vertex.
Charged monolayers with the composition [Si4O10]m– are found in daolinite (clay).
3.6 Using the same strategy as in 3.3 to 3.5 depict a fragment of the layered structure joining 16 tetrahedra (i).
Note that 10 tetrahedra have shared vertices with 2 neighbours each, and the rest 6 have shared vertices with
3 neighbours each.
Being placed into the LGL solution, salts of transition metals give rise to fancy “trees” tinted relevant to the
colour of the salt of the corrsponding transition metal. Crystals of CuSO4.5H2O produce “trees” of blue colour
whereas those of NiSO4. 7H2O form green “trees”.
3.7 Determine the pH of 0.1 M aqueous solution of copper sulphate at 25oC, assuming that its hydrolysis occurs
in small degree only. Use the value of the first acidity constant of [Cu(H2O)4]2+ K`a = 1 × 10–7 M.
3.8 Write down equation of a reaction between aqueous solution of CuSO4 and sodium metasilicate (LGL). Take
into account the pH values of aqueous solutions of the salts.

PART - I
1. (2) 2. (4) 3. (1) 4. (3) 5. (3)
6. (4) 7. (3) 8. (2) 9. (3) 10. (1)
11. (1) 12. (2) 13. (2) 14. (1) 15. (2)
16. (4) 17. (4) 18. (1) 19. (3) 20. (2)
21. (1) 22. (4) 23. (3) 24. (2) 25. (4)
26. (4) 27. (4) 28. (4) 29. (4) 30. (3)
PART - II
1. (D) 2. (A) 3. (C) 4. (C) 5. (C)
6. (D) 7. (B) 8. (D) 9. (B) 10. (B)
11. (A) 12. (D) 13. (B) 14. (B)
PART - III
1. (C) 2. (C) 3. (D) 4. (B) 5. (A)
6. (B) 7. (C) 8. (B) 9. (A,B,C) 10. (A,B,C,D)
11. (A,B,C) 12. (A,B,C,D) 13. (A,C) 14. 6 15. 24
16. 6 17. 25 18. 6 19. 4 20. (C)
21. (D) 22. (A) 23. (B)
PART - IV
1.1 (i) CO2 (ii) SiO2
1.2 (b) 1.3 (c) 1.4 C > Si > Ge 1.5 (c)

1.6 SiO2 + 2C  Si + 2CO
1.7 Si + 2Cl2  SiCl4


SiCl4 + 2H2  Si + 4HCl
1.8 (b) 1.9 (c)

1.10 n = – 12

1.11 or
1.12 A = Ph2SiCl2
Linear polymer
B=
2.1 B2O3 acidic ; Al2O3 amphoteric ; Tl2O3 basic
2.2 (b) 2.3 B2H6 + 6H2O 2H3BO3 + 6H2
2.4 B5H54– / B5H9 2.5 BnHn+6
2.6 B4H46–, B4H10 2.7 C2B10H12
2.8

PART - V
1.1 (a) Reaction with hydrochloric acid :
1.52 g – 0.56 g = 0.96 g of a metal reacted and 0.896 dm 3 of hydrogen (0.04 mol) were formed.
0.96
combining mass of the metal: 11.2 × = 12 g
0.896
Possible solutions:
Relative
Oxidation
atomic mass of Element Satisfying?
number
the metal
12 I C No
24 II Mg Yes
36 III Cl No
Reaction: Mg + 2 HCl  MgCl2 + H2

(b) Reaction with sodium hydroxide:
1.52 g – 0.96 g = 0.56 g of an element reacted, 0.896 dm 3 (0.04 mol) of hydrogen were formed.
0.56
combining mass of the metal: 11.2 × =7g
0.896
Possible solutions:
Relative
atomic mass of Oxidation Element Satisfying?
the element number
7 I Li No
14 II N No
21 III Ne No
28 IV Si Yes
Reaction: Si + 2 NaOH + H2O  Na2SiO3 + 2 H2

(c) Combining of both elements:
0.96 g Mg + 0.56 g Si = 1.52 g of silicide MgxSiy
0.96 g 0.56 g
w(Mg) = 1.52g = 0.63 w(Si) = = 0.37
1.52g
0.63 0.37
x : y = 24 : = 2 :1
28
silicide: Mg2Si
(d) Reaction of the silicide with acid:
Mg2Si + 4 HCl  2 MgCl2 + SiH4
1.52 g
n(Mg2Si) = = 0.02 mol
76 gmol–1

0.448 dm3
n(SiH4 ) = = 0.02 mol
22.4 dm3 mol–1
e) Reaction of silane with oxygen:
SiH4 + 2 O2  SiO2 + 2 H2O
V = 1 dm3
n2
On the assumption that T = const: p2 = p
n1 1
1dm3
n1(O2 ) = = 0.0446 mol
22.4 dm3 mol–1
Consumption of oxygen in the reaction: n(O2) = 0.04 mol

The remainder of oxygen in the closed vessel:
n2(O2) = 0.0446 mol – 0.04 mol = 0.0046 mol
0.0046 mol
p2 = × p1  0.1 p1
0.0446mol
2. i) Al2O3 + 2 OH– + 7 H2O  2 [Al(OH)4(H2O)2]–

SiO2 + 2 OH–  SiO2(OH)22–
SiO2(OH)2 2– + Ca2+  CaSiO3 + H2O
[Al(OH)4(H2O)2]–  Al(OH)3 + 2 OH– + 2 H2O
2 Al(OH)3  Al2O3 + 3 H2O
ii) 2 Al2O3(l) + 3 C(anode)  4 Al(l) + 3 CO2(g)
6 HF + Al(OH)3 + 3 NaOH  Na3AlF6 + 6 H2O
0 0 0
iii)  r H1213  2r H1213 (CO) –  f H1213 (CO2 )  2  (–111) – (–394) =172kJ
0 0 0 0
r S 1213  2S 1213 (CO) – S 1213 (CO2 ) – S 1213 (C)  2  (–198) – 214 – 6) = 176 JK–1
0 0 0
r G1213  r H1213 – TS 1213  172 – 1213  0.176  –41.5kJK –1
0 0 0 0
iv)  r H1213  3 f H1213 (CO)   f H298 (Al2O3 )  meltH(Al2O3 ) – 3fH1213 (CO2 ) – 2HmeltH(Al) =
= 3 × (–111) – (–1676) + 109 – 3× (–394) – 2 × 11 = –740 kJ
v) 2 Al + 6 H+ + 12 H2O  2 [Al(H2O)6]3+ 3 H2
2 Al + 2 OH– + 6 H2O  2[Al(OH)4]– + 3 H2
Al2O3 + HF  2 AlF3 + 3 H2O
2 Al + 3 X2  2 AlX3
Cl Cl Cl
221 206
vi) Al Al
Cl Cl Cl
vii) Al2Cl6 - sp3 hybridization

AlCl3 - sp2 hybridization
3.1 SiO32– + 2 CO2 + 2 H2O  "H2SiO3"  (Silica acid gel) + 2 HCO3– or

SiO2 (OH)2–
2
+ 2 CO2 + H2O  "H2SiO3"+ 2 HCO3– or SiO32– + CO2 + H2O  "H2SiO3"  + CO 32–
3.2 a) protonation of ortho-silicate ions leading to the formation of Si-OH groups:

SiO 44  + H2O  [SiO3(OH)]3– + OH– or
SiO 44  + H+  [SiO3(OH)]3– or YES

[SiO2(OH)2] + H  [SiO(OH)3]
2– + –

b) formation of hydrated [SiO4(H2O)2]4– anions NO
SiO + 2 H2O  [SiO4(H2O)2]4–
4
4
c) polycondensation of ortho-silicate ions leading to the formation of Si-O-Si bonds

2 SiO 44  + H2O = [O3Si-O-SiO3]6– + 2 OH– or
2 SiO 44  + 2
H+ = [O3Si-O-SiO3]6– + H2O or YES
2 SiO2 (OH)22  + H2O = [O–Si(OH)2–O-Si(OH)2–O]2– + 2 OH–
3.3 n = 6 (assuming oxidation numbers of silicon (+4) and oxygen (-2), or taking into account its structure and
the charge of orthosilicate ion (-4))
3.4 Si3O9  3 [SiO4] – 3 O, i.e. there are 3 oxygen atoms bridging adjacent tetrahedra
3.5
3.6 m = 4 (assuming oxidation numbers of silicon (IV) and oxygen (-II), or taking into account its structure and
the charge of orthosilicate ion (-4))
Si4O10  4 [SiO4] – 6 O, i. e. the formula of the tetrahedron is now SiO2.5, which is possible if 10 atom belongs
to this tetrahedron and the other three are shared between 2 tetrahedra (their contribution = 3/2). This is
possible if the tetrahedra are set on a plane and joined together through all apexes of their bases.
3.7 Cu(H2O)42+ + H2O Cu(OH)(H2O)3+ + H3O+,

[H ]  (c Ka ) = 1×10–4, pH = – log [H+] = 4
+ I 1/2
pH = 4
3.8 CuSO4 + Na2SiO3 + 2 H2O  Cu(OH)2  + "H2SiO3"  + Na2SO4
or 2 CuSO4 + Na2SiO3 + 2 H2O  Cu2(OH)2SO4  + "H2SiO3"  + Na2SO4
This (or those) reaction(s) (apart from formation of copper silicate) can be deduced from the fact that the
reaction describes mutual (self-amplifying) hydrolysis. It comes from the previous parts of the task: pH of
LGL is greater than 7 (see questions 3.2), and pH of copper sulfate solution is less than 7 (see 3.7).
PART - I
1. The EN values of Carbon family are :
Element C Si Ge Sn Pb
EN 2.5 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.9

4.
5. A is B2H6
B2H6 + 6 NaOH   2Na3BO3 + 6 H2
B is Na3BO3 a salt of SBWA.

6. 2PbCO3.Pb(OH)2  Pb3O4 + CO + CO2 + H2O
7. Na2B4O7 + H2SO4 + 5H2O  Na2SO4 + 4H3BO3
2H3BO3  B2O3 + 3H2O
B2O3 + 3Mg  2B + 3MgO
8. Being contaning one halogen atom it is ultilized for terminating the chain.
9. 4(CH3)2 + 8H2O  [P] + 8HCl + 4H2O
10. It is a fact.
11. You are not expected to have a prior knowledge of tournaline. It is simply a common-sense based question
based on adding all the charges.
(1) +2 + 3 × 3 + x × 6 – 3 × 3 + 4 × 6 – 2 × 18 – 1 × 4 = 6 × –14  0 for x = +2 or + 3 (possible on Fe)
(2) +2 × 2 + 1 × 3 + 3 × 6 – 3 × 3 + 6 × 4 – 18 × 2 – 1 × 4 = 0
It fits, so it is possible
(3) +1 × 1 + 2 × 3 + 3 × 6 – 3 × 3 + 4 × 6 – 2 × 18 – 1 × 4 = 0
(4) +2 × 1 + 9 × 3 – 3 × 3 + 6 × 4 –2 × 18 –1 × 4 = 0
14. CoO + B2O3  Co(BO2)2 (blue bead)
15. As Al(OH)3 is amphoteric in nature and thus form [Al(H2O)2(OH)4]-.
16. Due to small size of boron, the sum of its first three ionization enthalpies is very high. This prevents it to form
+3 ions.
17. [B4O5(OH)4]2– + 5H2O 2B(OH)3 (weak acid) + 2[B(OH4)]– (salt)
22. Alumina is mixed with cryolite, in molten state which make alumina good conductor and lowers the fusion
temperature also.
23. The reactions involved are
at higher temperatur e
3B2H6 + 6NH3  2B3N3H6 + 12H2 ; B2H6 + NH3 (excess)       (BN)n + H2
(X) (Y)
Y is borazole which is isosteric with benzene.
28. (1) Pb + H2SO4   PbSO4 (layer) + H2
(2) Pb + Conc. HCl  PbCl2(Coating) + H2
(3) 2Al + 3/2 O2  Al2O3(s)
29. B(OH) + 2HOH [B(OH)4]– + H3O+.
3
In aqueous solution the boron completes its octet by accepting OH – from water molecules. It therefore
function as a weak monobasic lewis acid.

PART - III
1. Statements (A), (B), (D) are true.
Statement (C) SnO2 is amphoteric, Ga2O3 is amphoteric.
3.
4. X : B2 H 6 Y : H2
NaBH4 + I2  B2H6  + H2  + 2NaI
B2H6 + C2H5OH  H2  + B(OC2H5)3
B2H6 + HCl  H2  + B2H5Cl
5. B2X6 + 2NH3 
In X hybridisation state of both B is sp3.
6. Na2B4O7 + AgNO3(aq) + H2O  AgBO2  + NaNO3 + H3BO3      Ag2O  + H3BO3
Boiled with water
8. Sc2Si2O7 contains Si2O7–6 units

9. Borax or Tincol : Na2B4O7.10H2O
Kernite : Na2B4O7.4H2O
Colemanite : Ca2B6O11
Bauxite : Al2O3.2H2O
10.
11. (A) All 13th group elements forms trihalide even Tl+ as TlI3 BX3 AlCl3, GaCl3 InCl3 Tl+ (I3)– tri iodide ion.
(B) At high temparature only Al react direelly with N2 and gives AlN
(C) Conc. HNO3 is oxidising agent, It forms an oxide layers on Al surface, this makes al passive towards
conc. HNO3.
(D) Except Pb, all 14th group element forms MX4 tetrahalides.
12. Combustion of silicone produces solid silica.
13. Zeolites can exchange cation to release more soluble cation in aqueous solution.
14. Density, Electrical resistivity, Thermal conductivity, Hardness, C–C (bond length), Hfº.

15. 2NaBO2 + 2H2O2 + 6H2O  Na2[(OH)2 B(O–O)2B(OH)2] sodium peroxoborate
X = [(–2) × 4 + (–1) × 4] = –12

Hence |X| = 12
16. ; No. of B–O–B linkages = 6.
17. B2O3 + CaF2 + H2SO4  2BF3  + 3CaSO4 + 3H2O

(A) (B)
4BF3 + 3LiAlH4  2B2H6  + 3AlF3 + 3LiF
(C) (D)

B2H6 + H2O  H3BO3 + H2 
(C) (D)
H3BO3 + Na2CO3  Na2B4O7 + NaBO2 + CO2
(E)
Na2B4O7 + 2NH4Cl  2(BN)x + B2O3 + 2NaCl + 4H2O
(E) (F)
Empirical formula mass of BN = 10.8 + 14 = 24.8  25
18. (1) SiC + F2  SiF4 + CF4
(2) Because of d–p back bonding in SiF4.
(3) PTFE= Poly tetra flouro ethene
(4) CCl4 +HF  CCl2 F2 + HCl
 H2 O
(5) CCl4 
Super heating(steam)
 COCl2 + HCl
(6) SiF4 + F–  [SiF6]–2 (F– form in Ist stape hydrolysis of Si F4)
19. 4NaH + SiCl4  4NaCl + SiH4  (non-polar)

CH3MgCl + SiCl4  MgCl2 + Si(CH3)4 (non-polar)
3H2O + SiCl4  H2SiO3 + 4HCl
LiAlH4 + SiCl4  LiCl + AlCl3 + SiH4 (non-polar)
H2SO4() + SiCl4  no reaction
NH3 + SiCl4  Polymeric substance
2Be + SiCl4  2BeCl2 + Si (non-polar)
(20-22) (i) B2O3 (P) + 3C + 3Cl2  2BCl3 (Q) + 3CO  .
(ii) BCl3 (Q) + 3H2O  H3BO3 (R) + 3HCl
(iii) BN + 3H2O  H3BO3 (R) + NH3
(iv) 4BCl3 (Q) + 3LiAlH4  2B2H6 (S) + 3LiCl + 3AlCl3
(v) B2H6 + 6H2O  2H3BO3 (R) + 6H2 
(v) B2H6 (S) + 2NaH  2NaBH4 (T)

IUPAC Nomenclature and Structural Isomerism [92]

Section (A) : Fundamental of Organic Chemistry
A-1. Write the number of  and  bonds in the following molecules ?
CH3
(a) (b) OH (c) N –CH 3
A-2. Find the number of 1°, 2° & 3° hydrogen atoms in the following compounds
(a) (b) CH3–CH2–CH3 (c) CH3–CH2–CH2–CH3
A-3. Find the hybridization state of each carbon atoms in following compound ?
CH2 = C = CH – CH2 – C  C – CH2 – NH2
A-4. Expand each the following condensed formulae into their complete structural and bond line formulae :
(1) HOCH2CH2NH2 (2) CH3(CH2)3OH
(3) CH3CH2COCH2CH3 (4) CH3CH=CH(CH2)3CH3
A-5. Find DU of following compound :-
(a) C5H10 (b)
A-6. Find DU of following compound :-

(a) C6H6O (b) C6H5I (c) C5H9N
A-7. Draw formulae for the first four members of each homologous series begining with the following.
(a) H–COOH (b) H–CH=CH2 (c)
A-8. Classify the following compounds as homocyclic, heterocyclic, alicyclic, aromatic, saturated and unsaturated.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
A-9. Indicate the following as 1°, 2° and 3° amines.
CH3
(a) (b) NH (c)
N (d) N –CH 3
A-10. Indicate the following as 1°, 2° and 3° alcohol.
(a) OH (b) OH (c) OH

Section (B) : IUPAC-Nomenclature of Alkane & Cycloalkane
B-1. Write IUPAC name of the following compounds :
(a) (b) (c)
B-2. Write IUPAC name of the following compounds:-
(a) (b)
B-3. Write correct IUPAC name of the following
(i) (ii)
(iii) (iv)
B-4. Write the correct IUPAC name of the following compounds.

CH3
|
(i) CH3 — CH2 — CH2 — CH2 — CH2 — CH — C — CH2CH3
| |
CH3 CH2 — CH2 — CH3
(ii)
B-5. Write structures of the following IUPAC name.

(i) 1, 3-Dicyclopentyl propane (ii) 1-Methyl-4-propylcyclohexane (iii) 2-Ethyl-1,1-dimethylcyclopentane
B-6. Write IUPAC names of the following hydrocarbon (use common naming for hydrocarbon groups.)
(a) (b) (c) (d)
B-7. Identify the parent chain in the following compounds as ring or side chain.
(a) (b) (c)
(d) (e) (f)

B-8. Write the common name of the following alkyl groups.
(a) (b) (c)
(d) –CH2–CH3 (e) CH3–CH2–CH2–
Section (C) : IUPAC-Nomenclature of Alkene, Cycloalkene, Polyenes & Alkyne

C-1. Write the general formula of alkenes. Give IUPAC names of first three members.
C-2. Write IUPAC name of the following :

(i) (CH3)3C – CH = CH2 (ii) CH2 = CH – CH = CH2
CH3 CH3
(iii) CH3–CH2–CH2–C–CH2–C=CH2 (iv)
CH3
C-3. Draw the bond line structures of the following compounds.

(a) 2-Methylhept-3-ene (b) 2,6-Dimethylhepta-1, 5-diene
C-4. Write IUPAC name of the following
(i) (ii) (iii)
C-5. Draw structure of following IUPAC names.

(i) Hexa-2,4-diyne (ii) Pent-3-ene-1-yne
(iii) Pent-1-en-4-yne (iv) Pent-1-en-3-yne
C-6. Write the IUPAC name of the following
(i) (ii)
(iii) (iv)
Section (D) : IUPAC Nomenclature of non-chain terminating functional groups

D-1. Write the IUPAC names of the following compounds.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
(e) (f) (g) (h)
D-2. Draw the structures of each of the followings.

(a) Butan-1-ol (b) Butane-2-thiol (c) Pentan-2-amine
(d) Pentan-2-one (e) 3-Chloropentan-1-ol (f) Hexan-2,4-dione

Section (E) : IUPAC Nomenclature of chain terminating functional groups
E-1. Select the longest continous carbon chain in each of the following molecules.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
(e) (f) (g) (h)
E-2. Write the structure of the following compounds :

(a) 3-Hydroxypentane-2-sulphonic acid. (b) 3-Chloromethylpentanoic acid
(c) 3-Bromobutanoyl chloride (d) Cyclohexyl ethanoate
(e) Phenyl ethanoate (f) 2-Chloroethyl propanoate
(g) Diethyl pentanedioate
E-3. Write the structure of the following compounds :

(a) Butanamide (b) N-methylethanamide
(c) Cyclopropanecarboxylic anhydride (d) Cyclopropylbutanoate
E-4. Write IUPAC Name :
O
(a) CH3CH2 – CH – C – OCH3 (b) (c)
– –
CH2
CH3
E-5. Write IUPAC names of following compounds.
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
E-6. Write IUPAC names of following compounds.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Section (F) : IUPAC-Nomenclature of Aromatic compounds

F-1. Write IUPAC name of the following :
(a) (b) (c) (d)

F-2. Write the correct IUPAC name of the following :
(a) (b) (c) (d)
F-3. Write common & IUPAC name of following structure:
CH3 CH = CH2
OH CHO
CH3 OH
(a) (b) (c) (d)
CH3
Section (G) : Structural Isomerism

G-1. Identify the relationship between the given compounds.
(a) and
(b) and
(c) and
G-2. Identify the relationship between the given compounds.
(a) & (b) &
(c) & (d) &
Section (H) : Number of Structural Isomers

H-1. Draw all structurally isomeric alkenes with molecular formula C4H8.
H-2. Draw all structurally isomeric 2º chlorides with molecular formula C5H11Cl.
H-3. Draw all structurally isomeric benzene containing isomers with molecular formula C7H8O.
H-4. Draw all structurally isomeric cyclic bromides with molecular formula C4H7Br.
H-5. The ring chain functional isomer of compound But-2-ene are.

Section (A) : Fundamental of Organic Chemistry
A-1. Molecular formula of naphthaquinone is
(A) C12H8O2 (B) C11H6O2 (C) C10H6O2 (D) C10H8O2
A-2.
Incorrect statement for the above structure :

(A) I, II & III have CnH2n-2 general formula (B) I , II & III have same empirical formula
(C) I , II are identical and homologue of compound III. (D) I, II & III have same molecular formula
A-3. Which of the following is not an alicyclic compound ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)

N
|
A-4. The saturated heterocyclic compound is : H
(A) (B) (C) N (D)

N
.. |
H
A-5. Which of the following compound is unsaturated hydrocarbon ?
(A) (B) CH3–C  N (C) (D)
Section (B) : IUPAC-Nomenclature of Alkane & Cyclo alkane
B-1. The correct IUPAC name of the alkane is :
(A) 2-Ethyl-4-methylhexane (B) 5-Ethyl-3-methylhexane

(C) 3,5-Dimethylheptane (D) 3,5-Dimethylhexane
B-2. The correct structure of 6-Ethyl-2,3,5-trimethylnonane is :
(A) (B)
(C) (D)

B-3. The correct IUPAC name of the following compound is :
(A) 1-Bromo-1-ethyl-2-fluoro-2-iodo-1-nitroethane. (B) 3-Bromo-4-fluoro-4-iodo-3-nitrobutane.

(C) 2-Bromo-1-fluoro-1-iodo-2-nitrobutane. (D) 1-Fluoro-1-iodo-2-bromo-2-ethyl-2-nitroethane.
B-4. A student named a certain compound as 2, 3-diethylbutane. Its correct IUPAC names is :
(A) 2, 3-Dimethylhexane (B) 3, 4-Dimethylhexane
(C) 2-Ethyl-3-methylpentane (D) 2-Ethylbutane
B-5. In which of the following compound IUPAC numbering is correct ?
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
Section (C) : IUPAC-Nomenclature of Alkene, Alkyne, Cyclo alkene & polyenes

C-1. Select the structure with correct numbering in the chain :
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
C-2. The correct IUPAC name of the compound

(A) 4-Ethylpent-1-ene (B) 2-Ethylpent-4-ene (C) 4-Methylhex-1-ene (D) 3-Methylhex-1-ene
C-3. The correct structure of 2-Ethyl-3-methylhexa-1,4-diene :
(A) (B) (C) (D)
C-4. The correct IUPAC name of the compound
(A) 1-Ethenylcyclohexa-2, 4-diene (B) 5-Ethenylcyclohexa-1, 3-diene

(C) 6-Ethenylcyclohexa-1, 3-diene (D) Cyclohexa-2, 4-dienylethene

Section (D) : IUPAC Nomenclature of non-chain terminating functional groups
D-1. Which of the following is a correct priority order of functional groups?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
D-2. The IUPAC name of
Br
|
CH3  CH  CH2  CH2  CH2  C  CH3 is :
| |
OH Br
(A) 6, 6-Dibromoheptan-2-ol (B) 2, 2-Dibromoheptan-6-ol

(C) 6, 6-Dibromoheptan-2-al (D) None of these
D-3. The correct structure of 6-Amino-4-hydroxycylohex-2-ene-1-sulphonic acid.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
D-4. The correct IUPAC name of the given compound is
(A) 3–Chloro–1–fluoro–1–iodo–4–methoxybut–1–en–3–yne
(B) 4–Methoxy–2–chloro–1–fluoro–1–iodobutenyne
(C) 3–Chloro–4–fluoro–4–iodo–1–methoxybutenyne
(D) 2–Chloro–1–fluoro–1–iodo–4–methoxybutenyne
Section (E) : IUPAC-Nomenclature of chain terminating Functional groups

E-1. The IUPAC name of the following is :
CH3 CH  CH  CH2  CH  CH2COOH
|
NH2
(A) 3-Aminohept-5-enoic acid (B) 5-Aminohex-2-enecarboxylic acid
(C) 3-Aminohept-4-enoic acid (D) 5-Aminohept-2-enoic acid

E-2. is named as :
(A) 2, 3-Dimethylenebutanal (B) 3-Methyl-2-methylenebut-3-enone

(C) 3-Methyl-2-methylenebut-3-enal (D) 2, 3-Dimethylenebutanone
E-3. The correct IUPAC name of compound is :
(A) 1-Chloropentane-1, 4-dione (B) 4-Chlorocarbonylbutan-2-one

(C) 4-Oxopentanoyl chloride (D) 3-Oxobutanecarbonyl chloride
E-4. The correct IUPAC name of following compound is
COOH
OH
CH2NH2
(A) 4-Aminomethyl-3-hydroxycyclohex-5-ene-1-carboxylic acid
(B) 2-Aminomethyl-5-carboxycyclohex-3-en-1-ol
(C) 4-Aminomethyl-5-hydroxycyclohex-2-ene-1-carboxylic acid
(D) 3-Hydroxy-4-aminomethylcyclohex-5-en-1-oic acid
E-5. IUPAC name of given compound is :
(A) 3- Carbonitrile-3-methyl butanal (B) 3-Formyl-2-methyl propne nitrile

(C) 3-Cyanobutanal (D) 2-Methyl-4-oxobutane nitrile]
E-6.
The IUPAC name of the compound is :

(A) Propanoic anhydride (B) Dipropanoic anhydride
(C) Ethoxy propanoic acid (D) 1-Oxopropyl propanoate
E-7. The IUPAC name of the compound is :
(A) Cyclobutanedioic anhydride (B) Butanedicarboxylic anhydride

(C) Cyclobutanedicarboxylic anhydride (D) Butanedioic anhydride

E-8. The correct IUPAC name of following compound is :
(A) Methyl-2-ethylpropanoate (B) Methyl butane-2-carboxylate

(C) Methyl- 2-methylbutanoate (D) Methoxypentanone
E-9. IUPAC name of the compound BrCH2  CH  CO  CH2  CH2CH3 is

|
CONH2
(A) 2-Bromomethyl-3-oxohexanamide (B) 1-Bromo-2-amido-3-oxohexane
(C) 1-Bromo-2-amido-n-propylketone (D) 3-Bromo-2-proponyl-propanamide
Section (F) : IUPAC-Nomenclature of Aromatic compounds

F-1. The IUPAC name of the following compound is :
(A) 5-Bromo-3-hydroxybenzenecarbaldehyde (B) 3-Bromo-5-formylphenol

(C) 3-Bromo-5-hydroxybenzenecarbaldehyde (D) 1-Bromo-3-formyl-5-hydroxybenzene
F-2. IUPAC name of
(A) 4-Chlorophenyl benzoate. (B) Phenyl-4-chlorobenzenecarboxylate.

(C) Benzyl-4-chlorobenzenecarboxylate. (D) 4-Chloro diphenylcarboxylate.
F-3. The correct IUPAC name of the compound.
(A) N–Formyl-4-chlorobenzenamine (B) N–Formyl-4-chloroaniline

(C) N–(4-chlorophenyl)methanamide (D) N–(Parachlorophenyl)–N–formylaniline
F-4. IUPAC name of the compound is
(A) 2-Chlorocarbonyl ethylbenzenecarboxylate (B) 2-Carboxyethylbenzoyl chloride

(C) Ethyl 2-(chlorocarbonyl)benzenecarboxylate (D) Ethyl 1-(chlorocarbonyl)benzenecarboxylate
F-5. The correct IUPAC name of the compound
(A) 2-Phenoxycarbonylbenzenecarboxylic acid (B) Phenyl-2-carboxybenzenecarboxylate

(C) 2-Benzoyloxybenzenecarboxylic acid (D) 2-Benzyloxycarbonylbenzenecarboxylic acid

Section (G) : Structural Isomerism
G-1. Isomers have essentially identical.
(A) Structural formula (B) Chemical properties
(C) Molecular formula (D) Physical properties
G-2. Compound with same molecular formula but different structural formula are called :
(A) Isomers (B) Isotopes (C) Isobars (D) Isoelectric
G-3. What is the correct relationship between the following compounds ?

CH3  CH2  CH  CH2  CH3 , CH3  CH2  CH2  CH2  CH2
| |
CH3 CH3
(A) Chain isomers (B) Position isomers (C) Functional isomers (D) Identical
G-4. What is the relation between 3-Ethylpentane and 3-Methylhexane ?

(A) Chain isomers (B) Position isomers (C) Functional isomers (D) Relation
G-5. CH3 – CH2 – NH – CHO ; CH3  CH  CHO

|
NH2
I II
Which type of isomerism is observed between I and II.
(A) Chain isomers (B) Position isomers (C) Functional isomers (D) Metamers
G-6. Molecular formula C4H10O represent

(A) Two primary alcohol (B) One secondary alcohol
(C) One tertiary alcohol (D) All of these
Section (H) : Number of Structural Isomers

H-1. How many positional isomers are possible for dimethylcyclohexane ?
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 6
H-2. How many aromatic isomers are possible for trichlorobenzene (C6H3Cl3) ?
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 5
H-3. The number of ether isomers represented by formula C4H10O is (only structural)
(A) 4 (B) 3 (C) 2 (D) 1
H-4. Total number of 2° amine isomers of C4H11N would be (only structural)

(A) 4 (B) 3 (C) 5 (D) 2
H-5. How many structural isomers of all the tertiary alcohols with molecular formula C6H14O.
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 5
H-6. The number of structural isomers for C5H10 are :

(A) 8 (B) 6 (C) 9 (D) 10
H-7. The number of acyclic isomers of C3H5Cl are :

(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
H-8. The number of cyclic ketones of molecular formula C3H4O are :

(A) 2 (B) 1 (C) 3 (D) 4
H-9. The number of cyclic isomers of molecular formula C3H4Cl2 are :

(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
H-10. The number of structural isomers of for C4H9Cl are :

(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4

1. Match the following :
Column I Column II
(A) and (p) Homologs
(B) and (q) Functional isomers.
(C) and (r) Chain isomers.
(D) and (s) Have same general formula
(t) Have same empirical formula.
2._ Match the following :

Column-I (Benzene derivative molecular formula) Column-II (No. of aromatic structural Isomers)
(Here  X, Y, Z monovalent substituents)
(A) C6H4X2 (p) 5
(B) C6H4XY (q) 3
(C) C6H4X3 (r) 4
(D) C6H3X2Y (s) 6
(E) C6H3XYZ (t) 10
1. IUPAC name of the compound is
(A) 2, 2, 5-Trimethyl-4-(1-methylpropyl) nonane (B) 4, 8, 8-Trimethyl-6-(1-methylpropyl) nonane

(C) 3, 6-Dimethyl-4-(1-methylenetertiarybutyl)nonane (D) 6, 6-Dimethyl-2-propyl-4-(1-methylpropyl) heptane
2. In the structure of 4-Isopropyl-2,4,5-trimethylheptane, number of 10, 20 & 30 H’s are respectively.

(A) 18, 5, 4 (B) 21, 4, 3 (C) 18, 4, 3 (D) 21, 5, 4
3. The correct IUPAC name of is :
(A) 1, 4-Diethyl-2-methyl-5-propylcyclohexane (B) 1, 4-Diethyl-5-methyl-2-propylcyclohexane

(C) 2, 5-Diethyl-1-methyl-4-propylcyclohexane (D) 2, 5-Diethyl-4-methyl-1-propylcyclohexane

4. IUPAC nomenclature of the given organic compound will be : (CH3)2C(CH2CH3)CH2CH(Cl)CH3 :
(A) 5-Chloro 3, 3-dimethyl hexane (B) 4-Chloro-2-ethyl-2-methyl pentane
(C) 2-Chloro-4-ethyl-4-methyl pentane (D) 2-Chloro-4, 4-dimethyl hexane
5. The correct IUPAC numbering in the compound is :
(A) (B) (C) (D)
6. The correct IUPAC name of .
(A) 1-Ethylidenecyclohex-2-ene (B) 3-Ethylidenecyclohex-1-ene

(C) 2-Ethylidenecyclohex-1-ene (D) 3-Ethenylcyclohex-1-ene
7. Correct IUPAC name of the following compound is
O NH2
HC–CH–CH–COOH
COOH
(A) 2-Amino-3-Formyl butane-1,4-dioic acid (B) 2-formyl-3-amino butane-1,4-dioic acid
(C) 3-Amino-2-formyl butane-1,4-dioic acid (D) 2-Amino-3-carboxy-4-oxo butanoic acid
8. The correct IUPAC name of the compound is :
(A) 1, 2, 3-Triaminobutane-1, 3-dione (B) 2, 4-Diamino-3-oxobutanamide

(C) 1, 3-Dioxobutane-1, 2, 4-triamine (D) 1, 3, 4-Triaminobutane-2, 4-dione
9. IUPAC name of the following molecule is
COOH
Br
COOH
(A) 2-Bromobenzene-1,4-dioic acid (B) 3-Bromobenzene-1,4-dicarboxylic acid

(C) 2-Bromobenzene-1,4-dicarboxylic acid (D) 3-Bromobenzene-1,6-dicarboxylic acid

10. IUPAC name of picric acid is
(A) 2,4,6-Trinitrobenzene carboxylic acid (B) 2,4-Dinitrobenzene carboxylic acid
(C) 2,4,6-Trinitrophenol (D) 2,4-Dinitrophenol
11. Which one of the compound is not isomer of others ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
12. What is the number of all (structurally isomeric) alkynes with molecular formula C6H10.
(A) 6 (B) 7 (C) 8 (D) 9
13. Number of structurally isomeric ethers with molecular formula C5H12O.

(A) 4 (B) 5 (C) 6 (D) 7
14. How many structural isomers are possible when one of the hydrogen is replaced by a chlorine atom in
anthracene ?
(A) 3 (B) 7 (C) 4 (D) 6
15. The number of structurally isomerc tribromo derivatives possible for benzene are :
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 5
PART - II : SINGLE OR DOUBLE INTEGER TYPE

1. A hydrocarbon (R) has six membered ring in which there is no unsaturation. Two alkyl groups are attached to
the ring adjacent to each other. One group has 3 carbon atoms with branching at 1st carbon atom of chain and
another has 4 carbon atoms. The larger alkyl group has main chain of three carbon atoms of which second
carbon is substituted. Number of 2° carbons in R are :
2. Number of correct names in the given substituents are :
(a) (b) (c)
Ethylmethyl 1-Methylpropyl 2,3-Dimethylpropyl
(d) (e) = CH–CH3 (f)
2,3-Dimethylbutyl Ethylidene 2-Methylethenyl
(g) –C CH (h) –CH2–CH=CH2 (i) –CH2–C CH

Ethynyl 2-Propenyl Prop-1-ynyl
3. The number of compound(s) in which carbon atom of functional group can be counted in main chain is/are :
(a) (b) (c)
(d) (e) (f)
4. What is the degree of unsaturation in a compound with molecular formula C9H6N4?

5. The no. of isomeric pairs with correct relationship specified are :
(a) & position isomers
(b) & Metamers
(c) & Functional isomere
(d) & Position isomers
(e) & Position isomers
(f) & Functional isomers
(g) & Functional isomers
6. How many structurally isomeric dibromo butanes are possible.
7. How many number of all structurally isomeric dienes with molecular formula C5H8 are possible :
8. How many structural alkenes of formula C2FClBrI are possible :
9. How many aromatic benzene ring containing isomers of formula C8H10 are possible :
10. How many tetramethyl benzene are possible :
11. How many structurally isomeric cyclic isomers of molecular formula C3H7N are possible :
12. The number of structurally isomeric ketones with molecular formula C6H12O are :
13. The number of structurally isomeric esters with molecular formula C5H10O2 are.
PART - III : ONE OR MORE THAN ONE OPTION CORRECT TYPE

1. All the members of a homologus series have same
(A) Functional group (B) Empirical formula (C) General formula (D) All of these

2. The pair of compounds having the same general formula.
(A) and (B) and
(C) and (D) and H—CC—CC—H
3. Which of the following IUPAC names are correct.
(A) (B)
3-Ethyl-1, 1-dimethylcyclohexane 1-Ethyl-3-methyl-5-propylcyclohexane
(C) (D)
2-Bromo-1-chloro-4-fluorocyclohexane 1-Bromo-4-chloro-3-fluorocyclohexane
4. The compound with only primary hydrogen atoms is/are :

(A) Hexamethylcyclopropane (B) Neohexane
(C) Tetramethylbutane (D) Hexamethylbenzene
5. Which of the following is/ are incorrect IUPAC name/ (s) :
(A) 2-Methylbutan -3-one
(B) 3-Ethenylpent-1-en-4-yne
OH
CH3
(C) 3-(2-Aminoethyl)-2-methylcyclohexan-1-ol
CH2CH2NH2
(D) 4-Methyl-3-oxopentan-2-ol

6. Which of the following IUPAC names are correct.
(A) 2-Methylcyclopentanecarboxamide.
(B) Cyclohexanoyl chloride.
(C) 2-Methylcyclobutanecarbonitrile
(D) Methyl 2-bromocyclohexanecarboxylate
7. Which of the following IUPAC names are incorrect.
(A) (B)
Methyl-3-nitrobenzenecarboxylate Ethyl 3-phenylbenzene-1-carboxylate
(C) (D)
Ethyl 2–methyl-2-(3–nitrophenyl)ethanoate 1, 1, 1-Trichloro-2, 2-di(4-chlorophenyl) ethane
8. Which of the following is the correct relationship ?
NH2
NHCH3 CH2 – CH2 – NH2 CH2 – NHC2H5
CH3 CH3
CH3 CH3 CH3

CH3
I II III IV
(A) I & II are functional isomers. (B) II & IV are metamers.

(C) I & IV are position isomers. (D) I & III are chain isomers.

9. Which of the following are functional isomers of methyl ethanoate ?
O
||
(A) CH3 – CH2 – COOH (B) CH3 C
CH H
|
OH
O O
|| ||
(C) CH 3 – O – CH 2 – C – H (D) CH2 – C – CH3
|
OH
10. Which of the following can be the isomer(s) of C8H8O :
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Comprehension # (Questions 1 to 2)
There are three isomeric compounds P, Q, R with molecular formula C4H6O3. Compound P is a saturated
hydroxy carboxylic acid. Compound Q is a symmetrical anhydride while R is an aldehydic ester.
1. Which of the following is P ?
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
2. Which of the following is the metamer of Q ?
(A) (B)
(C) (D)

EXERCISE - 1
PART - I
A-1. (a) 19  bonds, 6 bonds (b) 22  bonds (c) 20  bonds
A-2. (a) 1° H  9, 3° H  1 (b) 1°H  6, 2°H  2 (c) 1°H  6, 2°H  4
A-3.
A-4. (1) H2N–CH2–CH2–OH and
(2) CH3–CH2–CH2–CH2–OH and
(3) and
(4) CH3–CH=CH–CH2–CH2–CH2–CH3 and
A-5. (a) = 1, (b) = 5
A-6. (a) 4, (b) 4, (c) 2
A-7. (a) H–COOH, CH3–COOH, CH3–CH2–COOH , CH3–CH2–CH2–COOH

(b) CH2=CH2, CH3–CH=CH2, CH3–CH2–CH=CH2, CH3–CH2–CH2–CH = CH2
(c) CH3–CO–CH3, CH3–CO–C2H5, C2H5–CO–C2H5,C3H7–CO–C2H5
A-8. (a) Homocyclic, alicyclic, saturated (b) Homocyclic, aromatic, unsaturated

(c) Heterocyclic, alicyclic, saturated (d) unsaturated.
A-9. (a) 2° (b) 2° (c) 3° (d) 3°
A-10. (a) 2° (b) 3° (c) 1°
B-1. (a) 2-Methyl propane (b) 2, 2-Dimethyl propane (c) 2, 2-Dimethyl butane
B-2. (a) 5-Ethyl-3-methyloctane (b) 4-Ethyl-2,2,6-trimethylheptane
B-3. (i) (ii)
(iii) (iv)
B-4. (i) 4-Ethyl-4,5-dimethyldecane (ii) 4-(1,1-Dimethylethyl)-5-(1-methylethyl) octane

B-5. (i) (ii) (iii)
B-6. (a) s-Butylcyclohexane (b) t-Butylcyclohexane

(c) Isopropylcyclohexane (d) Neopentylcyclopentane
B-7. (a) ring (b) side chain (c) ring
(d) ring (e) side chain (f) side chain
B-8. (a) Isopropyl group (b) Secondary–butyl group (c) Tertiary-butyl group
(d) Ethyl group (e) n-propyl group
C-1. General formula  CnH2n

H2C = CH2 Ethene
CH3–CH=CH2 Propene
CH3–CH2–CH=CH2 1-Butene
C-2. (i) (ii)
3 2
(iii) (iv)
4 1
But-2-ene
C; w
V-2-bZ
u
C-3. (a) (b)
C-4. (i) 5-Methylhexyne (ii) 3-Methylbutyne (iii) 4-Methylpent-2-yne
C-5. (i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
2
C-6. (i) (ii) 1–(Hex–3–enyl)cyclohex–1–ene
1-cyclobutylethene
(iii) (iv)

D-1. (a) 3-Chlorobutan-2-ol (b) 2-Ethylbut-3-en-1-ol
(c) 5-Aminomethyl-3-ethylheptan-2-ol (d) 3-Butylpentane-2,4-dione
(e) 5-Oxoheptane-3-sulphonic acid. (f) 3-(2-Bromoethyl)hexan-2-ol
(g) 2,5-Dichloro-3-ethoxy-4-methoxyhexane (h) 3-Bromo-4-methylpentane-2-sulphonic acid
D-2. (a) CH3–CH2–CH2–CH2–OH (b) CH3–CH(SH)–CH2–CH3
(c) CH3–CH(NH2)–CH2–CH2–CH3 (d) CH3–CO–CH2–CH2–CH3
(e) HO–CH2–CH2–CH(Cl)–CH2–CH3 (f) CH3–CO–CH2–CO–CH2–CH3
E-1. (a) (b) (c) (d)
(e) (f) (g) (h)
E-2. (a) CH3–CH(SO3H)–CH(OH)–CH2–CH3 (b)
(c) (d) (e)
(f) CH3–CH2–COOCH2–CH2–Cl (g)
E-3. (a) (b)
(c) (d)
E-4. (a) Methyl-2-ethylbutanoate (b) Ethyl-3-methylpent-4-en-1-oate

(c) 3,3 Dimethyl –2 – (1–methylethyl)butanamide
E-5. (a) Ethanoic 2-methylpropanoic anhydride (b) Benzenecarboxylic anhydride

(c) Pent-2-enedioic anhydride (d) Cyclohexane-1, 2-dicarboxylic anhydride
E-6. (a) 2-Methylpropanamide (b) N-Methylpropanamide

(c) N, N-Dimethyl-2-methylpropanamide (d) N-Phenylbenzenecarboxamide
F-1. (a) Methylbenzene (b) Isopropylbenzene

(c) Diphenylmethane (d) 1-Chloro-1-phenylethane.
F-2. (a) Cyclohexylbenzene (b) 4-Bromo-3, 6-diphenyloctane
(c) 1, 2-Dichloro-4-ethyl-5-nitrobenzene (d) 4-Chloro-1-nitro-2-propylbenzene
F-3. (a) 1,2–Dimethyl benzene (o–Xylene) (b) Phenylethene (Styrene)
(c) 4–Methyl phenol (p–cresol) (d) 2–Hydroxybenzenecarbaldehyde (Salicylaldehyde)
G-1. (a) Chain Isomers (b) Functional isomers (c) Homologs.
G-2. (a) Chain Isomers (b) Functional isomers (c) Metamers. (d) Position isomers
H-1. H2C = CH – CH2 – CH3, H3C – CH = CH – CH3, H2C  C – CH3

|
CH3

H-2. , ,
H-3. , , , ,
H-4. , , ,
H-5. or
PART - II
A-1. (C) A-2. (C) A-3. (D) A-4. (C) A-5. (D)
B-1. (C) B-2. (A) B-3. (C) B-4. (B) B-5. (C)
C-1. (D) C-2. (C) C-3. (C) C-4. (B) D-1. (B)
D-2. (A) D-3. (B) D-4. (D) E-1. (A) E-2. (C)
E-3. (C) E-4. (C) E-5. (D) E-6. (A) E-7. (D)
E-8. (C) E-9. (A) F-1. (C) F-2. (B) F-3. (C)
F-4. (C) F-5. (A) G-1. (C) G-2. (A) G-3. (A)
G-4. (A) G-5. (C) G-6. (D) H-1. (B) H-2. (B)
H-3. (B) H-4. (B) H-5. (B) H-6. (D) H-7. (C)
H-8. (B) H-9. (B) H-10. (D)
PART - III
1. (A  p, s) ; (B  q, s, t) ; (C  r, s, t) ; (D  q, s, t)
2. (A  q) ; (B  q) ; (C  q) ; (D  p) ; (E  t)
EXERCISE - 2
PART - I
1. (A) 2. (B) 3. (A) 4. (D) 5. (D)
6. (B) 7. (A) 8. (B) 9. (C) 10. (C)
11. (D) 12. (B) 13. (C) 14. (A) 15. (B)

PART - II
1. 5 2. 5 3. 1 4. 9 5. 4
6. 6 7. 6 8. 3 9. 4 10. 3
11. 4 12. 6 13. 9
PART - III
1. (A,C) 2. (A,B,D) 3. (A,B,C) 4. (A,C,D) 5. (A,B,D)
6. (A,C,D) 7. (C,D) 8. (A,B,D) 9. (A,B,C,D) 10. (B,C,D)
PART - IV
1. (D) 2. (B)

This Section is not meant for classroom discussion. It is being given to promote self-study and self
testing amongst the Resonance students.

treated as wrong response and marks for wrong response will be deducted accordingly as per instructions 4 above.
1. How many  and  bonds are in the given compound ?

HCC—CH=CH
2
(1) 3 and 6 bonds (2) 3 and 7 bonds (3) 2 and 7 bonds (4) 4 and 8 bonds
2. How many 2º and 3° carbon atoms are present in the given compound respectively ?
(1) 9 & 4 (2) 10 & 3 (3) 9 & 3 (4) 6 & 1
3. In the organic compound , the pair of hybridised orbitals involved in the formation
of : C2 – C3 bond is :
(1) sp – sp2 (2) sp – sp3 (3) sp2 – sp3 (4) sp3 – sp3
4. Which of the following is unsaturated hydrocarbon ?
(1) (2) (3) (4)
5. The correct IUPAC name of the following compound is
(1) 4-Ethyl-3,5-dimethylhexane (2) 2,4-Dimethyl-3-ethylhexane

(3) 3-Ethyl-2,4-dimethylhexane (4) 3-sopropyl-4-methylhexane
6. Which is the structure of Pyrrole ?
(1) (2) (3) (4)

N S O N
H
7. Which IUPAC name is incorrect among the following compounds ?
(1) CH3–CH=CH–CH2–Cl 1-Chlorobut-2-ene
(2) HCC–CH2–CH2–Br 1-Bromobut-3-yne
(3) CH3–CH=CH–CH=CH2 Penta-1,3-diene
(4) 4-Bromo-2,2-dichloropentane
8. Which of the following represent incorrect numbering.
(1) (2) (3) (4)
9. The IUPAC name of the compound shown below is

Cl
|
Br
(1) 2-Bromo-6-chlorocyclohex-1-ene (2) 6-Bromo-2-chlorocyclohexene

(3) 3-Bromo-1-chlorocyclohex-1-ene (4) 1-Bromo-3-chlorocyclohexene
10. The IUPAC name of compound CH3–C(CH3)2 – CH2–CH=CH2 is

(1) 2, 2-Dimethylpent-4-ene (2) 2, 2-Dimethyl-2-pentene
(3) 1,1,1-Trimethylbut-3-ene (4) 4,4-Dimethylpent-1-ene
11. What is the structure of 4-Methylhex-5-en-3-ol.
(1) (2) (3) (4)
12. A compound having straight chain of five carbon atoms has one ketone group and two methyl groups on
different-different carbon atoms. The IUPAC name of the compound is :
(1) 2,4-Dimethyl-3-oxopentane (2) 2,4-Dimethylpentan-3-one
(3) 3,4-Dimethyl-2-oxopentane (4) 3,3-Dimethylpentan-2-one
13. What is the IUPAC name of
(1) 5-Chloro-3-hydroxybenzenecarbonyl chloride. (2) 3-Hydroxy-5-chlorobenzenecarbonyl chloride.

(3) 3-Chloro-5-hydroxybenzenecarbonyl chloride. (4) 1-Chlorocarbonyl-3-chlorobenzen-1-ol
14. The correct IUPAC name of compound is :

COOH
Br
NH2
(1) 3-Amino-6-bromocyclohexane-1-carboxylic acid
(2) 2-Bromo-5-aminocyclohexane-1-carboxylic acid
(3) 5-Amino-2-bromocyclohexane-1-carboxylic acid
(4) 4-Bromo-5-carboxycyclohexanamine

15. The IUPAC name of is :
(1) N-Methyl-N-ethyl ethanamine (2) Diethyl methanamine

(3) N-Ethyl-N-methyl ethanamine (4) Methyl diethyl ethanamine
16. In the given formula G is an unknown group.
What will be the group G, which can change the word root (parent carbon chain length) of above structure?
(1) –CH=CH2 (2) –Cl (3) –CH2–CH2–CH3 (4) –COOH
17. IUPAC name of is
(1) N-Deutero-N-formylbenzenamine (2) N-Phenylamino-N-deuteromethanal

(3) N-Deutero-N-phenylmethanamide (4) N-Deuterobenzene carboxamide
18. Correct IUPAC name of given ester is:

CH3 – CH– C – O – C 2H5
| ||
Br O
(1) Ethyl 2–bromopropanoate (2) 2–Bromoethylpropanoate
(3) Ethyl 1–bromoethanoate (4) 2–Bromo ethoxyethanecarboxylate
19. Relation between Ethyl benzenecarboxylate and phenyl propanoate is :

(1) Metamers (2) Functional isomers (3) Chain isomers (4) Homologues
20. The correct IUPAC name of the compound is :
(1) 4-Methoxy-2-nitrobenzaldehyde (2) 4-Formyl-3-nitro anisole

(3) 4-Methoxy-6-nitrobenzaldehyde (4) 2-Formyl-5-methoxy nitrobenzene
21. Which of the following pair of compounds is not functional isomers ?

OH O
(1) and O (2) and
OH
O O
(3) OH and O (4) and
O O
O
22. and D are related as :
D O
(1) Functional Isomers (2) Position Isomers (3) Chain Isomers (4) Metamers

23. Which of the following is correctly matched.
(1) & chain somer (2) & Identical
(3) & Positional isomer (4) & Metamer
24. Which of the following pairs of structures do not represent isomers ?
(1) & (2) & (3) & (4) &
25. Total number of structural isomers possible from molecular formula C8H18 that contain 7 carbons in the parent
chain are :
(1) 3 (2) 4 (3) 5 (4) 6
26. Total number of position isomers of trimethyl cyclohexane are :

(1) 5 (2) 6 (3) 7 (4) 8
27. How many 1 amines are possible with molecular formula C4H11N (only structural isomers)
(1) 3 (2) 4 (3) 5 (4) 6
28. Hybridisation of carbon atoms present in the smallest ester are :

(1) All sp3 (2) All sp2 (3) sp2 and sp3 (4) sp2 and sp
29. The number of metamers of the compound with molecular formula C5H12O is/are :
(1) 1 (2) 3 (3) 8 (4) 6
30. How many tertiary alcohols is/are possible with molecular formula C5H12O ?
(1) 1 (2) 2 (3) 3 (4) 4

Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Ans.
Que. 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Ans.
Que. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans.

PART - II : PRACTICE TEST-2 (IIT-JEE (ADVANCED Pattern))
A. General %
7. Section 4 contains 1 paragraphs each describing theory, experiment and data etc. 2 questions relate to
paragraph. Each question pertaining to a partcular passage should have only one correct answer among
the four given choices (A), (B), (C) and (D).
is correct.
C. Marking Scheme %
9. For each question in Section 1, 4 and 5 you will be awarded 3 marks if you darken the bubble corresponding
be awarded.

1. How many position isomers are possible for chlorophenol ?

(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 5
2. IUPAC name of is
(A) 5-ethenylcyclopenta-1,3-diene (B) 3-ethenylcyclopenta-1,4-diene

(C) 1-ethenylcyclopenta-2,4-diene (D) 2-ethenylcyclopenta-1,3-diene
3. How many carboxylic acid structure isomers are possible with C5H10O2 ?
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 8
4. Which of the following is correct IUPAC name

(A) 2-Bromo cyclohex-5-ene carbaldehyde (B) Ethyl-2-vinyl pentanoate
(C) 5-Bromo-3-chlorohept-3-ene (D) 2-Ethenylhexa-1,5-diene

5. When X group is replaced by –CN, then the IUPAC name of the compound below is :
(A) 2-Methylpentane-3-nitrile (B) 3-Cyano-2-methylpentane

(C) 2-Ethyl-3-methylbutanenitrile (D) 2-Methylpentane-3-carbonitrile
6. Correct IUPAC name of following compound is
(A) 2-Amino-3-formyl butane-1, 4-dioic anhydride (B) 3-Amino-2-formyl butane-1, 4-dioic anhydride
(C) 3-Amino-2-oxobutane-1, 4-dioic anhydride (D) 2-Formyl-3-amino butane-1, 4-dioic anhydride
O
||
7. Me – O – C – Me and Et – O – CH = O are :
(A) Functional isomers (B) Metamers (C) Positional isomers (D) Chain isomers
8. Number of structurally isomeric carbonyl compounds possible with molecular formula C5H10O are :
(A) 5 (B) 6 (C) 7 (D) 8

9. Which of the following statements are incorrect for aniline.

(A) Compound is heterocyclic hydrocarbon.
(B) Number of  bonds are 8.
(C) Degree of unsaturation of the compound is 3
(D) It contains functional group amine
10. Select correct IUPAC name

(A) Methane-1,1,1,1-tetracarboxylic acid (B) 5-Carbonyl-heptane-1,7-dioic acid
(C) 2-Chloro ethanoyl chloride (D) 1-Bromo-3-fluoro-4-methyl cyclohexane
11. Which of the following IUPAC name(s) is/are incorrect :

(A) 4-Chloro-3-methyl cyclopentanol
(B) 1-Amino-3-bromohexan-1-one
(C) 4-chloro-3-methylcyclohexane carboxylic acid
(D) 3-Bromo-1-methylhexan-1-ol
12. Which of the following represent correct pair of homologous ?
(A) & (B) Me–OH & MeCH2CH2OH
(C) & (D) CH3–CH2–NH2 &

13. Which of the following is/are correct statement(s) :
(A) & are functional isomers to each other
(B) & are position isomers to each other
(C) & are chain isomers to each other
(D) & are metamers of each other..
14. Which of the following is/are correct statement(s) :

(A) The number of structural isomers for molecular formula C3H8 are 2
(B) The number of structural isomers for molecular formula C5H12 are 3
(C) The number of structural isomers for molecular formula C6H14 are 5
(D) The number of benzene ring containing structural isomers for molecular formula C6H4BrCl are 4
Section-3 : (Single/ Double Integer Value Correct Type.)

15. Number of functional groups present in the following compounds are :
16. The no. of amine(s) with correct IUPAC name is/are
(a) (b) (c)
N,N-Dimethyl-2-methylethanamine 2-Methylpropanamine N-Ethyl-N-Phenylbenzenamine
(d) (e)
3,4,4-Trimethylpentane-3-amine N-Propyl-2-methylethanamine
(f) (g)
3-Ethylamino-2-methylcyclohexan-1-ol (2-Methyl) N-ethyl-N-isopropyl propanamine

17. The no. of compound with correct IUPAC name is/are :
(a) (b)
2-Carboxyphenol 3-Ethyl-4-chloro-5-hydroxybenzenecarbonitrile
(c) (d)
3-Formyl-5-nitrobenzenecarboxylic acid 1-Hydroxy-3-methoxy-4-nitrobenzene
(e) (f) (g)
4-Amino-1-nitrobenzene 3-Methylphenol 2,4,6-Trimethylbenzenecarbonlychloride

18. How many alkynes isomers are formed with molecular formula C4H6 ?
19. Then number of structurally isomeric compound(s) possible with molecular formula C8H18 containing 5 carbons
in main chain having methyl group(s) as side chain are
20. The number of possible alkynes (strucutral only) for the compound having molecular formula C 3FClBrI is :

(A), (B), (C) and (D)

Compounds having same molecular formula but different connectivity of atoms or groups are called structure
isomers. Structrue isomers are further classify according to their dissimilarities.
21. Which is not the isomer of butanoic acid?

(A) 3-Hydroxybutanal (B) Ethyl ethanoate
(C) 2-Methylpropanoic acid (D) Butane-2,3-diol
22. In the following skelton Z can be, if the molecular formula is C5H10O2 :
CH3 – CH2 – CH – CH3
|
Z
(i) A carboxylic acid (ii) An ester
(iii) Hydroxyaldehyde (iv) Alkanediol
(A) i & ii (B) iii & iv (C) i & iv (D) ii & iii

23. List-I List-II
(P) Ph–CH2–O–CH=O & Ph–O–CH2–CH=O (1) Chain isomers
(Q) & (2) Position isomers
(R) & (3) Functional isomers
(S) & (4) Metamers
Code :
P Q R S P Q R S
(A) 3 1 2 4 (B) 4 1 2 3
(C) 4 2 2 3 (D) 3 1 1 3

Que . 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Ans.
Que . 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Ans.
Que . 21 22 23
Ans.
PART - III : OLYMPIAD (PREVIOUS YEARS)
STAGE - I (NATIONAL STANDARD EXAMINATION IN CHEMISTRY (NSEC))
1. How many structural isomers can be obtained by the replacement of one hydrogen atom of propene with
chlorine ? (INChO-2001)
(A) 4 (B) 3 (C) 2 (D) 5
2. The IUPAC name of CH2 = CHCN is : (INChO-2001)

(A) Cyanoethene (B) Vinyl cyanide. (C) Ethenenitrile (D) 2-Propenitrile
3. The number of isomers of C6H14 is : (INChO-2001)

(A) 6 (B) 5 (C) 4 (D) 7

4. The compound which represents an unsaturated hydrocarbon is : (INChO-2002)
(A) CH3 – C  N (B) CH3 – CH = CH2 (C) CH3 – CH = O (D) all of these
5. The number of possible primary alcohols with the molecular formula C4H10O is : (INChO-2002)
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
6. The IUPAC name of HOCH2CH = C(CH3)2 (INChO-2002)

(A) 2-Methyl-2-buten 4-ol (B) 3-Methyl-2-buten-1-ol
(C) 2-Methyl-2-butenol (D) 3-Methyl-2-butenol.
7. The compound 2-Chloro-3-methyl-1-butanol has the following formula (INChO-2006)

(A) CH3CH(CH3)CHCICH2OH (B) CH3CHOHCH(CH3)CH2CI
(C) CH2CIC(CH3)2CH2OH (D) CH3CHCICH(CH3)CH2OH.
8. How many different alcohols (not including optical isomers) are possible with the molecular formula : C4H10O?
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 6.
9. The C–C–H bond angle in ethylene is : (INChO-2007)

(A) 1800 (B) 1090280 (C) 1200
(D) 900
10. The IUPAC name of is : (INChO-2007)
(A) 2–Chlorocarbonylethyl benzoate (B) 2–Carboxyethylbenzoylchloride

(C) Ethyl–2–(chlorocarbonyl) benzoate (D) Ethyl–1–(chlorocarbonyl) benzoate
11. How many sigma bonds and pi bonds are present in CH2=C=CH2 ? (INChO-2007)
(A) 6 sigma and 1pi (B) 8 sigma and 0 pi (C) 4 sigma and 4 pi (D) 6 sigma and 2 pi
12. The number of ether metamers represented by the molecular formula C4H10O is : (INChO-2009)
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
13. The IUPAC name of is : (INChO-2009)
(A) 2-Bromo-3-methylbut-3-ene (B) 4-Bromo-3-methylpent-2-ene

(C) 2-Bromo-3-methylpent-3-ene (D) 4-Bromo-2,3-dimethylbut-2-ene
14. The IUPAC name of the following compound is : (INChO-2010)
(A) n-Propyl ethanoate (B) Ethyl propanoate

(C) Pentanoic anhydride (D) n-Propyl propanoate
15. The number of isomers of dibromobiphenyl (Biphenyl - C 6H5) is (INChO-2011)

(A) 8 (B) 10 (C) 12 (D) 4
16. The IUPAC name of the following compound is : (INChO-2011)
(A) 3-Methoxy ethylpropanoate (B) Ethyl 4-methoxybutanoate

(C) 1,4-Diethoxybutane (D) Ethoxy 3-methoxybutyrate

17. The correct IUPAC name of the following compound is : (INChO-2012)
(A) 2-Bromo-5-methylbicyclo[5:4:0]heptanes (B) 3-Bromo-7-methylbicyclo[3.2.0]heptanes

(C) 3-Bromo-6-methylbicyclo[3.2.0]heptanes (D) 2-Methyl-6-bromobicyclo[2.3.0]heptane
18. The IUPAC name of the following compounds is (INChO-2014)
(A) 5-Bromo-3-(bromomethyl) pent-1-ene (B) 3-(1-Bromomethyl)-4-bromobut-1-ene

(C) 1,4-Dibromo-3-ethenylbutane (D) 1-Bromo-3-(bromomethyl) but-4-ene
STAGE - V (INTERNATIONAL CHEMISTRY OLYMPIAD (IChO))
PROBLEM # 1
There is only one correct answer to each question
1.1 What is the correct systematic name (IUPAC name) for the compound below?
(CH3)2CHCH(CH2CH3)(CH2CH2CH3)
3-Isopropylhexane 2-Methyl-3-propylpentane
Ethyl isopropyl propyl methane 3-Hexylpropane
3-Ethyl-2-methylhexane
1.2 Which of the following is a pair of structural isomers?
(i) and (ii) and
(iii) and (iv) and

PART - I
1. (2) 2. (1) 3. (3) 4. (4) 5. (4)
6. (1) 7. (2) 8. (2) 9. (3) 10. (4)
11. (2) 12. (2) 13. (3) 14. (3) 15. (3)
16. (4) 17. (3) 18. (1) 19. (1) 20. (1)
21. (4) 22. (1) 23. (2) 24. (4) 25. (1)
26. (2) 27. (2) 28. (3) 29. (4) 30. (1)
PART - II
1. (B) 2. (A) 3. (B) 4. (C) 5. (C)
6. (A) 7. (B) 8. (C) 9. (ABC) 10. (AC)
11. (ABD) 12. (BC) 13. (ABD) 14. (BC) 15. 6
16. 4 17. 2 18. 2 19. 4 20. 4
21. (D) 22. (A) 23. (D)
PART - III
STAGE-I
1. (B) 2. (D) 3. (B) 4. (B) 5. (B)
6. (B) 7. (A) 8. (B) 9. (C) 10. (C)
11. (D) 12. (C) 13. (B) 14. (D) 15. (C)
16. (B) 17. (C) 18. (A)
STAGE-V
1.1 5 1.2 (iii)
PART - I
2. asterisked carbon atoms are 3º and rest all are 2º.
8. (1) (2) (3) (4)
9. 3- Bromo-1-chlorocyclohex-1-ene
12. OR
2,4-Dimethylpentan-3-one 3,4-Dimethylpentan-2-one

D
|
17. H – C – N – Ph
||
O
N-Deutero-N-phenylmethanamide.
19. and are metamers.
OH O
21. (1) and O are functional isomer. (2) and are functional isomers.
OH
O O
(3) OH and O are functional isomers. (4) and are identical.
O O
24. In (4), both are identical.
25. (1) (2) (3)
26.
27.
29. CH3–O–CH2–CH2–CH2–CH3 ; ; ;
; CH3–CH2–O–CH2–CH2–CH3 ;
30. (Only one tertiary alcohol with C5H12O)
PART - II
1. Total = 3 5.
8. (1) CH3–CH2–CH2–CH2–CHO (2) (3)
(4) (5) (6) (7)

9. The number of  bonds are 14 and DU = 4.
10. A is : ; C is : Cl–CH2 – C – Cl
||
O
OH
1
2
11. A is : ;
4 3
CH3 Cl
(B) should have amide as the functional group. (D) has incorrect main chain.
12. A, D have different functional groups. So, cannot be homologous.
13. (C) These are metamers.
14. (A) CH3–CH2–CH3
(B) CH3–CH2–CH2–CH2–CH3 ; ;
(C) CH3–CH2–CH2–CH2–CH2–CH3 ; ;
; ;
(D) ; ;
15. –CHO , , –NH2 , , –COOH , are functional group present.
16. b,c,f,g are correct

17. f and g are correct.
19. DU = 0
 (1) (2) (3) (4)
20. (1) (2) (3) (4)

Structure Identification & POC [130]

Section (A) : Degree of unsaturation and Hydrogenation :
A-1. Calculate the DU of following compounds :
(i) C6H6ClBrO (ii) C5H9N
A-2. How many structural isomeric alkenes on hydrogenation give n-Pentane.
A-3. On catalytic hydrogenation how many isomeric alkene will give 2-Methyl butane.
A-4. How many isomeric alkyne on hydrogenation gives 3, 3-Dimethylhexane.
Section (B) : Monochloroination & Ozonolysis

B-1. A cycloalkane having molecular mass 84 and four secondary carbon atoms will form four monochloro structure
isomers on chlorination. Identify the structure of cycloalkane.
B-2. Number of monochloro structural isomers of :
Cl / h
(i) Cl2 / h
   (ii) 2
B-3. Write the product of following reactions :

H3C CH3
| | O3 O3
(a) CH3  C  C  CH3 
H O
(b) CH3–CC–CH3 
H O
Zn / 2 Zn / 2
CH3
|
O3 / H2O2
(c) CH3–CC–CH3  O3 / H2O2
(d) CH3 – C  CH  CH3 
   
O / Zn O / Zn
B-4. (i) P(hydrocarbon) 3 + CH2 = O (ii) Q (C6H10) 3 Hexane – 1, 6–dial
H2O H2O
Write the structure of P and Q.
B-5. Write the product of following reactions :
O3 / H2O2
(i) CH3–CC–CH = CH2  (ii) O /H O
  3 
2 
2
Section (C) : Test for acidic hydrogen & Unsaturation

C-1. No. of moles of H2 gas evolved when one mole of the following compound reacts with sodium.

C-2. Molecular formula C4H6 have two position isomers A and B. Both A and B isomer decolourised the bromine
water. B release H2 gas with sodium metal but isomer A does not release H2 gas. Write IUPAC name of
A and B.
Section (D) : Test for Functional groups

D-1. Write suitable reagent to distiguish the following compounds.
CH2OH OH O–CH3
CH3
D-2.
Identify the structure of X :
D-3. A compound X (C5H10O) reacts with 2, 4-DNP but does not give silver mirror test and Iodoform reaction . The
possible structure for X is :
D-4. Which of the following compounds will not give positive iodoform test.
Acetophenone, Benzophenone, 2-Pentanone, 3-Pentanone, Acetaldehyde,
CH3COCH3 , (CH3)2CHOH, (CH3CH2)2CH-OH, CH3COOH, CH3CONH2 , CH3COOCH3, CH3COCl
D-5. -
Identify the structure of P :
D-6. Which of the following compound will gives positive test with NaHCO 3.?
COOH COOH CH=CH–COOH
OH COOH H
, , , CH3 — C — COOH
Salicylic acid Phthalic acid Cinnamic acid
OH
Lactic acid
CH3COOH, PhSO3H, PhOH
D-7. Molecular formula C3H6O2 have two structures A & B. Structure A releases CO2 gas with NaHCO3 but B does
not. Compound B is fruity smelling liquid. Write the structures & IUPAC name of A and B.
D-8. A symmetrical organic compound of C4H11N give yellow oily layer on treatment with HNO2 then find the
structure of the compound.
D-9. Identify the structure of amine.

Section (E) : Elements detection
E-1. When Lassiange extract of Methylamine react with FeSO4/dilute H2SO4 what happend ?
E-2. Explain the reason for the fusion of an organic compound with metallic sodium for testing nitrogen, sulphur
and halogen.
E-3. What will happen during lassaigne's test for nitrogen if the compound also contians sulphur ?

Section (A) : Degree of unsaturation and Hydrogenation :
A-1. The degree of unsaturation of following compound C8H12O, C3H5N, C4H8O are respectively :
(A) 4,3,2 (B) 3,2,1 (C) 2,1,3 (D) 2,2,3
A-2. Which of the following hydrocarbons give same product on hydrogenation.

(A) 2-Methyl hex-1-ene & 3-Methyl hex-3-ene
(B) 3-Ethyl hex-1-en-4-yne & 2-Methylhept-2-en-4-yne
(C) 3-Ethylcycloprop-1-ene & 1,2-Dimethylcycloprop-1-ene
(D) 2-Methylbut-2-ene & 3-Methylbut-1-ene
A-3._ Number of moles of hydrogen will required for complete hydrogenation of one mole of following compound :
(A) 6 (B) 7 (C) 5 (D) 3
A-4._ How many alkenes on catalytic hydrogenation give isopentane as a product (consider only structural
isomers)?
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 5
A-5. If 1 mole H2 is reacted with 1 mole of the following compound.
Which double bond will be hydrogenated ?

(A) c (B) b (C) a (D) d
Section (B) : Monochloroination & Ozonolysis

B-1. Only two isomeric monochloro derivatives are possible for :-
(A) n-Pentane (B) 2,4-Dimethyl pentane
(C) Toluene (D) 2,3-Dimethyl butane
B-2. The number of possible monochloro derivatives of 2, 2, 3, 3-Tetramethylbutane is -

(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 1
B-3. Which of the following alkene gives four monochloro (structural isomer) products after hydrogenation ?
(A) Pent-2-ene (B) 2-Methylbut-2-ene
(C) 3-Methylhex-2-ene (D) 2, 3-Dimethylbut-2-ene

B-4. Which of the following compound will give four monochloro (structural) product on monochlorination.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
O / Zn
B-5. X 3  +
Y..
The IUPAC name of compound Y is :
(A) 2-Cyclohexylbutane (B) 1-Methylpropylcyclohexane
(C) Butylcyclohexane (D) 1-Cyclohexylbutane
B-6. An alkene give two moles of HCHO, one mole of CO2 and one mole of on ozonolysis.
What is its structure?

(A) (B)
(C) (D)
B-7. An unknown compound on ozonolysis to give acid C3H6O2 and a ketone C4H8O. From this information,
identifiy structure of unknown compound.
CH3
(A) (CH3)2C = CHCH2 – CH2CH3 (B) CH3CH2 – C = CHCH2CH3

(C) (CH3)2CHCH = CHCH2CH3 (D) CH3CH2CH2CH = CHCH2CH3
Section (C) : Test for acidic Hydrogen & Unsaturation

C-1. When one mole of the given compound reacts with sodium metal then how many moles of H 2 gas will
release?
NO 2 O
||
OH
(1mole)
||
O
(A) 1 mole (B) 1.5 mole (C) 2 mole (D) 0.5 mole
C-2.
Compound X is
(A) H3C–CC–CH3 (B) CH2=CH–CH=CH2 (C) CH3–CH2–CCH (D)

C-3.
Identify X :
(A) CH3 – CH2 – C  C – CH2 – CH3 (B) CH3 – C  C – CH2 – CH2 – CH3
(C) (D)
C-4. Ammonical AgNO3 gives white ppt after reaction with any compound then this reflects the presence of
(A) One – CHO group (B) One triple bond
(C) A terminal alkyne (D) Compound is unsaturated
C-5. Which of the following compound gives red ppt with Cu2Cl2 / NH4OH ?
(A) CH3  C  C  CH3 (B) CH3  CH2 – C  CH
(C) CH3 – CH2 – CH  CH2 (D) CH3 – C  C – CH  CH2
C-6. Identify the hydrocarbon having molecular formula C5H6 which gives white ppt with ammonical AgNO3 ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Section (D) : Test for Functional groups

D-1. The group reagent for the test of alcohols is :
(A) Cerric ammonium nitrate (B) Schiff’s reagent
(C) Molisch’s reagent (D) Bromine water
D-2. The following two compounds I and II can be distinguished by using reagent
(I) (II)
(I) (II)
(a) aq. NaHCO3 (b) Neutral FeCl3
(c) Blue litmus solution (d) Na metal (e) HCl/ZnCl2 anhydrous
(A) a or c (B) b or e (C) d or e (D) c or d
D-3. Which of the following compound will not react with I2 /OH–.
(A) (B) (C) (D) CH3 – CHO
D-4. The compound A gives following reactions.
Its structure can be

(A) (B) OHC – (CH2)2 – CH = CH – COOH
(C) (D)

D-5. An oragnic compound X (C4H8O2) gives positive test with NaOH and Phenopthalein. Structure of X will be :
(A) CH3  CH2  CH2  C  OH (B) CH3  C  C  CH3
|| || ||
O O O
(C) CH3  C  O  C2H5 (D) CH3  C  OCH3

|| ||
O O
D-6. Which of the following compound will give smell of NH3 with conc. NaOH.
(A) CH3  CH2  C  NH2 (B) CH3  C  CH2  NH2
|| ||
O O
(C) (D) CH3  CH2  C  OH

||
O
D-7. Which of the following will not give positive test with CHCl3 / KOH.
(A) CH3–CH2–NH–CH3 (B) CH3–CH2–CH2–NH2
CH3
|
(C) (D) CH3  CH  NH2
D-8. A positive carbylamine test is given by :

(A) N,N–dimethylaniline (B) 2, 4-dimethylaniline
(C) N-methyl-o-methylaniline (D) N-methylaniline
D-9. The Hinsberg's method is used for :
(A) preparation of primary amines (B) preparation of secondary amines
(C) preparation of tertiary amines (D) separation of amine mixtures
D-10. Molisch reagent is used to identify following compound ?
(A) Glucose (B) Raffinose (C) D-oxyribose (D) All of these
D-11.
Identify X :
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
D-12._ Which of the following would produce effervescence with sodium bicarbonate?
(A) (B) (C) (D) All of these

D-13. A compound is heated with zinc dust and ammonium chloride followed by addition of the Tollen's reagent.
Formation of silver mirror indicates the presence of following group
(A) –CHO (B) (C) –NO2 (D) –NH2
Section (E) : Elements detection

E-1. In the Lassaigne’s test, one of the organic compounds gave red colour with FeCl3. Compound can be :
(A) Na2S (B) NH2CSNH2 (C) C6H5Cl (D) NaCN
E-2. Lassaigne’s test is used in qualitative analysis to detect

(A) Nitrogen (B) Sulphur (C) Chlorine (D) All of these
E-3. The compound that does not give a blue colour in Lassaigne’s test is
(A) C6H5–NH2 (B) CH3CONH2 (C) NH2–NH2 (D) C6H5–NO2
E-4. Nitrogen containing organic compound when fused with sodium metal forms:
(A) NaNO2 (B) NaCN (C) NaNH2 (D) NaNC
E-5. The sodium extract of an organic compound on acidification with acetic acid and addition of lead acetate
solution gives a black precipitate. The organic compound contains
(A) Nitrogen (B) Halogen (C) Sulphur (D) Phosphorus

1. Match the column

2._ Match the compounds of column – I with the reagent of column – II, which can distinguish between the
compounds of column I
Column – I Column – II
(A) (p) Tollen’s reagent
(B) , (q) I2/NaOH
(C) , (r) Lucas reagent
(s) neutral FeCl3
(D) , (t) 2,4–DNP

1. How many products (structural isomers only) are formed by monochlorination of given compound ?
CH3
CH3 CH3
(A) 4 (B) 3 (C) 5 (D) 6
Ozonolysis
2. An alkene (A)     , A is :
(A) (B) (C) (D)

3.
Compound 'X' is :
(A) 1-Methylcyclopropene (B) 1, 4-Dimethylcyclohexa-1,4-diene
(C) 1, 4-Dimethylcyclohexa-1,3-diene (D) 1, 2-Dimethylcyclohexa-1,4-diene
4. The chemical reactions of an unsaturated compound ‘M’ are given below. Determine the possible structural
formula of ‘M’
(M)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Cu2Cl2
5. Red precipitate P(C5H8) Ozonolysis 2-Methylpropanoic acid + compound (Q)
NH4OH
structure of P can be -
(A) CH3–CH2–CH2–CCH (B)
CH3
(C) CH3CC–CH2–CH3 (D) CH 3–CH–CH=CH 2
CH3
6. Compound A (C3H5N) gives precipitate with Tollen’s reagent and H2 gas is also evolved on addition of Li
metal. Compound A can be :
(A) CH3 – CH2 – C  N (B) H – C  C – NH – CH3
(C) CH3 – CH2 – N C (D) CH2 = C = N – CH3
7. Observe the following compound and select +ve & – ve test respectively.
(A) + + + – (B) + + + + (C) + – + – (D) + – – +

8. Which of the following amine does not react with Hinsberg's reagent ?
(A) CH3CH2NH2 (B) (CH3CH2)2NH (C) (CH3CH2)3N (D) All of these
9._ Lassaigne’s test for the detection of nitrogen will fail in the case of
(A) (B)
(C) NH2–NH2.HCl (D) NHNH2.HCl

10._ The sodium extract of an organic compound on treatment with FeSO 4 solution, FeCl3 and HCl gives red
solution. The Red colour of
(A) Fe(CN)3 (B) K4[Fe(CN)6]3 (C) Fe(CNS)3 (D) Fe2S
11._ A unsaturated hydrocarbon (P) on reductive ozonolysis produces a dicarbonyl compound (Q). (Q) can form
precipitate with 2, 4-DNP but no with Tollen’s reagent. Identify the structure of (P).
(A) (B) (C) (D)
12._ An organic compound with 68.9% of C and 4.92% of H, is aromatic and gives CO2 with NaHCO3. The organic
compound is :
COOH
O OH O
C HO
(A) OH (B) (C) (D) OH
O
COOH

1. How many isomeric alkynes on catalytic hydrogenation gives 3-Ethyl-4-methylheptane ?
2. Find the number of structural isomers of fully saturated cycloalkane of molecular formulae C6H12 which give
three monochloro structural products.
3._ How many of the following compounds decolorise Br2 water solution ?
(I) (II) (III) Me – C  C – Me (IV)
(V) (VII) ` (VIII) Me – CH = CH – Et (IX)
4._ How many structures possible for a compound with the molecular formula C 6H12O which can give positive
iodoform and 2,4-DNP test.
5._ Among the following the number of compounds which react with Fehling’s solution is :
O O
|| ||
, H3 C – C – H , H C – CH – C – H , ,
3 2
, HCHO , HCOOH , CH3COCH3 .
6.
Calculate sum of number of products formed in the reaction a, b and c.

7. How many no. of active Hydrogen atoms are present in a compound (mol.mass 90) 0.45 g of which when
treated with Na metal liberates 112 ml of the H2 gas at STP.
8. In the Lassaigne’s test, one of the organic compound X gives blood red colour with FeCl3. Compound X, when
fused with sodium metal forms compound Y. Molecular mass of compound Y is

1_. Which of the following compound is/are react with Na metal & liberate hydrogen gas.
(A) CH3–OH (B) CH3–CCH (C) Ph–OH (D)
2_. Which of the following compound gives 1,4-Dimethyl cyclohexane when undergo catalytic hydrogenation.
CH2
(A) (B) (C) (D)

CH3
3. Which of the following will perform iodoform reaction with I2/OH– ?

(A) CH3COCH2CH3 (B) CH3CONH2 (C) C6H5COCH3 (D) CH3CHO
O3 / Zn, H2O
4._    (X) + (Y)
Compound (X) and (Y) can be distinguish by
(A) Tollen’s reagent (B) Fehling solution (C) Haloform test (D) 2, 4-DNP Test
5._ A compound (X) gives fruity smell. [X] on hydrolysis gives an acid and alcohol. Acid give violet colour with
neutral FeCl3 while alcohol give yellow precipitate on boiling with I2 and NaOH. (X) can be :
Hydrolysis
[Hint : R–C–OR'    R–COOH + R’–OH]
O
O–CH2–CH3 OH OH OCH3
COOH COOC2H5 COOCH3 COOH
(A) (B) (C) (D)
6. Formic acid and Acetaldehyde can be distinguish by

(A) I2 + NaOH (B) Tollen’s reagent (C) Fehling solution (D) 2,4-DNP test
7. Correct statement(s) about is/are
(A) It gives coloured solution with neutral FeCl3 solution.

(B) It liberates H2 gas with Na metal.
(C) It gives positive Iodoform test.
(D) It forms sweet smelling compound with alcohols.
8. Correct statment(s) about is /are :
3
(A) librate mole of H2 on treatment with Na. (B) Positive test with FeCl3
2
(C) Positive test with NaHCO3 (D) Positive test with tollen's reagent

Comprehension # 1
O3
M + smallest aldehyde
Zn, H2O
CH2=CH–C=C–CH=CH2
H2
H3C CH3 N
Ni
1. Product M cannot respond with :
(A) 2, 4-DNP (B) Ammonical silver nitrate
(C) Sodium hypoiodite (D) Sodium bicarbonate
2. Number of moles of ozone used for one mole of the given unsaturated hydrocarbon ?
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
3. How many total monochloro structural isomers obtained on chlorination of product (N).
(A) 2 (B) 4 (C) 6 (D) 8

EXERCISE - 1
PART - I
A-1. (i) 3 (ii) 2 A-2. 2 A-3. 3 A-4. 3
Cl Cl
Cl
B-1. Cl2 / h + + +
  
Cl
B-2. (i) 6 (ii) 4
CH3 CH3 O
| | ||
B-3. (a) CH3 – C  O (b) CH3 – C – C  CH3 (c) CH3–COOH (d) CH3 – C  O + CH3 – C – OH
|| ||
O O
B-4. P= ; Q=
B-5. (i) CH3–COOH + HOOC – COOH + HCOOH (ii) C-1. 2
C-2. A  CH3 – C  C  CH3 But  2  yne  ; B  CH3  CH2 – C  CH (Butyne )
O
D-1. Lucas reagent (HCl/ ZnCl2) or Neutral FeCl3 D-2. D-3. CH3–CH2–C–CH2–CH3
D-4. Benzophenone, 3-Pentanone, (CH3CH2)2 C-OH, CH3COOH, CH3CONH2 , CH3–COOCH3, CH3–COCl
D-5.
D-6. Salicylic acid, Phthalic acid, Cinnamic acid, Lactic acid, acetic acid and benzene sulphonic acid.
D-7. CH3CH2COOH (Propanoic acid)  (A)
CH3COOCH3 (Methyl acetate)  (B) or HCOOC2H5
D-8. CH3CH2 NHCH2CH3 (20 amine)
CH3
D-9. CH3 –N–CH3 (3º Amine) E-1. Prussian blue colour will appear.
E-2. As the elements present in the organic compounds are in their covalent form, These are fused with sodium
metal to convert them into ionic form (like NaCN, Na2S, NaX).
E-3. Appearance of blood-red coloration indicates the presense of both sulphur and nitrogen.

PART - II
A-1. (B) A-2. (D) A-3._ (C) A-4._ (B) A-5. (D)
B-1. (D) B-2. (D) B-3. (B) B-4. (D) B-5. (B)
B-6. (B) B-7. (B) C-1. (D) C-2. (C) C-3. (A)
C-4. (C) C-5. (B) C-6. (A) D-1. (A) D-2. (B)
D-3. (C) D-4. (C) D-5. (C) D-6. (A) D-7. (A)
D-8. (B) D-9. (D) D-10. (D) D-11. (B) D-12._ (D)
D-13. (C) E-1. (B) E-2. (D) E-3. (C) E-4. (B)
E-5. (C)
PART - III
1. (A  q) ; (B  s) ; (C  p) ; (D  r) 2._ (A) – p,q,t ; (B) – s ; (C) – r,t ; (D) q,r,s.
EXERCISE - 2
PART - I
1. (B) 2. (C) 3. (D) 4. (C) 5. (B)
6. (B) 7. (A) 8. (C) 9._ (C) 10._ (C)
11._ (D) 12._ (A)
PART - II
1. 3 2. 3 3._ 5 4._ 4 5._ 4
6. 5 7. No. of active H = 2 8. 81
PART - III
1_. (ABC) 2_. (ABC) 3. (ACD) 4._ (AC) 5._ (B)
6. (AD) 7. (ABC) 8. (ABCD)
PART - IV
1. (D) 2. (C) 3. (B)

¼ (one fourth) marks will be deducted for indicating incorrect response of each question. No deduction from
the total score will be made if no response is indicated for an item in the answer sheet.
above.
1_. Which of the following compound on reductive ozonolysis does not give glyoxal as one of the product.
(1) (2) (3) (4)
2. How many isomeric structural alkene on catalytic hydrogenation gives 3-Methyl hexane.
(1) 3 (2) 4 (3) 5 (4) 6
3. Compound A (C6H12) does not absorb H2 in presence of Ni. It forms two monochloro isomers on photochemi-
cal chlorination. Its structure can be :
(1) (2) (3) (4)
4. Which alkyne will give 3-Ethyl heptane on catalytic hydrogenation.
(1) (2) (3) (4)
5. Compound 'A' gives red precipitate with Cu2Cl2 / NH4OH solution and decolourises bromine water. The
compound 'A' can be :
(1) CH2  CH  C  CH3 (2) CH2  CH  C  H (3) CH3–CCH (4) PhCHO
|| ||
O O
6. An organic compound does not react appreciably with Lucas reagent but give white precipitate with Tollen’s
reagent. Which is the possible structure of compound ?
(1) (2)
OH
(3) (4) CH2=C=CH–CH2–OH

7. Which of the following compounds will give a positive iodoform test ?
(1) Methanol (2) 2,2-Dimethylpropanol (3) Ethanol (4) Methanal
8. The following two compounds I and II can be distinguished by using reagent
(I) (II)
(a) aq. NaHCO3 (b) Neutral FeCl3 (c) Fehling solution (d) Na metal
(1) a or c (2) b or c (3) c or d (4) b or d
9._ Which of the following compound cannot give Iodoform when react with IO–(hypoiodite).
(1) (2)
(3) (4)
10. How many structural isomeric ketones having molecular formula (C5H10O) give iodoform test ?
(1) 1 (2) 2 (3) 3 (4) 4
11_. Which of the following statement is incorrect :

(A) Phenol gives positive bromine water test
(B) Aniline gives foul smelling compound on reaction with CHCl3 + KOH
(C) Formic acid gives positive Tollen's test
(D) Nitrobenzene gives positive Tollen's test
NH2 CH2–NH2
12. and can be distinguish by

Me
(1) CHCl3 + KOH (2) NaNO2 + HCl followed by -Napthol
(3) CS2 + HgCl2 (4) Na Metal
O3
13. (x) C7H12 P+Q
Me2S
Compound P responds to Tollen’s test and iodoform test but Q does not respond with both the reagents.
Structure of compound (x) is :
(1) (2) (3) (4)
H / Ni Cl2 / h
14. 2 
 P   Q (Total number of monochloro structural products).
(1) 2 (2) 3 (3) 4 (4) 5
15. Yellow precipitate obtained during the test of halogen by lassaigne’s test is due to the formation of
(1) AgF (2) AgCl (3) AgBr (4) None of these

16. A research scholar get a mixture of three product during an experiment with ammonia. In product I only one
H of ammonia is replaced by ethyl group and in II two H atoms of ammonia are replaced by ethyl groups and
in III all the H-atoms are replaced by ethyl groups. Which test he should use to distinguish or separate the
products :
(1) Carbyl amine test (2) Iodoform test
(3) Fehling solution test (4) Hinsberg test
17. How many alcohols give immediate turbidity with Lucas reagent having molecular formula (C5H12O):
(1) 1 (2) 2 (3) 3 (4) 4
18. Which of the following compound can give test with Tollen's reagent and yellow precipitate with iodine in
NaOH ?
(1) CH2=O (2) CH3–CH=O (3) CH3–CH2–CH=O (4)
19. Which is incorrect match with respect to the reagent used for lab test ?
(1) Carbohydrates  –Naphthol (Molish reagent)
(2) Nitro ethane  Zn, NH4Cl and AgNO3 (Mulliken Barker test)
(3) Phenol  Anhydrous ZnCl2 + Conc. HCl (Lucas Reagent)
(4) Benzoic acid  NaHCO3
20. How many hydrocarbons having molecular mass 68 can give white precipitate with Tollen's reagent ?
(1) 1 (2) 2 (3) 3 (4) 4
21. On oxidative ozonolysis of 3-Methylhex-3-ene, two products A & B are formed. A gives CO 2 gas with sodium
bicarbonate, but B can not. The structures of A & B are respectively :
(1) & CH3–CH2–COOH (2) CH3–CH2–COOH & CH3–CH2–CH=O
(3) CH3–CH2–COOH & (4) CH3–CH2–CH2–COOH &
22. and can be differentiated by :
(1) Carbylamine reaction (2) Iodoform test

(3) Cold KMnO4 (4) Br2–H2O
23. Test to differentiate between ethanol (CH3CH2OH) and phenol (Ph–OH) is/are :
(1) Litmus test (2) Neutral FeCl3
(3) Sodium metal test (4) All of these
24. Which of the following compound gives azo dye test ?
(1) (2) (3) (4)

25. A compound (P), obtained as an ozonolysis product of (Q) gives brisk effervescence with Na, violet coloration
with neutral FeCl3 and silver mirror with Tollen's reagent. (Q) may be :
(1) (2)
(3) (4) All of these
26. Which of the following reagent can distinguish the given compound I & II ?
&
(1) Na metal (2) NaHCO3 (3) Lucas Reagent (4) 2, 4-D.N.P
27_. A compound (P) on reaction with “Q” in basic medium (KOH) gives a bad smelling compound (CH3CH2NC).
Compound Q can be prepare by reaction of acetone with calciumhypochlorite (Ca(OCl) 2]. P and Q can
(1) CH3–CH2–NH2 & CHCl3 (2) CH3–CH2–NO2 & CH3Cl
(3) CH3–CH2–NH–CH3 & COCl2 (4) (CH3–CH2) 3N & Cl2
28_. Which of the following can gives Hinsberg test :

(1) CH3–CH2–OH (2) CH3–CH2–NO2 (3) CH3–CH2–NH2 (4) CH3—C—NH2
O
29. Identify a reagent from the following list which can easily distinguish between 1-butyne and 2-butyne.
(1) bromine, CCl4 (2) H2/Ni (3) dilute KMnO4 (4) ammonical Cu2Cl2 solution
30. Acetaldehyde and Propyne can be distinguish by :

(i) Tollen’s reagent (ii) I2/NaOH (iii) Lucas reagent (iv) neutral FeCl3
(1) (i) , (ii) & (iii) (2) (ii) & (iii) (3) (i) & (ii) (4) (iii) & (iv)
Practice Test (JEE-Main Pattern)

Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Ans.
Que. 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Ans.
Que. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans.

1. What simple laboratory test could be performed to distinguish between 1-pentyne and 2-pentyne ?
(NSEC-2000)
(A) the addition of Ag in ammonia
+
(B) the addition of H2SO4 in Hg +2
(C) the addition of Br2 in CCl4 (D) the addition of H2 on a Pt catalyst.
2. Which of the following tests could be performed to distinguish between 1-butyne and 2-butyne ?(NSEC-2001)
(A) Ag+ / NH3 (B) Br2 / CCI4 (C) H2 / Pt (D) Hg+2 / H2SO4
3. Lucas reagent is : (NSEC-2001)

(A) anhydrous CaCl2 and conc. HCl (B) anhydrous ZnCl2 and conc. HCl
(C) anhydrous AlCl3 and conc. HCl (D) anhydrous PdCl2 and conc. HCl
4. Tollen's reagent is (NSEC-2012-13)

(A) Cu2O (B) [Cu(OH)4] 2–
(C) Ag2O (D) [Ag(NH3)2]+
5. The blood red color obtained in the detection of nitrogen and sulphur together in an organic compound in
Lassaigne’s test is due to (NSEC-2013-14)
(A) [Fe(CNS)]+ (B) [Fe(CNS)2]+ (C) [Fe(CNS)3]– (D) [Fe(CNS)2]2+
6. Fehling solution is (NSEC-2013-14)

(A) AgNO3 solution + NaOH solution + NH4OH
(B) Alkaline solution of Cupric ion complexed with citrate ion
(C) Copper sulphate + sodium potassium tartarate + NaOH
(D) Copper sulphate solution
7. Which of the following phenols is most soluble in aqueous sodium bicarbonate ? (NSEC-2013-14)
(A) 2,4-dihydroxyacetophenone (B) p-cyanophenol
(C) 3,4-dicyanophenol (D) 2,4,6-tricyanophenol

A. General :
B. Question Paper Format :
4. Section 1 contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of
which ONE is correct.
which ONE OR MORE THAN ONE are correct.
6. Section 3 contains 6 questions. The answer to each of the questions is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to
9 (both inclusive).
7. Section 4 contains 1 paragraphs each describing theory, experiment and data etc. 3 questions relate to paragraph.
Each question pertaining to a partcular passage should have only one correct answer among the four given
choices (A), (B), (C) and (D).
8. Section 5 contains 1 multiple choice questions. Question has two lists (list-1 : P, Q, R and S; List-2 : 1, 2, 3 and
4). The options for the correct match are provided as (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.

C. Marking Scheme :
9. For each question in Section 1, 4 and 5 you will be awarded 3 marks if you darken the bubble corresponding to
the correct answer and zero mark if no bubble is darkened. In all other cases, minus one (– 1) mark will be
awarded.
10. For each question in Section 2, you will be awarded 3 marks. If you darken all the bubble(s) corresponding to
the correct answer(s) and zero mark. If no bubbles are darkened. No negative marks will be answered for
11. For each question in Section 3, you will be awarded 3 marks if you darken only the bubble corresponding to the
correct answer and zero mark if no bubble is darkened. No negative marks will be awarded for incorrect answer
in this section.

1. An organic compound “A” of molecular weight 120, gives tollen’s reagent test and 2,4-DNP test but no
Iodoform with I2/OH. The compound “A” may be –
(A) Benzoic acid (B) Phenyl methyl ketone
(C) 2-phenyl ethanal (D) 1-phenyl ethane
2. A hydrocarbon on oxidative ozonolysis produces Oxalic acid and Butanedioic acid. Its structure is
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3. Farnesene is a compound found in the waxy coating of apples. On hydrogenation it gives 2,6,
10-Trimethyl dodecane. On ozonolysis it gives one mole acetone, one mole of formaldehyde, one mole of 2-
Methylpentanedial and one mole of 4-Oxopentanal. The structure proposed for Farnesene may be
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
4. A compound P(C5H6) gives positive Bayer test and on hydrogenation form a hydrocarbon B(C5H10) which
gives only one monochloro product. The compound 'P" is.
(A) (B) (C) (D) CHC–CH2–CH=CH2
5_. ‘X’ compound (C4H8O) decolorises bromine water & gives instant turbidity with lucas reagent. When ‘X’ react
with I2 & NaOH it give yellow ppt Identify ‘X’.
O CH3
(A) CH3–C–CH2–CH3 (B) CH3–CH–CH=CH 2 (C) CH 3–C–CH 3 (D) CH3–HC=CH–CH2
OH OH OH

6. Compounds I and II can be distinguished by using reagent.
() (II)
4–Hydroxy–4–methylpent–2–enoic acid 5–Hydroxypent–2–ynoic acid
(A) NaHCO3 (B) Br2 / H2O
(C) HCl / ZnCl2 (anhydrous) (D) Cu2Cl2 / NH4OH
7. Which of the following test will not be given by (Squaric acid)
(A) Br2 water test (B) 2, 4-DNP test (C) Neutral FeCl3 (D) Tollen’s test

8. Which of the following compounds after complete hydrogenation will form three monochloro structural iso-
meric products ?
C  CH
(A) (B) (C) (D) |
HC  C – CH – C  CH
9. A organic compound having molecular formula C3H4, react with sodium metal to give a colourless and
odourless gas. Select the correct statements about organic compound.
(A) It gives Bromine water test (B) It reacts with Bayer’s reagent
(C) It reacts with Tollen’s reagent (D) It reacts with Ammonical cuprous chloride.
10. Compound P Liberates H2 gas with Na metal. P gives white precipitate with tollen’s reagent, there is no
response towards Lucas reagent and compound Q gives instant turbidity with anhydrous ZnCl 2 / HCl, and
with sodium metal 1 mole of compound Q liberates 11.2 litre H2 gas at STP. Find the structural formula of
compound P and Q.
O CH3
|| |
(A) P is CH2  CH  C  H (B) Q is CH3  C  CH2  O  CH3
|
OH
CH3
|
(C) P is CH3 – O – C  C – H (D) Q is CH3  C  CH  CH3
| |
OH OH

CHO
(1) O3
CH3–CH
(2) Zn/H2O
11._ C8H12 CHO
(X) H2/Ni
Y
True statements is/are
(A) Structure of X is
(B) Structure of X is
(C) Y on monochlorination produce 3 monochloro structural products.

COOH
(D) Oxidative ozonolysis product of X is CH 3–CH
COOH
O3
12. C8H16O6(P) C4H8O4(Q) Violet colour ring
Zn, H2O
Structure of P cannot be :
OH
(A) CH2–CH–CH–CH=CH–CH–CH–CH2 (B) HO OH

OH OH OH OH OH OH OH
OH OH
(C) CH2–CH–CH–CH=CH–CH–CH–CH=O (D) HOOC–CH2–CH–CH=CH–CH–CH2–COOH

OH OH OH OH OH OH OH

13. In how many reactions CO2 gas is released out after reaction with NaHCO3
(1) + NaHCO3  (2) + NaHCO3 
(3) + NaHCO3  (4) CH3–CH2–OH + NaHCO3 
(5) CH3–C  C–H + NaHCO3 

14._ How many alkenes, alkynes and alkadienes can be hydrogenated to form Isopentane (Including all structural
isomers)
15. How many acyclic structural isomeric carbonyl compound having molecular formula C6H12O can gives haloform
test.
16. Structure of Ascorbic acid is represented as follows.
(Ascorbic acid)
How many of the following reagents can give positive test with ascorbic acid.
2,4-DNP Na Metal HCl + ZnCl2 FeCl3
(II) (III) (IV) (V)
NaOH + Phenopthalein dil.KMnO4 Br2/H2O AgNO3 + NH4OH I2 + NaOH

(VI) (VII) (VIII) (XI) (X)
17. Observe the the following compounds.
O Me
OH CH3 CH3 Ph
CH3–C–OH C
O
CH3 O
(III) (IV) (V)
(I) (II)
O Ph
CH3 O CH3
C H3–CH–CH 2–CH 3 C C Ph–CH–CH 3
OH OH
O O
(VII) (VIII) (XI)
(VI)
Number of compound which can gives positive Haloform test = (x)

Number of compound which can gives positive Lucas reagent test = (y)
Report your answer (x + y)
18._ ‘n’ number of alkenes yield 2,2,3,4,4-pentamethyl-pentane on catalytic hydrogenation and ‘m’ number of
monochloro structural isomers are possible for this compound.
Report your answer as (n + m).

(A), (B), (C) and (D)

Comprehension # 1
Aldehyde and ketones may be prepared by reductive cleavage of carbon-carbon double bonds. A particularly
useful reagent for this purpose is ozone under reductive conditions results in the formation of carbonyl
compounds.
O / Zn
19._ 
3
 Products
H2 O
Which of the following product is not formed in above reaction -
O
(A) (B) O O (C) H–C–H (D) CH3 –C–H
O O
O / Zn
20._ (X) 
3
 CO2 + CH3 –C–H + OHC–C–CHO
HO 2
O O
(X) is
CH 3 H3C
(A) C C (B) C CH CH
H H3C
CH3 C C
(C) C (D)
H
O / Zn
21._ 
3
 Products
H2 O
Which of the following product is not formed in above reaction -

Products are
(A) H–C–H (B) OHC–C–CH2–CHO

O O
(C) OHC–CH2–C–CH2 CHO (D) H–C–C–H

O O O

This section contains 1 questions, Question has two matching lists. Choices for the correct
combination of elements from List-I and List-II are given as options (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which
one is correct

22. Column-I Column-II
(P) CH3–CH=CH–CH2– C –CH3 (1) Bromine water solution decolourised

||
O
(Q) (2) precipitate obtained with AgNO3 + NH4OH
(R) (3) CO2 gas liberated by NaHCO3
(S) (4) Yellow precipitate by 2, 4-DNP
Code : (P) (Q) (R) (S)

(A) 1 1,2 4 3
(B) 1,4 1,2 2,3,4 3
(C) 1 2 4 3
(D) 1,4 1,2,3 2,3,4 3

Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Ans.
Que. 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Ans.
Que. 21 22
Ans.
Problem-1 [INChO-2011]
1.1 Draw the structures of all isomeric dichlorocubanes. (1.5 marks)

PART - I
1. (1) 2. (4) 3. (3) 4. (2) 5. (3)
6. (3) 7. (3) 8. (2) 9. (1) 10. (2)
11. (4) 12. (2) 13. (3) 14. (1) 15. (3)
16. (4) 17. (1) 18. (2) 19. (3) 20. (2)
21. (3) 22. (1) 23. (2) 24. (2) 25. (1)
26. (3) 27. (1) 28. (3) 29. (4) 30. (3)
PART - II
1. (A) 2. (A) 3. (B) 4. (D) 5. (B)
6. (C) 7. (D)
PART - III
1. (C) 2. (D) 3. (C) 4. (C) 5_. (B)
6. (C) 7. (D) 8. (CD) 9. (ABCD) 10. (BC)
11._ (BCD) 12. (BCD) 13. 2 14._ 6 15. 4
16. 6 17. 8 (5 + 3) 18._ 4 19._ (D) 20._ (A)
21._ (D) 22. (B)
PART - IV
1.1
PART - I
CHO
O3 / Zn
1_.    2HCHO +
HO 2
CHO
O3 / Zn
   HCHO + CHO + CH3CHO
HO 2
CHO
O3 / Zn
   HCHO + H—C—C—C—H + CHO
HO
2
O O O CHO
O3 / Zn
   O + CHO–CHO + HCHO
H2O

2.
3. have two types of chemically different hydrogen atom so it forms two monochloro isomers on
photochemical chlorination.
Ni
4. + H2 
5. Terminal alkyne gives Cu2Cl2 / NH4OH and bromine water test.

6. Terminal alkyne gives white precipitate with Tollen's reagent and 1º alcohol do not react appreciably with
Lucas reagent.
CH3–CH
7. , | groups gives positive iodoform test.
OH
8. (a) Both does not give the test with aq. NaHCO3.
(b) II give +ve test with neutral FeCl3 due to presence of phenolic –OH group, but (I) does not.
(c) In (I) aromatic aldehyde does not give Fehling test but (II) gives.
(d) In (I) and (II) acidic hydrogen atom is present so both give +ve test with Na metal.
CH3–CH
9._ , | groups gives positive iodoform test.
OH
10. ,

11_. Nitrobenzene does not give positive Tollen's test.
NH2
(1) NaNO2 HCl

12.     Orange–Red dye
( 2) -Napthol
Me
CH2–NH2 CH2–OH
NaNO2 HCl
   + N2
O3
13. CH3CHO +
Me2S
H / Ni Cl / h
14. 2 
 P 2 +
15. NaBr + AgNO3  AgBr (yellow)
16. 1º, 2º and 3º amine mixture can be seperated by Hinsberg reagent.
17.
18. Acetaldehyde is the only aldehyde which gives haloform test.

19. Phenol does not gives Lucas reagent test.
20. C5 H8 , (Molecular Mass = 68)
21. O / H2O
3  CH3–CH2–COOH +
22. 1º and 2º amine can be differentiated by Carbylamine test.
23. Ethanol can not give neutral FeCl3 test but phenol gives this test.
24. Aromatic 1º amine gives positive azo dye test.
OH
COOH
25. O3 / Zn
 
26. Lucas reagent is used to distinguish alcohol and phenol.

27_. CH3–CH2–NH2 + CHCl3 + KOH  CH3CH2NC
CH3–CO–CH3 + Ca(OCl)2  CHCl3 + (CH3COO)2Ca
28_. Amines give positive Hinsberg test.
29. CH3–CH2–CCH + NH4Cl + H2O
30. Acetaldehyde and Propyne can be distinguish by tollen's reagent and Iodoform test.
PART - III
1. The given compound gives Tollen’s reagent and 2,4-DNP test i.e. the compound is aldehyde. Further it gives
no Iodoform test. From the given molecular formula C8H8O is expected. Therefore the correct answer is (C).
O3
2. 

Oxidation
O / Zn
3. 3 2-methylpentanedial + 4-oxopentanal + formaldehyde.
Cl
4. Cl / h
2
5_. CH3–CH–CH=CH 2 gives bromine water test, lucas reagent test and haloform test.
OH
6.
(I) gives immediate turbidity by Lucas reagent and (II) does not give turbidity appriciably.
7. Terminal alkyne and –CH=O group gives positive test with tollens reagent.
H / Ni
8.  
2 
C  CH CH2 – CH 3
| H2 / Ni | 3 monochloro product
HC  C – CH – C  CH
  H C – CH – CH – CH – CH
3 2 2 3
Both structures give three monochloro structural isomeric products.

9. C3H4  CH –C C–H Na CH –C C Na + ½H
3 2 3
Br2 + H2O
+ve
Bayer's Reagent +ve
Cu2Cl2 + NH4OH
+ve
AgNO3 + NH4OH
+ve
10. CH3 – O – C  C – H gives white precipitate with tollen’s reagent and Liberates H2 gas with Na metal.
CH3
|
CH3  C  CH2  O  CH3 gives instatnt turbidity with anhydrous ZnCl2 / HCl and Liberates half mole H2 gas
|
OH
with sodium metal.
H2 / Ni Cl2 / h
11._ X =      3 structural products
12. Carbohydrate (-hydroxy carbonyl) gives postive test with molisch reagent.
13. (1) + NaHCO3  + H2O + CO2 
(2) + NaHCO3  + H2O + CO2 
(3) + NaHCO3  (–ve)
(4) CH3–CH2–OH + NaHCO3  (–ve)

(5) CH3–C  C–H + NaHCO3  (–ve)
CH3 CH3 CH3

14._
CH2 =C–CH2–CH3 CH3 –C=CH–CH3 CH3 –CH–CH=CH2
CH3 CH3 CH3
CH 3–CH–C CH H 2C =C–C =CH 2 CH3 –C=C=CH2
CH3–C–CH2–CH2–CH2–CH3 CH3–C–CH–CH2–CH3
15.
O O CH3
CH3
CH3–C–CH2–CH–CH3
CH3–C–C–CH3
O CH3
O CH3

16. Na Metal, HCl + ZnCl2, FeCl3, NaOH + Phenolpthalein, dill.KMnO4, Br2/H2O gives positive test with ascorbic
acid.
17. Compound (I), (IV), (V), (VII) and (IX) gives positive haloform compound (III), (VII) and (IX) gives positive Lucas
reagent, x = 5, y = 3 so, (5 + 3) = 8.
18._ Only one alkene
Three monochloro isomers are possible as it has three different types of 'H' atoms.
reductive
19._  O+O O + H–C–H
ozonolysis
CH 3 reductive
20._ C C  CH3 –C–H + CO2 + OHC–C–CHO
ozonolysis
H
O O
reductive
21._  2HCHO + H–C–C–CH2–C–H + H–C–CH2–C–CH2–C–H
ozonolysis
O O O O O O
22. Due to unsaturation brown colour of Br2/ H2O decolourises. Carboxylic acid gives CO2 gas with NaHCO3.
Aldehydes gives black or silver ppt. with Tollen's reagent and terminal alkyne gives white ppt. with tollen's
reagent. group gives positive 2,4-DNP test.

I
General Organic Chemistry - I [162]


Section (A) : Inductive effect
A-1. Show the direction of inductive effect in following compounds
(1) (2) (3)
(4) CH3–CH2–CH2– Li (5) CH3–CH2–CH2–MgBr (6)
(7) (8) (9) (10)
Section (B) : Resonance Concepts, Conditions, Resonating Structures & Conjugation

B-1. Which of the following compounds have delocalized electrons ?
O
||
(P) CH2  CHCCH3 (Q) (R) (S) CH3CH2NHCH=CHCH3
B-2. Number of  electrons in resonance in the following structure is.
Section (C) : Stability of Resonating Structures and different species

C-1. In the following sets of resonating structure, label the major and minor contributors towards resonance
hybrid.
(P)  (Q) 
(R)  (S) 

C-2. Write the stability order of following resonating structures :
I II I II
(P) (Q)
(R) (S)
Section (D) : Mesomeric Effect

D-1. Arrange the following groups in the increasing order of +M :
(i) – I, – Cl, – F, – Br (ii) –NH2, –OH,
D-2. Arrange the following groups in the increasing order of –M :
(i) –NO2, –COOR, –CHO, –CN, –COR (ii) , ,

D-3. Which of the following groups (attached with benzene ring) show +M effect?
Section (E) : Steric Inhibition of Resonance (SIR Effect)

E-1. Compare the SIR effect between orthochloro benzoic acid, orthobromobenzoic acid and orthoiodo benzoic acid.
Section (F) : Hyperconjugation
F-1. Define hyperconjugation by taking an example of propene.
F-2. In which molecules or ions hyperconjugation effect is observed and write the number of hyperconjugable
hydrogen atoms.
(A) C6H5–CH=CH2 (B) CH3–CH2–CH=CH2 (C) CH2=CH2 (D)
CH3 C 2H5 CH3
|  | |
(E) (F) CH3 — C — C H2 (G) C 2H5 — C  (H) CH3 — C 
| | |
CH3 C 2H5 CH3
(I) (J) (K) (L)

Section (G) : Concept of Aromaticity
G-1. What is aromaticity ?
G-2. Classify the following as aromatic, antiaromatic and nonaromatic compounds.
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
(f) (g) (h) (i) (j)
(k) (l) (m)
G-3. Why cyclooctatetraene is nonplanar.
Section (H) : Applications of electronic effect

H-1. The correct decreasing order of electron density in aromatic ring of following compounds is :
O O O
|| || ||
C–H O–C–H NH – CH3 C – NH – CH3
(I) (II) (III) (IV)
H-2. Correct dipole moment order is
(p) (q) (r)

Section (A) : Inductive effect
A-1. Inductive effect involves :
(A) Delocalisation of -electrons (B) Partial displacement of -electrons
(C) Delocalisation of -electrons (D) Displacement of lone pair electrons.
A-2. Select correct statement about I effect?
(A) I effect transfers electrons from one carbon atom to another.
(B) I effect is the polarisation of  bond electrons.
(C) I effect creates net charge in the molecule.
(D) I effect is distance independent.
A-3. Which of the following group shows +I-effect :

(A) –Br (B) –COOH (C) –OR (D) –COO–

A-4. Which of the following alkyl group has the maximum +I effect ?
(A) (CH3)2CH– (B) (CH3)3C– (C) CH3CH2– (D) CH3–
A-5. Decreasing –I effect of given groups is :
(i) –CN (ii) – NO2 (iii) –NH2 (iv) –F
(A) iii > ii > i > iv (B) ii > iii > iv > i (C) iii > ii > iv > i (D) ii > i > iv > iii
A-6. Which of the following is the strongest -  group :
  
(A) – N (CH3)3 (B) – N H3 (C) – S (CH3)2 (D) – F
Section (B) : Resonance Concepts, Conditions, Resonating Structures & Conjugation

B-1. Resonance is delocalisation of :
(A)  electrons (B)  electrons (C)  electrons (D) None
B-2. Resonance involves :
(A) Delocalization of –electrons along a conjugated system.
(B) Delocalization of lone pair along a conjugated system.
(C) Delocalization of negative charge along a conjugated system.
(D) All are correct.
B-3. During delocalization, which statement is incorrect :
(A) Net charge remains same (B) Number of paired electrons remain same
(C) Number of unpaired electrons remain same (D) Energy of resonating structures always remains same
B-4. Resonance structure of the molecule does not have
(A) higher energy than their hybrid structure. (B) identical arrangement of atoms.
(C) the same number of paired electrons. (D) always equal contribution to the resonance hybrid.
B-5. Which of the following species can not show resonance?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
B-6. Resonance is not possible in :
(A) (B) (C) CH2 = CH — Cl (D)
B-7. Which does not have conjugate system ?
(A) CH2 = CHCl (B) CH2 = CHCHO (C) CH3CH = CH2 (D)
B-8. The compound which is not resonance stabilised
(A) CH2=CH–Cl (B) (C) CH2=CH–CH2Cl (D)
B-9. Which of the following is not acceptable as resonating structure :
(A) (B) (C) (D) None of these

B-10. Which of the following pair is not pair of resonating structures?

(A) & (B) & CH2 – CH  O
   
(C) CH2=CH–O–CH3 & CH2 – CH  O– CH3 (D) CH3 – C  O & CH3 – C  O
B-11. Which of the following structures are resonance structures ?
(A) & CH3–O–N=O (B) &
(C) (CH3)2CO & (D) CH3–CH=CH–CH3 & CH3–CH2–CH=CH2
B-12. Among the given sets, which represents the resonating structure ?
(A) and (B) and
(C) and (D) and
B-13. In which of the following resonance is not possible?

(A) CH2 = C = CH2 (B) CH2 = C = CH (C) CH2 = C = CH (D) CH2 = C =
Section (C) : Mesomeric Effect

C-1. Which of the following group show +M effect?
(A) –CN (B) –O–NO (C) –CCl3 (D) –CHO
C-2. Which of the following group show –M effect?
(A) –CMe3 (B) (C) (D)
C-3. Which of the following group show +M and –I effect ?

(A) (B) (C) –O (D) –OH
C-4. Which of the following group show +M > –I effect ?
(A) –F (B) (C) (D) –COOH
C-5. Which of the following group show –M and –I effect ?

(A) –NO2 (B) –NH2 (C) –OH (D) –F
C-6. +M and +I both effects are shown by :
(A) (B) (C) (D) – C (CH3)3
C-7. The weakest +M group of the given species is :

(A) – OCH3 (B) – F (C) – I (D) – N (CH3)2

Section (D) : Stability of Resonating Structures and different species
D-1. Which one of the following is least stable resonating structure ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
D-2. Which of the following resonating structure is the least contributing structure ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
D-3. HNCO (isocyanic acid) has following resonating structures :
HN  C  O  

I
The order of stablity is :
(A) I > III > II (B) I > II > III (C) II > III > I (D) II > I > III
D-4. The correct stability order of the following resonanating structures is :
(A) (IV) > (I) > (III) > (II) (B) (II) > (IV) > (I) > (III) (C) (III) > (II) > (IV) > (I) (D) (I) > (IV) > (III) > (II)
D-5. Which is the most stable resonating structure ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Section (E) : Steric Inhibition of Resonance (SIR Effect)

E-1. Maximum extent of steric inhibition of resonance can be expected in
(A) (B) (C) (D)
E-2. Select the correct statement about this compound.
NO2
3
1 5
NO2 NO2
Br
(A) All three C–N bond length are same.
(B) C1–N and C3–N bonds length are same but shorter than C5–N bond length.
(C) C1–N and C5–N bonds length are same but longer than C3–N bond length.
(D) C1–N and C3–N bonds length are different but both are longer than C5–N bond length.
Section (F) : Hyperconjugation

F-1. In hyperconjugation there is overlap between :
(A) p- and -orbitals (B) 2-orbitals (C) d-and--orbtial (D) -and p - orbitals

F-2. Which of the following cannot exhibit hyperconjugation -

(A) CH3 C H2 (B) (C) CH3CH = CH2 (D)
F-3. Which of the following alkenes will show maximum number of hyperconjugation forms ?
(A) CH2 = CH2 (B) CH3–CH=CH2 (C) CH3–CH2–CH=CH2 (D)
F-4. Arrange the stability of following
I II III
(A) I < II < III (B) II < I < III (C) I < III < II (D) II < III < I
F-5. Which one of the following has inductive, mesomeric and hyperconjugation effect ?
(A) CH3Cl (B) CH3 – CH = CH2
(C) CH3CH = CH – C – CH3 (D) CH2 = CH – CH = CH2

||
O
F-6. Which of the following group has the maximum hyperconjugation effect when attached to bezene ring ?
(A) CH3– (B) CH3CH2– (C) (CH3)2CH– (D) (CH3)3C–
Section (G) : Concept of Aromaticity

G-1. Which out of the following is aromatic hydrocarbon ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
G-2. Identify the aromatic compound ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
G-3. Aromatic compounds burn with sooty flame because :

(A) They have a ring structure of carbon atoms.
(B) They have a relatively high percentage of hydrogen.
(C) They resist reaction with oxygen of air.
(D) They have a relatively high percentage of carbon.
Section (H) : Applications of electronic effect

H-1. The decreasing order of electron density on the ring is :
(A) III > II > I (B) II > III > I (C) I > III > II (D) III > I > II

H-2. Correct dipole moment order is
(p) (q) (r)
(A) p > q > r (B) r > q > p (C) q > r > p (D) p > r > q
H-3. Arrange following compounds in decreasing order of their dipole moment.
CH3—CH2—NO2 CH3—CH2—NH2 CH3—CH2—F CH3—CH2—CN
I II III IV
(A) IV > III >I > II (B) IV > I > III > II (C) I > III > IV > II (D) I > IV > III > II
H-4. The stability order of alkene in following compounds is :
(I) (II) (III) (IV)

(A) I < II < III < IV (B) II < I < III < IV (C) II < III < I < IV (D) II < IV < I < III

1. Match the following
Coulmn-I Coulmn-II
(Compounds) (Characteristics)
(A) O (p) Mesomeric effect / resonance
(B) Ph–CH=CH–CH3 (q) Inductive effect.
(C) (r) Hyperconjugative effect
(D) (s) Nonpolar
(t) Polar

1. The most unlikely representation of resonance structures of p-nitrophenoxide ion is :
(A) (B) (C) (D)

2. In which delocalisation of positive charge is possible ?
–
NH H H OH O
3 2
N 

(A) (B) (C) (D)
3. Decreasing order of potential energy of the following cations is :
(I) (II) (III)

(A) II > I > III (B) I > II > III (C) III > II > I (D) II > III > I
4. Stability order of the following species ?
(A) > >  (B) > >  (C) > >  (D) > > 
5. In which of the following first resonating structure is more stable than the second ?
(A)  (B) 
(C) CH2=CH–NH2  (D) 
6. Which of the following is incorrect for stability of structures.

O¯ O¯
| |
(A) CH3  CH  CH  CH2 > CH3  C  CH  CH3 (B) <

(C) > (D) CH2  CH  CH  CH  C H2 >
7. Least contributing resonating structure of nitroethene is :
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
8. Which of the following statement is correct ?
(A) In the dianion , all the C–C bonds are of same length but C–O bonds are of different length
(B) In the dianion, all C–C bonds are of same length and also all C–O bonds are of same lengths
(C) In the dianion, all C–C bond lengths are not of same length
(D) None of the above

9. The decreasing order of bond length of C=C bond in the following compounds is:
I II III IV
(A) II > I > IV > III (B) III > I > II > IV (C) IV > II > I > III (D) IV > I > II > III
10. Which of the following is correct about the following compound
(Naphthalene)
(A) All the C-C bond length are same
(B) C1–C2 bond length is shorter than C2–C3 bond length
(C) C1–C2 bond length is greater than C2–C3 bond length
(D) All the C-C bond length are equal to C-C bond length of benzene
11. The correct order of +M effect of ‘N’ containing functional group on benzene ring, amongst the given compounds
is
(A) I > II > IV > III (B) II > I > III > IV (C) I > II > III > IV (D) IV > III > II > I
12. In which case the -bond pair and  bond pair of electrons both are attracted in the same direction, (towards
same atom.) :
(A) H2C=CH–Cl (B) CH3–CH2–NH2 (C) H2C=CH–CH=O (D) H2C=CH–OCH3
13. The correct stability order of given resonating structures is :
(A) I > II > III > IV (B) IV > III > II > I (C) I = II = III = IV (D) II = III > I = IV
14. The longest C — N bond length in the given compound is :
(A) x (B) y (C) z (D) w

15. Select the correct order of heat of hydrogenation ?
(I) (II)
(III) (IV)
(A) I > II > III > IV (B) IV > III > II > I (C) II > III > IV > I (D) II > III > I > IV
16. does not involve :

(A) –p overlap (B) –* overlap (C) p–p overlap (D) p–d overlap
17. Stability of -bond in following alkenes in the increasing order is :
CH3–CH = CH – CH3
(I) (II) (III) (IV)

(A) I < III < IV < II (B) I < II < III < IV (C) IV < III < II < I (D) II < III < IV < I
18.
In this molecules, -electron density is more on :

(A) C1 and C3 (B) C2 and C4 (C) C2 and C3 (D) C1 and C4
19. If the given compound is planar. Select the correct statement.
(A) The boron is sp2 hybridized and the p–orbital contains an unshared pair of electron
(B) The boron is sp2 hybridized and a hybrid orbital contains an unshared pair of electron.
(C) The boron in sp2 hybridized and hybrid orbital is vacant
(D) The boron is sp2 hybridized and the p–orbital is vacant
20. The correct order of electron density in aromatic ring of following compounds is :
I II III IV
(A) IV > III > II > I (B) I > II > III > IV (C) IV > II > I > III (D) IV > II > III > I

1. Among the given sets , how many of the following not represents the resonating structure :
(i) and H–O–CN
(ii) and H–O–CN
(iii) and
(iv) and H–N=C=O
(v) and
(vi) CH2 = CH–NH2 and
(vii) and
2. How many of the following species can show resonance.
CH2 = CH – Cl , CH2 = CH –CH2– Cl,
3. How many groups (attached with benzene ring) can show +M effect ?
, , , , ,
, , , ,
4. Identify the number of compounds in which positive charge will be delocalised ?

5. In how many of the following cases, the negative charge is delocalised?
.. CH3
–
..
6. In how many of the following compounds Hyperconjugation effect is observed -
(A) C6H5–CH = CH2 (B) Ph–CH3 (C)
(D) (E) (F)
(G) (H) (I)
7. How many of the following compounds is/are aromatic ?
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
(v) (vi) (vii) (viii)
(ix) (x) (xi)
8. Total number of moelcules which are antiaromatic ?
+ +
(a) (b) (c) (d)

+
H H
Cyclopropenyl Cyclobutenyl
cation di-cation

+
(e) (f) (g) (h)

Tropylium cation
(Cycloheptatrienyl
cation)
H
H H
(i) (j) (k) H
H
H
[18] Annulene
9. Find the number of carbon atoms including the given structure which can have negative change in resonating
structures. (The structure with charge reperating are not accepted)
10. Observe the following compound and write the number of hydrogen atom involved in hyperconjugation ?
11. Find the total number of positions where positive charge can be delocalized by true resonance
. (Excluding the given position)

1. Which statement is/are true about resonance ?
(A) It decreases the energy of system.
(B) The hybridisation of atoms do not change due to resonance
(C) Resonance hybrid is more stable than any resonating structure.
(D) Resonanting structures can not be isolated at any temperature
2. Which of the following statement is incorrect about resonance ?

(A) The most stable structure explains all the characteristics of a species.
(B) All resonating structures remain in equilibrium.
(C) Resonance hybrid has maximum similarity with most stable resonating structure.
(D) Resonance hybrid is real.

3. In which of the following pairs of compounds, will second structure have more contribution to resonance
hybrid than first ?
(A) & (B) &
(C) & (D) &
4. In which of the following pairs of resonating structures first resonating structure is more stable than second?
(A)  (B) 
(C)  (D) 
5. In which of the following compounds delocalisation of electrons and shifting of electron in the same direction?
(A) (B) CH3–NH–NO2
H
|
(C) CH2=CH–CH=CH–NO2 (D) H2N – C  CH2
6. Which of the following groups cannot participate in resonance with benzene :


(A) – COOH (B) COO (C) – NH3 (D) – COCl
7. Which of the following is/are correct :
(A) is antiaromatic (B) is aromatic
(C) is aromatic (D) is aromatic

8. Which of the following is/are correct statement :
(A) > > e– density
(B) > > e– density
(C) , , all are aromatic
(D) > > dipole moment
9. The correct orders for bond length are :
(A) (a > a) (B) (b = b)
(C) (c > c) (D) (d > d)
Read the following passage carefully and answer the questions.
Hydrogenation of unsaturated hydrocarbons is an exothermic reaction. Due to hyperconjugation and resonance
the stability of unsaturated hydrocarbons increases and the increase in stability is more due to resonance.
Compound with same number of -bonds and more stability has lower heat of hydrogenation.
Heat of formation is defined as the energy evolved when a molecule is formed from its atoms. For isomers the
more stable compound has higher heat of formation.
1. The correct heat of hydrogenation order is :
(p) 1, 3-Pentadiene (q) 1, 3-Butadiene
(r) 2, 3-Dimethyl-1,3-butadiene (s) Propadiene
(A) p > q > r > s (B) s > q > p > r (C) q > s > p > r (D) s > p > q > r
2. The order of heat of formation of the following molecules is :
(A) I > II > III > IV (B) II > III > IV > I (C) IV > II > III > I (D) IV > III > II > I

EXERCISE - 1
PART - I
A-1. (1) (2) (3)
(4) CH3 CH2 CH2 Li (5) CH3 CH2 CH2 MgBr (6)
(7) (8) CH3 COOH (9) (10)
B-1. (P), (R), (S) B-2. 8

C-1. (P) I – minor , II – major ; (Q) I – minor , II – major ;
(R) I – minor , II – major ; (S) I – minor , II – major
C-2. (P) I > II ; (Q) II > I ; (R) I > II ; (S) II > I
D-1. (i) +m : – I < – Br < – Cl < – F (ii) +m : –OH < –NH2 <
D-2. (i) –m : –COOR < –COR < CHO < CN < NO2 (ii) –m : < <
O
||
O — S — OH
D-3.
have + M group.
E-1. SIR effect increases with the size of ortho group. The order of SIR effect is o-iodo benzoic acid > o-bromo
benzoic acid > o-chloro benzoic acid.
F-1. It is delocalisation of sigma electron with p-orbital. It may take place in alkenes, alkynes, carbocations, free
radicals, alkelyl benzene.
Necessary Condition : Presence of at least one hydrogen at saturated carbon which is  with respect to
alkene, alkynes, carbocation, free radical, benzene nucleus.
Propene 

F-2. (A) 0 (B) 2 (C) 0 (D) No hyperconjugation
(E ) 0 (F) 0 (G) 6 (H) 9
(I) 3 (J) 10 (K) 0 (L) 10
G-1. Those molecules are aromatic which have very high resonance energy. Only those molecules has sufficiently
high amount of resonance energy to become aromatic which
(a) are cyclic
(b) are planar
(c) contains (4n +2) number of  -electrons in ring.
(d) must have cyclic resonance between (4n + 2) number of -electrons
Where n = 0,1,2,3,4 ..........
G-2. Aromatic : (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (h), (l)
Antiaromatic : (g), (i), (j), (m)
Nonaromatic : (k)
G-3. Cyclooctatetraene is nonplanar to avoid its anti aromaticity and it becomes tub-shaped structure.
H-1. (III) > (II) > (IV) > (I)

+m group increases electron density and – m group decreases electron density in aromatic ring.
H-2. p>q>r
PART - II
A-1. (B) A-2. (B) A-3. (D) A-4. (B) A-5. (D)
A-6. (A) B-1. (A) B-2. (D) B-3. (D) B-4. (D)
B-5. (A) B-6. (A) B-7. (C) B-8. (C) B-9. (B)
B-10. (A) B-11. (B) B-12. (B) B-13. (A) C-1. (B)
C-2. (D) C-3. (D) C-4. (B) C-5. (A) C-6. (C)
C-7. (C) D-1. (C) D-2. (B) D-3. (A) D-4. (D)
D-5. (B) E-1. (C) E-2. (C) F-1. (D) F-2. (D)
F-3. (B) F-4. (C) F-5. (C) F-6. (A) G-1. (C)
G-2. (B) G-3. (D) H-1. (A) H-2. (B) H-3. (D)
H-4. (A)
PART - III
1. (A) - p,q,r,t ; (B) - p,q,r,t ; (C) - p,q,r,t ; (D) - p,q,s
EXERCISE - 2
PART - I
1. (C) 2. (D) 3. (A) 4. (A) 5. (C)
6. (A) 7. (C) 8. (B) 9. (B) 10. (B)
11. (C) 12. (C) 13. (D) 14. (D) 15. (B)
16. (D) 17. (A) 18. (B) 19. (D) 20. (D)

PART - II
1. 5 (i, iii, iv, v, vii) 2. 8 (ii, iii, iv, vi, vii, viii, ix, xi) 3. 5 (i, ii, v, vi, ix)
4. 5 (i, iii, v, vi, vii) 5. 5 (i, ii, iv, vi, ix) 6. 3 (B, C & G).
7. 6 (i, iv, v, vi, vii, x)
8. 3
Aromatic – a, c, g, h, i, j, k. ; Antiaromatic – b, d, e ; Nonaromatic – f
9. 6 10. 9 11. 2
PART - III
1. (ABCD) 2. (AB) 3. (ABC) 4. (BC) 5._ (BC)
6._ (C) 7. (BD) 8. (AD) 9. (ABD)
PART - IV
1. (B) 2. (C)

This Section is not meant for classroom discussion. It is being given to promote self-study and self
testing amongst the Resonance students.

above.
1. Stability of -bond in following alkenes in the increasing order is :
CH3–CH = CH – CH3
(I) (II) (III) (IV)

(1) I < III < IV < II (2) I < II < III < IV (3) IV < III < II < I (4) II < III < IV < I
2. Select the correct statement regarding the following compounds :
(I) (II)
(1) II has a greater dipole moment than I (2) Covalent character of II is less than I
(3) I is more soluble in polar solvent than II (4) None of these
3. Which of the following resonating structure of 1-Methoxy-1,3-butadiene is least stable ?
+ +
(1) CH2 – CH = CH – CH = O – CH3 (2) CH2 = CH – CH – CH = O – CH3
+ +
(3) CH2 – CH – CH = CH – O – CH3 (4) CH2=CH – CH– CH–OCH3
4. Select the correct option related to stability of following structures.
(1) > (2) <
O
||
(3) < (4) > CF3 – C – O

5. The minimum magnitude of heat of hydrogenation per mole of molecule is -
(1) (2) (3) (4)
6. The decreasing order of electron density on the ring is :
(I) (II) (III) (IV)
(1) (II) > (III) > (IV) > (I) (2) (IV) > (I) > (II) > (III)
(3) (IV) > (I) > (III) > (II) (4) (I) > (III) > (IV) > (II)
7. Hyperconjugation observed in
(1) (2) (3) (4)
8. The number of hyperconjugable hydrogen atoms of following species are respectively :

(P) (Q) CH3 CHCH2CH3 (R) C=CHCH3 (S) CH3CH=CHC2H5
(1) 3, 5, 9, 8 (2) 3, 5, 9, 5 (3) 5, 5, 3, 5 (4) 5, 2, 6, 5

9. In the following sets of resonating structure, label the major contributors towards resonance hybrid.
(P) (Q)
(R) (S)
(1)  (2)  (3)  (4) 

10. In which of the following C = C bond length is minimum :
(1) (2) C=CH2 (3) CH2 = CH – N (4)
11. Which of the following compound is non aromatic :
(1) (2) (3) (4)

12. Which compound has least e– density in benzene ring
(1) (2) (3) (4)
13. The order of heat of hydrogenation in following compound is :
(I) (II) (III) (IV)

(1) I < II < IV < III (2) III < IV < II < I (3) II < III < I < IV (4) II < IV < I < III
14. Resonance stabilized cation is :
(1) (2) (3) (4)
15. In HCOO–, the two carbon-oxygen bonds are found to be of equal length. What is the reason for this ?
(1) The anion is obtained by the removal of a proton from the acid molecule.
(2) Electronic orbitals of carbon atoms are hybridised.
(3) The C=O bond is weaker than C–O bond.
(4) The anion HCOO– has two equally stable resonating structures.
16. Compare C–N bond length in the following :
(1) I > II > III (2) I > III > II (3) III > II > I (4) III > I > II
17. Which of the following is false for order of –I effect :
(1) –F > –Cl > –Br > –I (2) –C  CH > –CH = CH2 > –CH2 – CH3
(3) –CCN > –C–OH (4) –Ph > –C  CH
O
18.
which resonating structure is least stable

(1) x (2) y (3) z (4) All are equivalent
19. The aromatic compound would be
(1) (2) (3) (4)

20.
Squaric acid dianion has :

(1) 4-identical resonating structure (2) C–C bond length is equal to C–O bond length
(3) 3 nonidentical resonating structure (4) Localised negative charged on oxygen
21. Which of the following benzene ring has greater electron density than
(1) (2) (3) (4)
22. Compare C–N bond length in the following
correct order is
23. Among the following aromatic compound is
(1) (2) (3) (4)
24. :
(1) Resonating structures (2) Tautomers

(3) Geometrical isomers (4) Optical isomers
25. Which is not stable at room temperature ?
(1) (2) (3) (4)
26. Correct order of stability of following alkenes is

27. All the carbon-carbon bond lengths are equal in
(1) CH2=CH–CH2–CH3 (2) (3) CH3–CH=CH–CH3 (4) CH2=CH–CH=CH2
28. The kind of delocalization involving sigma bond orbitals is called

(1) Inductive effect (2) Hyperconjugation effect
(3) Electromeric effect (4) Mesomeric effect
29. The molecule having largest dipole moment among the following is:
(1) CHI3 (2) CH4 (3) CHCI3 (4) CCI4
30. in C1–H, C2–H and C3–H the homolytic bond dissociation energy order is :
(1) C2–H > C3–H > C1–H (2) C2–H > C3–H > C1–H
(3) C2–H > C3–H > C1–H (4) C3–H > C2–H > C1–H

Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Ans.
Que. 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Ans.
Que. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans.

1. Which of the following is true about the cycloheptatrienyl free radical ? [NSEC-2000]
(A) It is an isolatable stable free radical (B) It is an aromatic free radical
(C) It has 4n + 2 electrons (D) None of these
2. Which of the following has the highest boiling point ? [NSEC-2000]
(A) 2, 2-dimethylbutane (B) 2, 3-dimethylbutane
(C) 2-methylpentane (D) pentane
3. The compound having the highest dipole moment is [NSEC-2003]
(A) (B) (C) (D)
4. The pair represention valid resonating structures is [NSEC-2003]
(A) and (B) and
(C) and (D) and

5. The aromatic compound would be [NSEC-2004]
(A) (B) (C) (D)
6. Inductive effect is a polarisation of a [NSEC-2004]

(A) sigma bond (B)  -bond (C) co-ordinate bond (D) conjugated system.
7. Match the resonance energies 67, 88 and 121 kJ mol–1 for the following compounds. [NSEC-2005]
O N S
H
I II III
(A) I - 67, II -121, III-88 (B) I -121, II-67, III- 88
(C) I - 67, II - 88, III-121 (D) I - 121, II - 88, III - 67
8. The pair of resonanating structures among the following is [NSEC-2005]
(A) R2CH – N = O R2C = N - OH (B) R2CH – R2CH -
(C) (D) R2CH – R2C=
9. Identity the aromatic compound from the following. [NSEC-2005]
(A) (B) (C) + (D)
10. [NSEC-2006]
The sequence of decreasing aromaticity in the above compounds is

(A) I > II > III (B) I > III > II (C) II > III > I (D) III > II >I.
11. Which of the following species is aromatic? [NSEC-2006]
(A) (B) (C) (D)
12. Following is an example of [NSEC-2006]
(A) hyperconjugation (B) tautomerism (C) resonance (D) inductive effect.

13. From the two pairs a and b of resonance structure given below, designate the ones that would contribute
most to the resonace hybrid [NSEC-2007]
(A) I & II (B) I & IV (C) II & III (D) II & IV
14. The carbonation (CH3)3C+ is stabilized primarily by : [NSEC-2007]

(A) hyperconjugation (B) tautomerism (C) resonance (D) conjugation
15. Identify the odd species out (Which of the species among the following is different from others ?)
[NSEC-2007]
(A) (B) (C) (D)
16. Which of the following represents the true order of bond dissociation energy of the indicated C-H bond of the
following molecules ? [NSEC-2007]
(A) I < II < IV < III (B) III < IV < II  >  (D)  <  < 
18. The order of decreasing stability is : [NSEC-2011]
(A) IV > I > II > III (B) I > IV > III > II (C) I > II > IV > III (D) IV > II > I > III
19. Which of the following structure is aromatic ? [NSEC-2013]
+
NH
II III IV
I
(A) Structures I and II (B) Structure I only (C) Structures II only (D) Structure III only
20. Which of the following is most stable ? [NSEC-2013]
(A) 2, 3 Dimethyl-1,2-butene (B) 2-Butene
(C) 2-Methyl-1,2-butene (D) 1-Butene

21. Which of the following is not a resonating structure for the phenoxide ion ? [NSEC-2013]
I II III IV
(A) I (B) II (C) III (D) IV
22. Among the following compound that is not aromatic is [NSEC-2014]
(A) (B) (C) (D)
23. At normal temperature, X and Y are [NSEC-2014]

OH O
OH O
X Y
(A) resonance structures (B) tautomers
(C) functional isomers (D) positional isomers

A. General %
3. Each part consists of four sections.
is correct.
C. Marking Scheme
8. For each question in Section 1 and 4 you will be awarded 3 marks if you darken the bubble corresponding
be awarded.

1. The correct order of increasing bond length of C–H, C–O, C–C and C=C is :
(A) C–H < C=C < C–O < C–C (B) C–C < C=C < C–O < C–H
(C) C–O < C–H < C–C < C=C (D) C–H < C–O < C–C < C=C
2. Which of the following compound(s) is/are an aromatic compounds?
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
(A) I, II and III (B) III and IV (C) IV only (D) I, III and IV
3. Which of the following resonating structure of 1-methoxy-1,3-butadiene is most stable :
   
(A) CH2 – CH  CH – CH  O– CH3 (B) CH  CH – CH – CH  O– CH
2 3
   
(C) CH2  CH – CH – CH – O– CH3 (D) CH  CH – CH – CH – O – CH
2 3
4. Which of the following has shortest C–Cl bond ?
(A) CH3–Cl (B) CH2=CH–Cl (C) (D) CH2=CH–CH=CH–Cl
5. Some meta - directing substituents in aromatic substitution are given. Which one is most deactivating ?
(A) –SO3H (B) –COOH (C) –NO2 (D) –CN
6. In which of the following molecules -electron density in ring is minimum :
(A) (B) (C) (D)
7.
The most stable canonical structure of this molecule is :
(A) (B) (C) (D) All are equally stable
8. Give the correct order of magnitude of heat of hydrogenation of the following :
(I) (II) (III) (IV)
(A) I < IV < III < II (B) IV < III < I < II (C) IV > > (B) > > >
(C) < < < (D) > > >
11. In which cases delocalisation of charge is possible?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
12. The acceptable resonating structure(s) of the following molecule is/are :
(A) (B)
(C) (D)

13.
Among these canonical structures of pyridine, the correct order of stability is/are :
(A) (II = IV) > (I = V) (B) (I = V) > (II = IV)
(C) III > (II = IV) (D) (II = IV) > III
14. Which of the following statement is/are correct?
(A) Contributing structures contributes to the resonance hybrid is directly proportional of their energies.
(B) Equivalent contributing structures make the resonance very important.
(C) Contributing structures represent hypothetical molecules having no real existance.
(D) Contributing structures are less stable than the resonance hybrid.

15. Find total number of the position where positive charge can be delocalized by true resonance.
(Excluding the given position)
16. Find the number of carbon atoms including the given structure which can have negative charge in resonating
structures. (The structures with charge separation are not accptable)
17. In given pairs no. of pairs in which  compound is more stable than .
(i) (ii) > (iii)
(iv) > (v) > (vi) >
18. How many species out of the following are aromatic?

19. Match the column :

Column-I Column-II
P. 1. Aliphatic Hydrocarbon
Q. 2. Anti aromatic
R. 3. Aromatic
S. 4. Alicyclic Compound
Code :
P Q R S P Q R S
(A) 3 1 4 2 (B) 1 2 4 3
(C) 2 1 3 4 (D) 3 2 1 4

Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Ans.
Que. 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Ans.
PART - IV : INDIAN NATIONAL CHEMISTRY OLYMPIAD (INChO) STAGE - II

Problem = 1.
Cyclooctatetraene and Aromaticity : The chemists in the early 1900s believed that the only
requirement of aromaticity was the presence of a cyclic conjugated system. Cyclooctatetraene.
(A) defied this assumption. It was first prepared by German chemist Richard Willstater in 1911
and found to resemble an open chain polyene ! (INChO-2005)
1.1 Draw the structure of cyclooctatetraene A. (INChO-2005)
1.2 Cyclooctaetraene is expected to have – (INChO-2005)

(A) a planar structure (B) a tub-shaped structure
(C) open chain isomeric structure (D) tautomeric bicyclic structure
Problem 2 (INChO-2008)
UNSATURATED COMPOUNDS
Alkenes and alkynes are collectively referred to as unsaturated compounds, as they contain less hydrogen
atoms compared to the corresponding alkanes. Alkenes are also called olefins. a term derived from oleflant
gas, meaning oil forming gas. This term originated due to the oily appearance of alkene derivatives. Compared
to alkenes, alkynes are not so common in nature, but some plants use alkynes to protect themselves
against diseases or predators.

2.1 Heats of Hydrogenation indicates the relative stabililty of alkenes match the list of compounds given in
column A with the corresponding heats of hydrogenation listed in column-B. [2.5 marks]
Column-A Column-B(kcal mol–1)
(a) CH2 = CHCH2CH= CH2 (i) –226
(b) CH3–CH=C=CH–CH3 (ii) –119
(c) (iii) –295
(d) (iv) –252
(e) CH2=CH–CH=CH–CH3 (v) –113
Problem 3 (INChO- 2008))

Aromatic compounds
In 1825, Michael Faraday isolated benzene for the first time from the oily mixture that condensed from
illuminating gas (the fuel burnt in gas lights) Subsequently many compounds related to benzene were
discovered. These compounds had typical odours (aroma) and hence this group of compounds was called
aromatic.
3.1 As per Hukel’s rule of aromaticity, a cyclic compound is aromatic if it is conjugated, planar and has (4n+ 2)
electrons, where , n is a positive integer, including zero. Similar compounds possessing (4n) electrons are
highly unstable are called antiaromatic compounds. It is interesting that compounds adjust their 3D and
electronic structures to lower energies. Answer the following by marking X in the correct box. [3 marks]
(i) Compound is
••
N
(ii) Compounds
••
N
H
(iii) The preferred structure of cyclooctatetraene is
(iv) has dipole moment Yes No
(v) is Acidic Basic Neutral

(vi) The compound having higher dipole moment is [3 marks]
(a) (b)
Problem 4
Carboxylic acid derivatives
Carboxylic acids occur widely in nature. Common carboxylic acid derivatives used as synthons for organic
synthesis are acid chlorides, esters and amides. However, reactivities of these species are different.
4.1 Draw the resonance structures (Lewis) of amide and ester. ((INChO- 2010))
[2 marks]
4.2 The correct order of resonance stabilization is : (INChO- 2010))

(a) Acid Chloride > Amide > Ester
(b) Ester > Amide > Acid Chloride
(c) Amide > Ester > Acid Chloride
(d) Acid Chloride > Ester > Amide
(e) Amide > Acid Chloride > Ester [0.5 mark]
Problem 5 [IChO, 2012]
Heterocyclic compounds
Heterocyclic compounds occupy an important status in organic chemistry. Many of them have important
biological properties. They can be aromatic or non-aromatic. Due to the presence of atoms other than carbon
in them, they differ markedly from carbocyclic aromatic compounds.
5.1 Among the heterocyclic compounds listed below, the compounds that is/are aromatic in nature is/are
A B C D
5.2 Draw all the significantly contributing resonance structures of pyrrole (K).

PART - V : (INTERNATIONAL CHEMISTRY OLYMPIAD (IChO)) STAGE - V
1. The guanidine group in tetrodotoxin exhibits strong basicity. The guanidinium ion
resulting from protonation on the guanidine group is stabilized by the existence of
the following resonance. Draw two resonance structures B and C. [ICHO, 2010]
B C
2.1 Draw resonance structures that explain electronic structure of benzene :

2.2 Non-Benzoid aromatic system :
Since the discovery of benzene, a lot of compounds have been identified that behave similarly. They all have
some common features. According to Huckel’s rule, an aromatic system must have the following properties:
* cyclic
* fully conjugated
* planar
* (4n + 2)  electrons
2.3 Write down the number of -electrons in each of the compounds shown below.
2.4 Which compounds are aromatic ?

Let us now considder some examples of how aromaticity influences the chemical properties of molecules.
2.5 Which of the following two compounds would you expect to have a greater dipole moment ? Support your
answer by writing the corresponding (plausible) resonance structures.
(a) (b)
2.6 Which of the following three compounds can be protonated more easily ? Assign the three pK b values (8.8,
13.5, 3.1) to these three compounds :
(x)
(y)
(z)

PART - I
1. (1) 2. (3) 3. (4) 4. (3) 5. (4)
6. (3) 7. (4) 8. (2) 9. (3) 10. (2)

11. (1) 12. (3) 13. (2) 14. (3) 15. (4)
16. (1) 17. (4) 18. (3) 19. (3) 20. (1)
21. (3) 22. (1) 23. (3) 24. (1) 25. (3)
26. (3) 27. (2) 28. (2) 29. (3) 30. (4)
PART - II
1. (D) 2. (C) 3. (B) 4. (A) 5. (C)
6. (A) 7. (C) 8. (B) 9. (A) 10. (B)
11. (B) 12. (C) 13. (D) 14. (A) 15. (B)
16. (A) 17. (C) 18. (A) 19. (B) 20. (A)
21. (D) 22. (D) 23. (B)
PART - III
1. (A) 2. (D) 3. (B) 4. (C) 5. (C)
6. (D) 7. (C) 8. (C) 9. (ACD) 10. (ABC)
11. (BCD) 12. (AB) 13. (BD) 14. (BCD) 15. 10

16. 7 17. 4 (i, ii, iv, v) 18. 5 (i, ii, iv, vii, viii) 19. (A)
PART - IV
1.1 1.2 (B)
2.1 (a – iv) ; (b – iii) ; (c – i) ; (d – ii) ; (e – v)
3.1 (i) aromatic (ii) aromatic (iii)
(iv) yes (v) acidic (vi) (a)
4.1

4.2 (c) Amide > Ester > Acid Chloride
5.1 (B, C)
5.2
PART - V
1.
2.1 Kekule originally suggested two equilibrating structures with alternating single and double bonds. According
to Kekule, the single bonds would be longer than the double bonds and the structures would have irregular
hexagonal shapes. Spectroscopy, however, has shown that benzene has a planar ring, with all the carbon-
carbon bond distanes having the same length of 1.39 Å (C–C typically 1.48 Å, C = C typically 1.34 Å). Since
there are equal distances between the atoms, and the locations of the  electrons in the two kekule structures
are the only difference, they are in fact resonance structures.
2.1 & 2.2 Each double bond negative charge and each heteroatom (O, N) with lone pairs donates 2-electrons. Boron
or a positive charge does not donate any electrons to the -system but provide an empty p-Orbital for
delocalization.
2.3 & 2.4
6 6 8 6 6 6 4
a a na a a na Anti-aromatic
a = aromatic ; na = non-aromatic according to Huckel’s rule
2.5 (a)  
6 4 8 2
(b)  
6 6 8 4
Charge separation is more favourable in compound (b), because there is one mesomeric resonance structure
in which both rings are formally aromatic according to Hucke’s rule. In all other resonance structures at least
one of the rings is formally antiaromatic (4n -electrons). Hence, compound (b) resemble electronically a
cycloheptatrienyl cation fused to a cyclopentadiene anion and therefore possesses a large dipole moment.

2.6 p|Kb = 13.5
The lone pair of nitrogen in pyrrole is involved in the aromatic -system. Protonation destroys the aromatic
sextet (only 4-electrons left, -system not fully conjugated any more, because the protonated nitrogen is
sp3-hybridized). Pyrrole is hence only a very weak base.
pKb = 8.8
The lone pair of nitrogen in pyridine is not involved in the aromatic -system; protonation is easier than in
pyrrole. Nitrogen, however, is sp2-hybridized and therefore less electronegative and more difficult to protonate
than in a normal amine in which nitrogen is sp3-hybridized.
pKb = 3.1
Triethyl amine is the most basic compound in this series. The higher the p-character of the lone pair, the
easier is protonation.
PART - I
1. Stability  Number of hyperconjugative H-atoms.
2.
both rings are aromatic so, it will be polar in nature.

3. In (4) negative charge and lone pair on adjacent position.
11.
sp3, N-atom, nonpolar molecule so, it will be non-aromatic.
1
13. Heat of hydrogenation  .
stability of alkene
(III & IV have both resonance and hyperconjugation where as I and II have only hyperconjugation.)
14.

15.
In HCOO– , the two carbon oxygen bonds are of equal length because the anion HCOO – has two equally
stable resonating structures.
22. C–N bond length  by increasing extent of delocalisation of -electrons.
25. Anti aromatic compounds are unstable at room temperature.
1
30. Dissociation energy 
stability of free radical
PART - III
7. is aromatic and has complete octet of all atoms.
10. On the basis of electronic effect.
11. (nitrogen does not have empty p/d orbitals).
12. A & B are proper resonating structures while C & D violate octet rule.
15.
16.
The negative charge is delocalised on the marked carbon atoms (1 - 7).

18. Aromatic species are :

II
General Organic Chemistry - II [201]


Section (A) : Carbanions
A-1. Arrange the following in decreasing order of stability.
(a) (b)
A-2. Arrange the following in decreasing order of stability.

..
.. CH3
–
(a) ..
.. CH3
–
1 2 3 4
(b)
.. ..
(c) CCl3 CF3
1 2
Section (B) : Carbon free radicals

B-1. Rank the following free radicals in increasing order of their stability and give appropriate reasons.
B-2. Arrange the following free radicals in decreasing order of stability :

 
CH3 – CH2 CH3
I IV
Section (C) : Carbocations

C-1. Arrange the following carbocations in decreasing order of their stability :
(I) (II) (III) (IV)
   
(P) CH3—CH2— CH2 CH3 — CH — CH2 CH3 — CH — CH2 CH3 — CH — CH2
| | |
F Br Cl
(Q)
(R)

C-2. Which of the following carbocation is more stable and why ?
(I) (II)
C-3. Draw the structures of P and Q.
Section (D) : Basic Strength

D-1. Compare the basic strength of the following compounds :
C2H5O– C2H5– C2H5NH– NH2– F–
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)
D-2. Compare the basic strength of the following compounds :

(a) PhNH2 Ph2NH Ph3N
(b)

N
 N
–
:NH2
–
H
(c) Ph–CH2–CH2–NH2
D-3. Which of the following group is most basic in the given compounds :
D-4. Which of the following is a stronger base ? Give reason to justify your answer.
Section (E) : Acidic Strength

E-1. Which ‘H’ atom is most acidic in the following compounds.
(I) (II) (III)

E-2. Arrange the following in decreasing order of acidity.
E-3. The given compound X = is a strong acid. Justify this statement.
Section (F) : Feasible Reactions of Acids and Bases

F-1. Which of the follwing reactions is/are feasible ?
(a) CH3COOH + HCOONa  (b) HC  C – Na + H2O 
(c) +  (d) + 
F-2. Which of the following reaction is feasible ?
(a)
(b) +  NH3 +
(c) +  +

N H2 CH2 NH CH2
|| || || || 
(d) NH2  C  NH2 + CH3  C  NH2  NH2  C  NH2 + CH3  C  NH3
F-3. Which of the following acids (given below) react with NaHCO3 and liberate CO2(g) ?
CCl3–COOH CH3–CH2–OH HCl

Section (G) : Tautomerism
G-1. Which of the following compounds can exhibit tautomerism ?
CH3
– –
(A) CH3 – C – C – H (B) Ph – C – CH3 (C) (D)
CH3 O O
O O
O
(E) (F) (G) (H)
O
G-2. Write the tautomers of the following compounds :
(P) (Q) CH3 – CH = NH (R) (S)
G-3. Monocarbonyl compounds have very small percentage enol form at equilibrium. Explain.

Section (A) : Carbanions
A-1. Which of the following is the least stable carbanion ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
A-2. The most stable anion is :
(A) (B) (C) (D)
A-3. In which of the following pairs of carbanion the first one is more stable than second.
(A) , (B) ,
(C) , (D) ,
A-4. Arrange the following carbanions in decreasing order of stability :
I II III IV
(A) III > I > IV > I (B) III > II > I > IV
(C) I > III > II > IV (D) III > I > II > IV

A-5. The most stable anion is :
(A) (B) (C) (D)
A-6. Arrange the following carbanions in increasing order of stability :
(A) III > IV > I > II (B) I > III > IV > II (C) I > II > III > IV (D) I > IV > III > II
Section (B) : Carbon free radicals

B-1. Among the following, the paramagnetic species is :
(A) Free radical (B) Carbonium ion (C) Carbanion (D) All the three
B-2. The stability of given free radicals in decreasing order is :

  
(i) CH3– C H2 (ii) CH3– C H –CH3 (iii) (iv) C H3
(A) iii > iv > i > ii (B) i > ii > iii > iv (C) iii > ii > iv > i (D) iii > ii > i > iv
B-3. Which of the following is the correct order of stability of free radicals?
(A) benzyl > allyl > 2º > 1º (B) allyl > benzyl > 2º > 1º
(C) allyl > 2º > 1º >benzyl (D) benzyl > 2º > 1º > allyl
B-4. Most stable radical among the following is :
(A) (B) (C) (D)
B-5. Arrange the following radicals in decreasing order of their stability.
(I) (II) (III) (IV)
(A) IV > I > III > II (B) IV > III > II > I (C) I > II > III > IV (D) IV > III > I > II
B-6. Least stable radical among the following is :
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Section (C) : Carbocations

C-1. The most unstable carbocation is :
   
(A) CH3 C H2 (B) Cl – CH2 – C H2 (C) C H2 – CHO (D) C H2 – O – CH3

C-2. The most stable carbocation is :
(A) (B) (C) (D)
C-3. Which of the following shows the correct order of decreasing stability ?

(A) > > > CH3 – C H2

(B) > > > CH3 – C H2

(C) > > > CH3 – C H2

(D) > > CH3 – C H2 >
C-4. Which of the following is the rearranged more stable carbocation of the given species ?
CH3
| 
CH3 – C – C H  CH3 
|
CH3
CH3 CH3
| | 
(A) CH3 – C – C H – CH3 (B) CH3 – C – C H2 – C H2
|  |
CH3 CH3
CH3 CH3 CH3

| | | 
(C) CH3 – C — C H – CH3 (D) CH3 – CH – CH  C H2
 |
CH3
C-5. Most stable rearranged form of given carbocations is :
(A) (B)
(C) (D)

C-6. Which of the following in the rearranged more stable carbocation of the given species?
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
Section (D) : Basic Strength

D-1. The correct basic strength order of following anions is :
(A) > > > > >
(B) > > > > >
(C) > > > > >
(D) > > > > >
D-2. Which of the following shows the correct order of decreasing basicity in gas phase ?
(A) (CH3)3N > (CH3)2NH > CH3NH2 > NH3
(B) (CH3)2NH > (CH3)3N > CH3NH2 > NH3
(C) (CH3)2NH > CH3NH2 > (CH3)3N > NH3
(D) (CH3)2NH > CH3NH2 > NH3 > (CH3)3N
D-3. Find the order of basic strength. (if R = Me) ?

(I) R4 N  OH¯ (II) R3N (III) R2NH (IV) RNH2
(A) I > III > IV > II (B) IV > III > I > II (C) II > IV > III > I (D) II > IV > I > III
D-4. Which of the following cannot be a base ?
CH3  C  NH2
(A) (B) (C) (D)
||
O

D-5. Select the basic strength order of following molecules ?
(I) Piperidine (II) Pyridine (III) Morpholine (IV) Pyrrole

(A) (IV) > (I) > (III) > (IV) (B) (III) > (I) > (IV) > (II)
(C) (II) > (I) > (III) > (IV) (D) (I) > (III) > (II) > (IV)
D-6. Arrange the following in increasing order of pKa value ?
(I) (II) (III)
(A) II IV > I > III (B) III > I > IV > II (C) III > IV > I > II (D) II > I > IV > III
D-8. Select the basic strength order of following molecule :
(A) II > III > IV > I (B) II > IV > III > I
(C) IV > II > III > I (D) IV > III > I > II
Section (E) : Acidic Strength

E-1. Among the following compounds, the strongest acid is :
(A) HC  CH (B) C6H6 (C) C2H6 (D) CH3OH
E-2. Which of the following is not correct decreasing Ka order.

(A) CH4 > NH3 > H2O > HF (B) CH3–OH > CH3–NH2 > CH3–F > CH3–CH3
(C) HI > HBr > HCl > HF (D) PhOH > H2O > C2H5OH > CH3–CCH
E-3. Which of the following acid has the smallest dissociation constant ?
(A) (B) O2N–CH2–CH2–COOH
(C) Cl–CH2–CH2–COOH (D) NC–CH2–CH2–COOH

E-4. Find the strongest acid among the following compounds is :
(A) HOOC–(CH2)2–COOH (B) H3N –(CH2)2–COOH
(C) F–(CH2)2–COOH (D) CH3–(CH2)2–COOH
E-5. Which of the following option shows the correct order of decreasing acidity :
(A) PhCO2H > PhSO3H > PhCH2OH > PhOH (B) PhSO3H > PhOH > PhCH2OH > PhCO2H
(C) PhCO2H > PhOH > PhCH2OH > PhSO3H (D) PhSO3H > PhCO2H > PhOH > PhCH2OH
E-6. Arrange increasing order of acidic strength of following dibasic acids :

(I) oxalic acid, (II) succinic acid, (III) malonic acid, (IV) adipic acid
(A) III < II I > IV (C) I > III > II > IV (D) II > I > III < IV
Section (F) : Acidic strength of Phenol
F-1.
I II III
Arrange above phenol in increasing order of pKa value :
(A) I < II < III (B) III II > III (B) II > I > III (C) I > III > II (D) III > I > II
G-2. Arrange the following compounds in increasing order of their acidic strength.
COOH COOH OH
CH3 Cl
II III IV
(A) IV < II < I < III (B) I < II < III < IV (C) IV < II < III < I (D) I < III < II < IV
G-3. Find the order of Ka of following compounds :
COOH COOH COOH COOH

NO2
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)
NO2
NO2
(A) I < II < III < IV < V (B) IV < I < III < II < V (C) III < II < I < IV < V (D) II < I < III < IV < V

Section (H) : Feasible Reactions of Acids and Bases
H-1. 1 Mole of CH COONa

3
      

The products will be :
(A) + CH3COOH (B) + CH3COOH
(C) + CH3COOH (D) Reaction is not feasible
H-2. Which of the following reactions is not feasible ?
(A) + NaHCO3  + H2O + CO2
(B) + NaHCO3  + H2O + CO2
(C) + NaHCO3  + H2O + CO2
(D) +  +
H-3. Which of the following will accept H+ from NH4+ ion.
(A) (B) (C) (D) CH3–CH2–NH2

H-4. Product
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
Section (I) : Tautomerism

I-1. Keto-enol tautomerism does not observe in :
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
I-2. The enolic form of acetone contains :

(A) 9  bonds, 1  bond and 2 lone pairs (B) 8  bond, 2  bond and 2 lone pairs
(C) 10  bond, 1  bond and 1 lone pair (D) 9  bond, 2  bond and 1 lone pair
I-3. Molecule can be enolised by which hydrogen ?
(A) y–H (B) z–H (C) both (D) None of these
I-4. Which among the following compound will give maximum enol content in solution :
O O
(A) (B) CH3 – C – CH2 – C – CH3
O O
(C) CH 3 – C – CH 2 – CH 2 – CH 3 (D) CH 3 – C – CH 2 – COOC 2H 5
I-5. Arrange the following in decreasing order of percentage enol content.
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
(A) I > II > III > IV (B) II > I > III > IV (C) II > III > I > IV (D) III > II > IV > I

1. Match the column :
Column-I (Keto) Column-II (% enol)
(A) CH3 – CH = O (x) 95 %
(B) (y) 76 %
(C) (z) 0.0001 %
(D) (w) 7.2 %
2. Column-I Column-II
(A) NaHCO3 will react with (p)
(B) Na will react with (q)
(C) NaOH will react with (r)
(D) NaNH2 will react with (s)

1. Arrange the following carbanions in decreasing order of stability :
(A) III > II > IV > I (B) III > II > I > IV (C) III > I > II > IV (D) II > III > I > IV
2. Correct decreasing stability order of following carbanions :
I II III IV
(A) III > IV > II > I (B) IV > II > III > I (C) IV > III > II > I (D) III > II > I > IV

3. Select the most stable intermediates :
(A) (B) (C) (D)
4. Which of the following is most stable carbocation ?
(A) CH3 (B) CH3 (C) CH3 – (D)
5. The most stable carbocation is :
(A) (B)
+ +
(C) + (D) +
6. The following carbocation rearranges to
CH3 CH3
|  |
CH2  C  C  C H  CH  CH3
| |
CH3 CH3
(A) (B)
CH3 CH3
 | |
(C) (D) CH2  C  C  CH  CH  CH3
| |
CH3 CH3
7. Correct basic strength order is :
NH2 NH2 NH – Et NH2

Et NO2
p q r s
(A) r > q > p > s (B) r > p > q > s (C) q > r > p > s (D) r > q > s > p

8. The order of basic strength of the given basic nitrogen atoms is :
(A) III > II > I > IV (B) III > I > II > IV (C) I > III > II > IV (D) II > III > I > IV
9. In the labelled N-atoms which is correct basic strength order :
(A) 2 > 1 > 3 (B) 3 > 1 > 2 (C) 2 > 3 > 1 (D) All are equally basic
10. Choose the strongest base among the following :
(A) (B) (C) (D)
11. Select the basic strength order of following molecules ?
(A) III > II > I (B) II > III > I (C) I > III > II (D) III > I > II
12. Which is the weakest base among the followings ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
13. Write the order of K a1 values of following acids :
(I) (II) (III)

(A) II > III > I (B) I > III > II (C) III > II > I (D) II > I > III

14. The acid strength order is :
(A) I > IV > II > III (B) III > I > II > IV (C) II > III > I > IV (D) I > III > II > IV
15. (X) (C6H3ClBrCOOH) are a dihalosubstituted benzoic acids. The strongest acid among all isomers is -
(A) (B) (C) (D)
16. The order of acidity of the H-atoms underlined in the following compounds is in the order :
(I) (II) (III) (IV)
(A) IV>II>I>III (B) II>IV>III>I (C) III>IV>I>II (D) I>III>II>IV
17. Most acidic hydrogen is present in :
(A) (B) (C) (CH3CO)3CH (D) (CH3)3COH
18. The correct orders are :
(A) > Acid strength
(B) > Acid strength
(C) > Basic strength
(D) > Boiling point

19. Observe the following sequence of reactions :
+ CH3NH2 
 + + CH3NH2 +
(1)
Select the correct option regarding the relative basic strength (Kb) :
(A) > CH3  C  NH2 (B) > CH3  C  NH2

|| ||
NH NH
(C) CH3  C  NH2 > CH3NH2 (D) CH3NH2 >

||
NH
20. Order of Ka which can be predicted by following reaction is :
(A) NH3 > Ph3CH > C2H2 > H2O (B) H2O > HC  CH > Ph3CH > NH3
(C) HC  CH > H2O > Ph3CH > NH3 (D) Ph3CH > HC  CH > H2O > NH3
21. The gases produced in the following reactions are respectively

I : CH3NH2 + NH4Br 
II : CH3SO3H + NaHCO3 
III : CH3  C  NH2 + NaH 
||
O
(A) NH3, NH3, CO2 (B) NH3, SO2, H2 (C) NH3, SO2, NH3 (D) NH3, CO2, H2
22. Decreasing order of enol content of the following compounds in liquid phase
(A) 2 > 1 > 3 > 4 (B) 1 > 2 > 3 > 4 (C) 4 > 3 > 2 > 1 (D) 3 > 1 > 2 > 4

1. How many of the following carbocation can undergo rearrangement :
(a) (b) (c) (d)
(e) (f) (g) (h)
(i) (j) (k)
2. Consider following compound, which H-atom deprotonated first ?
3. How many of the following are correct orders for Basic Strength :
S1 : > CH3–NH2 >
S2 : > > C2H5–NH2
S3 : > >
S4 : > >
S5 : > > C2H5–NH2

4. How many following compounds are more basic than aniline.
CH3–CH2= NH
5. How many of the following compounds give CO2 on reaction with NaHCO3.
, HCl , , , ,
, HCOOH , C2H5–OH , CH3COOH ,
6. How many of the following are more acidic than HCOOH.

–
(i) CH2 – COOH (ii) CH3–COOH (iii) OOC – CH2 – COOH
|
Cl
(iv) NC–CH2–COOH (v) CH2 – COOH (vi) CH2 – COOH
| |
F NO2
(vii) CH2 – COOH (viii) CH2 – COOH

| |
NH– NH3
7. How many of the following compound have less pKa than benzoic acid :
(i) HCOOH (ii) CH3COOH (iii) (iv)
(v) (vi) (vii) (viii)

8. 90 g of acetic acid react with excess of NaHCO3 then what volume of CO2 will produce at S.T.P. Write your
answer in terms of nearest integer.
9. In how many of the following pairs first will have higher enol content than second.
(i) & (ii) &
(iii) &
(iv) & (v) &
10. Consider the following compound and write number of enolizable H-atom

1. Which of the following stability order of anions is/are correct :
(A) II > III > I
  
(B) CH2 – C – H CH2 – C – OCH3 CH2 – CH3 I > II > III
|| || ( III)
O O
( I) ( II)
(C) I > II > III
 
(D) CH3 > CD3

2. Which of the following is/are correct for basic strength :
(A) (CH3)2NH > (CH3)3N > CH3NH2 > NH3 (B) (C2H5)2NH > (C2H5)3N > C2H5NH2 > NH3
(C) PhNH2 > Ph2NH > Ph3N (D) > >
3.
Among the following which statement(s) is/are correct :

(A) Both N of pyrimidine are same basic strength
(B) In imidazole protonation take places on N-3.
(C) In purine only one lone pair of N is delocalised.
(D) Pyrimidine, imidazole and purine all are aromatic.
4. Consider the following compounds

O O O O
|| || || ||
O2N – CH2 – C – OH F – CH2 – C – OH Ph – CH2 – C – OH CH3 – CH2 – C – OH
( I) ( II ) ( III) ( IV )
Which statement is/are correct :
(A) I > II > III > IV (Acidic strength order)
(B) I is most acidic because of –M effect of –NO2 group
(C) I is most acidic because of –I effect of –NO2 group
(D) IV is least acidic because of +I Effect.
5. Carbolic acid is less acidic than :
(A) CH3COOH (B)
(C) (D)
6.
OHb
Observe the compound and choose correct statement :

(A) It has carboxylic acid group (B) It is Ascorbic acid
(C) Hb is most acidic Hydrogen atom (D) Ha is least acidic Hydrogen atom

7. Which of the following reactions favour backward direction ?
(A) + +
(B) + +
(C) + +
(D)
8. The correct statement(s) concerning the structures P, Q, R & S is/are
(P) (Q) (R) (S)
(A) Q & S are not resonating structures (B) R & S are resonating structures
(C) P & R are tautomers (D) P & Q are resonating structures
9. Among the given pairs, in which pair second compound has less enol content :
O
(A) and || (B) and
CH3 – C – CH3
(C) and (D) and

Read the following passage carefully and answer the questions.
Comprehension # 1
Reaction intermediates : Reaction intermediates are short lived species and are highly reactive. They are
formed by heterolytic and homolytic bond fission. There are various types of reaction intermediates in which
the most important are carbocation, carbanion and free radical.
Carbocation is an organic species in which carbon have positive charge and six electrons in its outermost
shell. The stability of carbocation can be increased by positive inductive effect, hyperconjugation and
delocalisation. If -atom with respect to carbocation has one or more lone pair of electrons then lone pair of
electron strongly stabilises the carbocation due to octet completion.
Species in which carbon have negative charge is called carbanion. Carbanion carries three bond pairs and
one lone pair. The stability of carbanion can be increased by negative inductive effect, negative mesomeric
effect and delocalisation.
Free radical is a species which have seven electrons in its outermost shell. The stability of free radical can
be increased by hyperconjugation and delocalisation.
1. Which of the following is the most stable carbanion intermediate ?
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
2. The stability order of following free radicals is :
(A) I > II > III > IV (B) II > III > I > IV (C) I > III > II > IV (D) III > II > I > IV
3. The stability order of following carbocations is
(A) I > II > III (B) II > I > III (C) III > I > II (D) II > III > I
Comprehension # 2
Ortho effect is a special type of effect that is shown by o-substituents. This ortho-effect operates at the
benzoic acids irrespective of the polar type. Nearly all o-substituted benzoic acid are stronger than benzoic
acid. Benzoic acid is a resonance stabilised and so the carboxyl group is coplanar with the ring. An o-
substituent tends to prevent this coplanarity.

4. What is the order of Ka of following compounds ?
COOH COOH COOH COOH COOH
NO2 Br Cl F OCH3
    IV V

(A) I > II > III > IV > V (B) II > I > III > IV > V (C) V > IV > III > I > II (D) III > II > I > V > IV
5. Which among the following will be the strongest acid ?
(I) (II) (III) (IV)
(A) I (B) II (C) III (D) IV
6. Which of the following is/are correct pKa order ?
(A) > > >
(B) CH3 – COOH > > >
(C) > > >
(D) > > >
Comprehension # 3
The lone pair of amines makes them basic. They react with acids to form acid-base salts. Amines are more
basic than alcohols, ethers and water. When an amine is dissolved in water, an equilibrium is established,
where water acts as an acid and transfer a proton to the amine. The basic strength of an amine can be
measured by basicity constant Kb.
Arylamines are less basic than alkylamines because the lone pair of nitrogen is delocalised with the aromatic
ring and are less available for donation.
Substituted arylamines can be either more basic or less basic than aniline, depending on the substitutent.
ERG substituents, such as –CH3, –NH2 and –OCH3 increases the basicity and EWG substituents, such as
–Cl, –NO2 and –CN decreases basicity. While sp2-hybridized nitrogen atom in pyridine is less basic than the
sp3-hybridized nitrogen in an alkylamine.

7. Select the correct order of Kb.
(A) CH3NH2 > NaOH
(B) Pyridine >
(C) p-Methyl aniline > p-Chloroaniline > p-Amino acetophenone
(D) p-Bromoaniline > p-Nitroaniline > p-Amino benzaldehyde
8. pKb order of the following compound is :

(I) NH2OH (II) NH2NH2 (III) NH3 (IV) H2O
(A) IV > I > II > III (B) III > II > I > IV (C) I > IV > II > III (D) III > I > II > IV
9. The correct basicity order of various atoms is :
(A) 1 < 2 < 3 < 4 (B) 2 < 4 < 3 < 1 (C) 3 < 2 < 1 < 4 (D) 3 < 4 < 1 < 2
Comprehension # 4
Observe the following reaction and answer the following questions :
10. The product ‘R’ is :

(A) (B)
(C) (D)
11. The structure of Q1 is :

(A) (B)
(C) (D)

EXERCISE - 1
PART - I
A-1. (a) 1 > 2 > 3 ; (b) 1 > 2 > 3
A-2. (a) 2 > 1 > 3 > 4 ; (b) 1 > 2 > 3 ; (c) 1 > 2
B-1. Stability order : I < II < III < IV

IV is most stable being 3º and delocalised but III is 2º and delocalised.
B-2. III > II > I > IV
C-1. (P) I > III > IV > II (Q) IV > III > II > I (R) III > II > IV > I
C-2. (II) is more stable carbocation due to extented conjugation
C-3. (P) = ; (Q) =
D-1. II > III > IV > I > V
D-2. (a) PhNH2 > Ph2NH > Ph3N
(b) > >


N
 N
–
:NH2
–
H
(c) Ph–CH2–CH2–NH2 > >
D-3. 2
D-4. I is less basic than II because, in compound (I) the lone pair of electrons is involved in resonance but not in
II.
E-1. I - a, II - b, III - c, (acidic strength  stability of conjugate base)
E-2. III > I > II (acidic strength  stability of conjugate base) In III conjugate base is highly stabilised by
intra molecular H-bonding.
E-3. etc. bR;kfn
Its conjugate base (anion) is resonance stabilised like anion of carboxylic acid.
F-1. (a) Not feasible (b) Feasible (c) Not feasible (d) Not feasible
F-2. (c) Strong base accept H+ ions so this reaction is feasible.
F-3. (i, iii, iv, v, vi, vii)
G-1. B, C, E, G, H can show tautomerism.

OH
|
G-2. (P) CH3  C  CH2 (Q) CH2 = CH – NH2 (R) (S)
G-3. In Monocarbonyl Keto form is more stable due to greater strength of the carbon-oxygen double bond as
compared to the carbon carbon double bond.
PART - II
A-1. (C) A-2. (A) A-3. (B) A-4. (D) A-5. (B)
A-6. (D) B-1. (A) B-2. (D) B-3. (A) B-4. (C)
B-5. (B) B-6. (C) C-1. (C) C-2. (B) C-3. (B)
C-4. (C) C-5. (D) C-6. (B) D-1. (C) D-2. (A)
D-3. (A) D-4. (D) D-5. (D) D-6. (A) D-7. (D)
D-8. (D) E-1. (D) E-2. (A) E-3. (C) E-4. (B)
E-5. (D) E-6. (C) F-1. (C) G-1. (C) G-2. (A)
G-3. (D) H-1. (B) H-2. (C) H-3. (D) H-4. (C)
I-1. (A) I-2. (A) I-3. (B) I-4. (A) I-5. (A)
PART - III
1. (A - z) ; (B - x) ; (C - w) ; (D - y) 2. (A - p,q,s) ; (B - p,q,r,s) ; (C - p,q,r,s) ; (D - p,q,r,s)
EXERCISE - 2
PART - I
1. (B) 2. (C) 3. (A) 4. (C) 5. (A)
6. (D) 7. (B) 8. (4) 9. (A) 10. (D)
11. (A) 12. (D) 13. (A) 14. (D) 15. (B)
16. (A) 17. (C) 18. (A) 19. (C) 20. (B)
21. (D) 22. (B)
PART - II
1. 7 2. 2 3. 4 (S1,S2,S4,S5)
4. 5 (ii, iii, iv, vi, vii) 5. 6 (i, ii, iii, vi, vii, ix) 6. 5 (i, iv, v, vi, viii)
7. 5 (i, iv, v, vi, viii) 8. 34 9. 3
10. 10

PART - III
1. (A,B,C,D) 2. (B,C,D) 3. (A,B,C,D) 4. (A,C,D) 5. (A,C,D)
6. (B,C) 7. (B,D) 8. (A,B,C,D) 9. (A,C,D)
PART - IV
1. (D) 2. (D) 3. (A) 4. (A) 5. (C)
6. (B) 7. (C) 8. (A) 9. (D) 10. (D)
11. (C)

ACIDITY
Q.1 Write correct order of acidic strength of following compounds:

(i) (a) H–F (b) H–Cl (c) H–Br (d) H–I
(ii) (a) CH4 (b) NH3 (c) H2O (d) H–F
CH3
(iii) (a) CH3–CH2–O–H (b) CH 3  CH  O  H (c) CH3–C–O–H
|
CH 3 CH3
(iv) (a) F–CH2–CH2–O–H (b) NO2–CH2–CH2–O–H


(c) Br–CH2–CH2–O–H (d) NH3  CH2  CH2  O  H

(i) (a) CH3COOH (b) CH3CH2OH (c) C6H5OH (d) C6H5SO3H
(ii) (a) (b) (c)

COOH COOH COOH
COOH COOH CH 2  COOH

(iii) (a) | (b) CH2 (c) |
COOH COOH CH 2  COOH
O O Cl O
|| || | ||
(i) (a) Cl  CH 2  C  O  H (b) Cl  CH  C  O  H (c) Cl  C COH
| |
Cl Cl
O O
|| ||
(ii) (a) CH 3  CH 2  CH  C  O  H (b) CH 3  CH  CH 2  C  O  H
| |
F F
O
||
(c) CH 2  CH 2  CH 2  C  O  H
|
F
O O
|| ||
(iii) (a) NO 2  CH 2  C  O  H (b) F  CH  C  O  H
2
O O
|| ||
(c) Ph  CH 2  C  O  H (d) CH 3  CH 2  C  O  H
Q.Bank on Acidity & Basicity [229]

O–H O–H O–H
(i) (a) (b) (c)
NO2 Cl CH3
O–H O–H O–H

Cl
(ii) (a) (b) (c)
Cl
Cl
O–H O–H O–H O–H
(iii) (a) (b) (c) (d)
O–H O O–H O–H O–H

N
(i) (a) O (b) O (c) (d)
N
O N
O O
O–H
O–H O–H O–H
O
N NO2 NO2 NO2
(ii) (a) (b) O (c) (d)
NO2
NO2 NO2

O O
C–O–H C–O–H
CH3
(i) (a) (b)
COOH COOH
Cl Br
(ii) (a) (b)

O
O O
C–O–H
C–O–H C–O–H
OMe
(iii) (a) (b) (c)
OMe OMe
O
C–O–H O O
C–O–H C–O–H
(iv) (a) (b) (c) NO2
N NO2
O O
Q.7 Select the strongest acid in each of the following sets :

OH OH OH OH
(i) (a) (b) (c) (d)
CH3 NO2 Cl NH2
OH OH OH OH
(ii) (a) (b) (c) (d)

NO2 F CH3
OH OH OH OH
OMe
(iii) (a) (b) (c) (d)
OMe
OMe
Q.8 Arrange the given phenols in their decreasing order of acidity:
(I) C6H5–OH (II) F OH
(III) Cl OH (IV) O2N OH

Select the correct answer from the given code:
(A) IV > III > I > II (B) IV > II > III > I
(C) IV > III > II > I (D) IV > I > III > II
Q.9 Which one of the following is the most acidic?
(A) (B) (C) (D) CH2=CH–CH3

Q.10 Which one of the following phenols will show highest acidity?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Q.11 Which of the following is weakest acid?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Q.12 The correct pKa order of the follwoing acids is :

HO OH O HO OH
O O O O O O
(I) (II) (III)
(A) I > II > III (B) III > II > I (C) III > I > II (D) I > III > II
Q.13 Arrange pH of the given compounds in decreasing order:

(1) Phenol (2) Ethyl alcohol (3) Formic acid (4) Benzoic acid
(A) 1 > 2 > 3 > 4 (B) 2 > 1 > 4 > 3 (C)3 > 2 > 4 > 1 (D) 4 > 3 > 1 > 2
Q.14 Arrange acidity of given compounds in decreasing order:

(I) CH3–NH–CH2–CH2–OH (II) CH3–NH–CH2–CH2–CH2–OH

(III) (CH 3 )3 N  CH 2  CH 2  OH
(A) III > I > II (B) III > II > I (C) I > II > III (D) II > I > III
Q.15 Consider the following compound
(A) (B)
O
(C) || (D)
CH 3CCOOH
Which of the above compounds reacts with NaHCO3 giving CO2

Q.16 Say which pka belong to which functional group in case of following amino acids :
(i) cysteine : 1.8, 8.3 & 10.8
(ii) glutamic acid : : 2.19, 4.25, 9.67
Q.17 Record the following sets of compounds according to increasing pKa ( = – log Ka)
(a) , , cyclohexane carboxylic acid.
(b) 1-butyne, 1-butene, butane

(c) Propanoic acid, 3-bromopropanoic acid, 2-nitropropanoic acid
(d) Phenol,o-nitrophenol, o-cresol
(e) Hexylamine, aniline, methylamine
Q.18 Explain which is a stronger acid.

O O
|| ||
(a) CH3CH3 BrCH2NO2 (b) CH 3  C  CH 3 & CH 3  C  CH 2CN
(c) CH3 – CHO CH3 – NO2
Q.19 Explain which is a weaker acid.

OH OH
(a) or (b) or (c) or
O=C–CH3 O=C–CH3
Q.20 Which of the following would you predict to be the stronger acid ?
(a) or
(b) CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – OH or CH3 – CH = CH – OH

(c) CH3 – CH = CH – CH2 – OH or CH3 – CH = CH – OH

BASICITY
Q.1 Write increasing order of basic strength of following:
(i) (a) F (b) Cl  (c) Br  (d) I 
(ii) (a) CH 3 (b) NH 2 (c) OH  (d) F 
(iii) (a) R–NH 2 (b) Ph–NH2 (c) R  C  NH 2
||
O
(iv) (a) NH3 (b) MeNH2 (c) Me2NH (d) Me3N (Gas phase)
(v) (a) NH3 (b) MeNH2 (c) Me2NH (d) Me3N (in H2O)
O
(i) (a) (b) (c)
NH NH N
Me
NH2 NH2
(ii) (a) (b) (c)

NH
N N N
(iii) (a) (b) (c)
O2N Me F
NH2 NH2
NH2 NH2
(iv) (a) (b) (c) (d)


NH3 Cl CH3 H
  
(i) (a) CH3–CH2– N H 2 (b) CH3–CH= NH (c) CH3–C N
        
(ii) (a) CH 3  C  NH 2 (b) CH3–CH2– NH 2 (c) CH 3  C  N H 2 (d) N H 2 C  NH 2
|| || ||
O N

H N

H
NH2
(iii) (a) N (b) (c)

H N
O
NH2 NH–CH2–CH3
NH–C–CH3
(iv) (a) (b) (c)

NH2 NH2
Me Me
(v) (a) (b) Me Me

N N
O O O O

NH2 NH2 NH2 NH2
(i) (a) (b) (c) (d)

NO2 CN OMe NH2
NH2 NH2
NH2 H
C H
(ii) (a) (b) H (c)
H C H
H C
H H
H
NH2
NH2 NH2
NO2
(iii) (a) (b) (c)
NO2 NO2
NH2 NH2 H NH2

C H
(iv) (a) (b) (c)
H
NMe2 Me Me
NMe2 N
OMe
(v) (a) (b) (c)
OMe OMe
Q.5 Select the strongest base in following compound :

O S
(i) (a) (b) (c) (d)
N N N N
H H H

NH2
(ii) (a) (b) (c) (d)

NH N
N
H
N
(iii) (a) (b) (c) (d)
N N N N
H H CH3 H
H H Me
+
N¯Li N N N
(iv) (a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.6 Arrange the following compound in decreasing order of their basicity.

(i) (a) H2C = CHNa (b) CH3CH2Na (c) CH3CH2ONa (d) HC  CNa
(ii) (a) NH2 (b) CH2 – NH2 (c) NH2 (d) C – NH2
NO2 O
(iii) (a) HO¯ (b) NH3 (c) H2O
Q.7 Basicity order in following compound is :
CH3 CH3
O
Nb
H2N– C – CH2 CH2 – NH – C – CH3
c
NH
a
N
CH3 d CH3
(A) b > d > a > c (B) a > b > d > c (C) a > b > c > d (D) a > c > b > d
Q.8 Consider the following bases:

(I) o-nitroaniline (II) m-nitroaniline (III) p-nitroaniline
The decreasing order of basicity is:
(A) II > III > I (B) II > I > III (C) I > II >III (D) I > III > II
Q.9 Consider the basicity of the following aromatic amines:

(I) aniline (II) p-nitroaniline (III) p-methoxyaniline (IV) p-methylaniline
The correct order of decreasing basicity is:
(A) III > IV > I > II (B) III > IV > II > I (C) I > II > III > IV (D) IV > III > II > I

Q.10 Which one of the following is least basic in character?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Q.11 In each of the following pair of compounds, which is more basic in aqueous solution? Give an explanation
for your choice:
(a) CH3NH2 or CF3NH2 (b) CH3CONH2 or H2N NH2

(c) n-PrNH2 or CH3CN (d) C6H5N(CH3)2 or 2,6-dimethyl-N-N-dimethylaniline
(e) m-nitroaniline or p-nitroaniline
Q.12 From the following pair, select the stronger base:

(a) p-methoxy aniline or p-cyanoaniline (b) pyridine or pyrrole
(c) CH3CN or CH3CH2NH2
Q.13 Choose the member of each of the following pairs of compunds that is likely to be the weaker base.
(a) H2O or H3O (b) H2S, HS–, S2– (c) Cl–, SH–
(d) F–, OH–, NH2–, CH 3 (e) HF, H2O, NH3 (f) OH–, SH–, SeH–
Q.14 Explain which compound is the weaker base.
(a) or (b) CH2 = CH – CH = CH – CH2– or CH2 = CH – CH2–
O O O O
|| || || ||
(c) O   C  C  OH or HO  C  C  OH (d) or
Q.15 Rank the following amines in increasing basic nature.
(a)
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
(b)
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv)

Q.16 Arrange the basic strength of the following compounds.
(a) OH– CH3COO– Cl–
(i) (ii) (iii)
(b) CH  C– CH2 = CH– CH3CH2–
(i) (ii) (iii)
(c) CH2 = CHCH2NH2 CH3CH2CH2NH2 CH  C – CH2NH2
(i) (ii) (iii)
Q.17 Arrange the basic strength of the following compounds.
(a)
(i) (ii) (iii)
(b)
(i) (ii) (iii)

NH2 NH2 NH2
(c)
H3C O2 N
(i) (ii) (iii)
Q.18 Arrange the following compounds in order of increasing basicity.

(a) CH 3NH2, CH3 NH 3 , CH3NH— (b) CH3O—, CH3NH—, CH3 CH 2
(c) CH3CH = CH—, CH3CH2 CH 2 , CH3CC—
Q.19 Rank the amines in each set in order of increasing basicity.

H
NH2 NH2 N
(a)
H
H N
(b) N N
H H H
N N N N
(c)
Q.20
Pyrimidine Imidazole Purine

Among the following which statement(s) is/are ture:
(A) Both N of pyrimidine are of same basic strength
(B) In imidazole protonation takes places on N–3.
(C) Purine has 3 basic N.
(D) Pyrimidine imidazole and purine all are aromatic

ANSWER KEY
ACIDITY
Q.1 (i) d>c>b>a (ii) d>c>b>a (iii) a > b > c (iv) d>b>a>c
Q.2 (i) d > a > c> b (ii) c > b > a (iii) a > b > c
Q.3 (i) c > b > a (ii) a > b > c (iii) a > b > c > d
Q.4 (i) a > b > c (ii) a > b > c (iii) d > b > c > a
Q.5 (i) c > a > b > d (ii) d > c > a > b
Q.6 (i) b > a (ii) b > a (iii) c > b > a (iv) c > a > b
Q.7 (i) b (ii) a (iii) b
Q.8 C Q.9 B Q.10 C Q.11 B Q.12 B Q.13 B Q.14 A
Q.15 A, B, C, D
Q.16 (i) cysteine : (ii) glutamic acid :
Q.17 (a) 3<2<1; (b) 1<2<3; (c) 3<2<1; (d) 2<1<3; (e) 2<3<1 Q.18 (a) 2; (b) 2; (c) 2
Q.19 (a) 2; (b) 2; (c) 2 Q.20 (a) 2; (b) 2; (c) 2
BASICITY
Q.1 (i) a > b > c > d (ii) a > b> c> d (iii) a > b> c (iv) a < b< c< d
(v) c > b> d> a
Q.2 (i) a a > b (iii) b > c> a (iv) c > d> b > a
Q.3 (i) a > b > c (ii) d > c > b > a (iii) b > c > a (iv) c > b > a
(v) b > a
Q.4 (i) d > c > b > a (ii) c > b > a (iii) b > a > c (iv) a > b > c
(v) c > a > b
Q.5 (i) d (ii) b (iii) a (iv) a
Q.6 (i) b > a > d > c (ii) b > a > c > d (iii) a > b > c
Q.7 B Q.8 A Q.9 A Q.10 A Q.11 (a) i, (b) ii, (c) i, (d) ii, (e) i
Q.12 (a) i, (b) i, (c) ii Q.13 (a) 2; (b) 1; (c) 1; (d) 1; (e) 1; (f) 3
Q.14 (a) 2; (b) 1; (c) 2; (d) 2 Q.15 (a) 3<2<1<4; (b) 1<2<3<4
Q.16 (a) 1>2>3; (b) 1<2<3; (c) 3<1<2 Q.17 (a) 2<1<3; (b) 1<2<3; (c) 2 > 1 > 3
Q.18 (a) 2<1<3; (b) 1<2<3; (c) 3<1<2 Q.19 (a) 2 > 1> 3, (b) 1 > 2> 3, (c) 1 > 3 > 2,
Q.20 A, B, C, D

above.
1. Which of the following would produce effervesence with sodium bicarbonate ?
(1) (2) (3) (4) All of these
2. Select correct statement from the following :
(1) is more basic than (2) is more acidic than
(3) HCCH is more acidic than NH3 (4) is more stable than
3. Arrange the following compounds in order of decreasing acidity.
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv)

(1) (i) > (ii) > (iii) > (iv) (2) (iii) > (i) > (ii) > (iv) (3) (iv) > (iii) > (i) > (ii) (4) (ii) > (iv) > (i) > (iii)
4. The order of decreasing basicity in the four halide ions is :

(1) I– > Br– > CI– > F– (2) CI– > Br– > I– > F– (3) F– > Cl– > Br– > I– (4) CI– > F– > Br– > I–

5. Correct order of acidic strength :
(1) (iv) > (i) > (ii) > (iii) (2) (iv) > (iii) > (ii) > (i) (3) (iv) > (ii) > (iii) > (i) (4) (ii) > (iv) > (i) > (iii)
6. The correct order of acidity for the following compound is

(1) Benzoic acid > phenol > p-nitrobenzoic acid > m-nitrobenzoic acid.
(2) phenol > p-nitrobenzoic acid > m-nitrobenzoic acid > benzoic acid.
(3) p-nitrobenzoic acid > m-nitrobenzoic acid > benzoic acid > phenol.
(4) m-nitrobenzoic acid > p-nitrobenzoic acid > benzoic acid > phenol.
7. Which of the following is the most stablized carbocation ?
(1) (2) (3) (4)
8. Which one among the following is the least basic :
(1) (2) (3) (4)
9. Which is most basic in aqueous solution ?

(1) CH3NH2 (2) (CH3)2NH (3) (CH3)3N (4) Ph–NH2
10. Stability order of given anions is :
(1) I > III > II (2) I > II > III (3) III > II > I (4) III > I > II
11. Which is less basic than benzyl CH2 carbanion?
CH2 CH2
(1) (2) (3) (4)
NO2 OCH3
12. The correct order of decreasing acid strength of trichloroacetic acid (A), trifluoroacetic acid (B), acetic acid
(C) and formic acid (D) is :
(1) B > A > D > C (2) B > D > C > A (3) A > B > C > D (4) A > C > B > D
13. Base strength is in the order of

–
(i) CH3CH2 (ii) (iii)
(1) (ii) > (i) > (iii) (2) (iii) > (iii) > (i) (3) (i) > (iii) > (ii) (4) (i) > (ii) > (iii)

14. The order of stability of following carbocation :

; ;
(1) II > III > I (2) I > II > III (3) III > I > II (4) III > II > I
15. The most stable carbocation is :
(1) (2) (3) (4)
16. Pyridine is less basic than triethylamine because :

(1) Pyridine has aromatic character (2) Nitrogen in pyridine is sp2 hybridised
(3) Pyridine is a cyclic system (4) In pyridine, lone pair of nitrogen is delocalised
17. Which of the following phenol has lowest pKa ?
(1) (2) (3) (4)
18. Which is most basic among the followings ?

(1) Ph-NH2 (2) NH3 (3) CH3–NH2 (4) C2H5–CN
19. Assertion : The pKa of acetic acid is lower than that of phenol.
Reason : Phenoxide ion is more resonance stabilised.
(1) If both assertion and reason are true and reason is a correct explanation of assertion.
(2) If both assertion and reason are true but reason is not a correct explanation of assertion.
(3) If assertion is true but reason is false.
(4) If assertion and reason both are false.
20. The order of stability of the following tautomeric compounds is :
OH O O O OH O
| || || || | ||
CH2 = C – CH2 – C – CH3 CH3 – C – CH2 – C –CH3 CH3 – C –
– CH – C – CH3
I II III
(1) III > II > I (2) II > I > III (3) II > III > I (4) I > II > III
21. The feasible reaction is :

(1) CH3COOH + NaCl  (2) C6H5COOH + KBr 
(3) + KHSO4  (4) + 

22. In which of following carbocation rearrangement take place with change carbon skeleton :
(1) (2) (3) (4)
23. Observe the following reaction sequence.

H–CCNa + CH3OH
HCCH + CH3ONa
CH3OH + CH3COONa
CH3SO3Na + CH3COOH
Which is correct acidic strength order :
(1) HC  CH > CH3COOH > CH3SO3H (2) CH3SO3H > CH3COOH > HC  CH
(3) CH3SO3H > HC  CH > CH3COOH (4) CH3COOH > CH3SO3H > HC  CH
24. Identify the most stable carbocation among the following :
(1) (2) (3) (4)
25. Select the most basic compound.
(1) (2) (3) (4)
26. Among the following compounds having highest enol content.

(1) CH3COOCH3 (2) CH3COCH3
(3) (4)
27. Which is more basic than hydroxide (OH–) ion ?

(1) CH3–NH2 (2) CH3–CH2–O– (3) F– (4) Ph–NH2
28. Give the stability order of following radicals :

(I) (II)
(III) (IV)
(1) III > IV > II > I (2) IV > III > II > I (3) I > II > III > IV (4) IV > II > III > I

29. The most stable carbanion among the following is
(1) (2) (3) (4)
30. Which of the following is the most stable carbocation
(1) (2) (3) (4)

Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Ans.
Que. 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Ans.
Que. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans.

1. Select the most stable carbocation from amongst the following. [NSEC-2000]
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2. Select the most stable carbonium ion from amongst the following [NSEC-2001]
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
3. Arrange the following in the order of increasing stability : [NSEC-2002]

PhC+H2, Ph3C+, Me+, Ph2C+H
(A) Me < PhC+H2 < Ph2C+H < Ph3C+
+
(B) PhC+H2 < Me+ < Ph3C+ < Ph2C+H
(C) PhC H2 < Ph3C < Me < Ph2C H
+ + + +
(D) PhC+H2 < Ph2C+H < Ph3C+ < Me+
4. The order of the rate of formation of carbocations from the following iodo compounds is : [NSEC-2007]
(A) I > II > III (B) II > III > I (C) III > II > I (D) II > I > III

5. The relative stabilites of the following carbocations is : [NSEC-2007]
, , ,
(A) I > II > III > IV (B) I > IV > II > III (C) II > III > IV > I (D) III > I > II > IV
6. Which one of the following carbocations will not rearrange ? [NSEC-2008]
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
7. The most Carbocations, carbanions, free radicals and radical cation are reactive carbon intermediates. Their
hybrid orbitals respectively are [NSEC-2012]
(A) sp2, sp2, sp3, sp (B) sp2,sp2, sp, sp3 (C) sp2, sp3, sp2, sp (D) sp3, sp2, sp, sp2
8. The most stable carbocation is [NSEC-2014]
(A) (B) (C) (D)
9. Which of the following is the strongest acid ? [NSEC-2000]

(A) 3, 5-dinitrophenol (B) 2,4-dinitrophenol (C) phenol (D) 2,4,6-trinitrophenol
10. Which of the following is the strongest base ? [NSEC-2000]

(A) HC  C– (B) CH2 = CH– (C) CH3CH2– (D) NH2–
11. Which of the following order is expected to be correct ? [NSEC-2001]

(A) pKa(ClCH2COOH) > pKa(CH3COOH) < pKa(CH3CH2COOH)
(B) pKa(ClCH2COOH) < pKa(CH3COOH) < pKa(CH3CH2COOH)
(C) pKa(ClCH2COOH) > pKa(CH3COOH) > pKa(CH3CH2COOH)
(D) pKa(ClCH2COOH) < pKa(CH3COOH) > pKa(CH3CH2COOH)
12. Which of the following compounds is the most acidic ? [NSEC-2002]

(A) HCO2H (B) CH3CO2H (C) CH3CH2CO2H (D) CCI3CO2H
13.
The correct order of acidic character in the above compounds is [NSEC-2003]

(A) a > b > c > d (B) c > a > d > b (C) b > c > a > d (D) a > c > b > d.
14.
The order of acidity in the given series of compounds is [NSEC-2004]

(A) (iv) < (ii) < (i) < (iii) (B) (i) < (ii) < (iii) < (iv) (C) (i) < (ii) < (iv) < (iii) (D) (i) < (iv) < (ii) < (iii)

15. The proper tautomeric structure for 2-aminopyridine (X) is [NSEC-2004]
(A) (B) (C) (D)

+
N - NH2 N NH
H
16. Identify the group in which the order of basicity is not correct ? [NSEC-2005]
(A) OH– > H2O > H3O+ (B) S2– > HS– > H2S (C) NH3 > OH– > H2O (D) Cl– > Br > I–
17. As the base changes from RNH2 to R2NH, to R3N the basicity [NSEC-2006]
(A) R2NH > R3N > RNH2 (B) RNH2 > R3N > R2NH
(C) RNH2 > R2NH > R3N (D) R3N > RNH2 > R2NH.
18. The most acidic of the following substances is [NSEC-2006]

(A) aniline (B) p -nitrophenol (C) phenol (D) acetaldehyde.
19. Indicate the correct of acidity (first ionization) in the following dicarboxylic acids : [NSEC-2007]
(A) I > II > III > IV (B) II > IV > I > III (C) III > I > IV > II (D) IV > II > I > III
20. The correct order of acidity of the C-H proton is – [NSEC-2007]

(A) acetylene > ethylene > ethane (B) ethylene > ethylene > ethane
(C) ethane > ethylene > acetylene (D) acetylene > ethane >.ethylene
–
21. Which one of the following compounds can be deprotonated by O H fastest ? [NSEC-2008]
(A) HCOOH, pKa = 3.8 (B) H2S, pKa = 7.0
(C) Toluene, pKa = 41 (D) CH3NH2, pKa = 40
22. The most acidic among the following compound is : [NSEC-2009]
(A) Cl–CH2–CH2–OH (B) (C) (D)
23. The correct order of acidity of the following compounds is : [NSEC-2010]

(I) CH3COOH (II) ClCH2COOH (III) O2NCH2COOH (IV) HOCH2COOH
(A) IV > II > III > I (B) I > IV > II > III (C) II > III > I > IV (D) III > II > IV > I
24. The order of acidities of the H-atoms underlined in the following compounds is in the order - [NSEC-2011]
(I) (II) (III) (IV)

(A) IV>II>I>III (B) II>IV>III>I (C) III>IV>I>II (D) I>III>II>IV

25. The electronegativities of acetylene, ethylene and ethane are in the order : [NSEC-2012]
(A) ethylene > acetylene > ethane (B) acetylene > ethylene > ethane
(C) ethane > acetylene > ethylene (D) acetylene > ethane > ethylene
26. The relative basic strengths of NH3, CH3NH2 and NF3 are in the order : [NSEC-2012]
(A) CH3NH2 > NH3 > NF3 (B) NH3 > CH3NH2 > NF3
(C) NF3 > CH3NH2 > NH3 (D) CH3NH2 > NF3 > NH3
27. Which of the following phenols is most soluble in aqueous sodium bicarbonate ? [NSEC-2013]
(A) 2,4-dihydroxyacetophenone (B) p-cyanophenol
(C) 3,4-dicyanophenol (D) 2,4,6-tricyanophenol
28. The order of acidity in aqueous solution for the following acids is [NSEC-2014]
(A) H2S  H2Se  H2 Te (B) H2Se  H2S  H2 Te
(C) H2 Te  H2 S  H2 Se (D) H2Se  H2 Te  H2 S
29. The pKa values of the acids A to D are found to be 4.19, 3.41, 4.46 and 4.76. The acid having pKa of 3.41 is
[NSEC-2014]
(A) (B) CH3COOH (C) (D)
30. At normal temperature, X and Y are [NSEC-2014]
OH O
OH O
X Y
(A) resonance structures (B) tautomers
(C) functional isomers (D) positional isomers

A. General :
which ONE is correct.
which ONE OR MORE THAN ONE are correct.
6. Section 3 contains 3 questions. The answer to each of the questions is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to
9 (both inclusive).
7. Section 4 contains 1 paragraphs each describing theory, experiment and data etc. 2 questions relate to paragraph.

Each question pertaining to a partcular passage should have only one correct answer among the four given
choices (A), (B), (C) and (D).
8. Section 5 contains 1 multiple choice questions. Question has two lists (list-1 : P, Q, R and S; List-2 : 1, 2, 3 and
4). The options for the correct match are provided as (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
C. Marking Scheme
9. For each question in Section 1, 4 and 5 you will be awarded 3 marks if you darken the bubble corresponding to
the correct answer and zero mark if no bubble is darkened. In all other cases, minus one (– 1) mark will be
awarded.
10. For each question in Section 2, you will be awarded 3 marks. If you darken all the bubble(s) corresponding to
the correct answer(s) and zero mark. If no bubbles are darkened. No negative marks will be answered for
11. For each question in Section 3, you will be awarded 3 marks if you darken only the bubble corresponding to the
correct answer and zero mark if no bubble is darkened. No negative marks will be awarded for incorrect answer
in this section.

1. The stability order of the following anions :
(A) IV > III > II > I (B) I > II > III > IV (C) I > II > IV > III (D) I > III > II > IV
2. The correct pKa order of the following acids is
I II III
(A) I > II > III (B) I > III > II (C) III > II > I (D) III > I > II
3. The preferred sites of protonation in the following compounds are
(A) 1 and 3 (B) 2 and 4 (C) 1 and 4 (D) 2 and 3
4. Which of the following carbocation is most stable :
(A) (B) (C) (D)

5. In which pairs first compound is stronger acid than the second ?
(A) Adipic acid, succinic acid (B) Fumaric acid, maleic acid
(C) Pthalic acid, terepthalic acid (D) Picric acid, o-toluic acid
6. Among the following reaction which favours forward reaction ?

(A) EtOH + + PhOH
(B) + +
(C) + CH3–NH2 CH3–CH3 +
(D) + +
7. Which of the following reactions is/are feasible :
(i) (ii)
(iii) (iv)
(A) (i) & (ii) (B) (ii), (iii) & (iv) (C) (i), (ii) & (iv) (D) (i), (iii) & (iv)
8. Compare the bond lengths and select the correct option :
(A) x = y = z (B) x > y > z (C) x < y < z (D) x > y = z

9. Which of the following compounds will show tautomerism ?

(A) 2,2- Dimethylpropanal (B) 2,2-Dimethyl-1 nitropropane
(C) Acetyl Acetone (D) Benzophenone
10. Which of the following is correct regarding stability of the following pair of species?
(A) + –
(B) CH 2=CH–CH–O – +
> CH2–CH=CH–O
(C) (D) Pent-2-ene > 2-methylbut-2-ene

11. Which of the following is/are correct statement/statements ?
(A) Guanidine is more basic than pyridine because conjugate acid of guanidine has three
equal contributing resonating structure.

(B) Diethylamine is stronger base than triethylamine in aqueous medium.
(C) Ortho-methyl aniline is weaker base than para-methyl aniline.
(D) 2,4,6-Trinitro-N,N-dimethyl aniline is stronger base than 2,4,6-Trinitro aniline.
12. The tautomeric pairs are

(A) Me2C = NOH and Me2CH–N=O (B) CH2=CH–NHCH3 and CH3–CH=N–CH3
(C) and (D) and
13. In which compounds (II) is more basic than (I)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
14. Which of the following reactions is/are not feasible :

(A) CH3COONa + HCOOH  CH3COOH + HCOONa
(B) CH3COONa + Ph–OH  CH3COOH + PhONa
(C) +  +
(D)

15. The groups which undergoes deprotonation & protonation respectively are x & y then x + y = ?
16. How many of the following compounds will accept from ammonium ion.
Pyridine, Aniline, Pyrrole, Triphenyl amine,
Benzyl amine, Methyl amine, Di-methyl amine, Tri-methyl amine

17. How many of the following compounds react with NaHCO3 and liberate CO2(g)
1. Salicylic acid 2. Pthalic acid 3. Picric acid 4. Resorcinol
5. Carbolic acid 6. Aspirin 7. Anisol 8. Tarteric acid
SECTION-4 : Comprehension Type (Only one option correction )

(A), (B), (C) and (D)

Whenever an intermediate carbocation is formed in reaction it may rearranges.
Only those carbocation will rearrange which can produce more stable species. It can be done either by:
(i) Shifting of H, alkyl, aryl, bond (1, 2-shifting)
(ii) Ring expansion
(iii) Ring contraction
18. Most stable rearranged carbocation of is :
(A) (B) (C) (D)
19. In which of the following carbocation rearrangement will not take place?
(A) (B) (C) (D)

20. Match each List-I with List-II and select the correct answer using the code given below the lists.
Column-I Column-II
P. 1. Zero enolizable H-atom
Q. 2. 7-enolizable H-atom
R. 3. 2-enolizable H-atom
S. 4. 3-enolizable H-atom

Code :
P Q R S
(A) 3 1 2 4
(B) 1 2 4 3
(C) 2 1 3 4
(D) 3 2 1 4

Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Ans.
Que. 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Ans.

PROBLEM-1 [IChO, 2013]
Free radicals
Carbon free radicals are trivalent carbon species containing an unpaired electron. They are involved in many
synthetic, environmental and biochemical reactions. They are generated by photochemical, thermal or redox
reactions through homolytic fission. Both electron donating and electron withdrawing groups stabilize a
radical and such radicals are known as nucleophilic and electrophilic radicals respectively.
1.1 Correct order of stability for the following radicals is [1 Marks]

   
(A) (CH3)3 C (B) Ph C HCH3 (C) HC  C (D) Ph C H2
(A) A > B > C > D (B) D > A > B > C (C) B > D > A > C (D) C > A > B > D
1.2 For the following compound, the correct order of ease with which hydrogen abstraction takes place from
carbons numbered as 1 to 6 is : [1.5 Marks]
4 6
CH3
CH
O
1C 2
CH C
H3
H
CH3 5
3
(A) 2 > 6 > 4 = 5 > 1 > 3 (B) 1 > 2 > 6 > 3 >4 = 5
(C) 2 > 1 > 6 > 3 > 4 = 5 (D) 6 > 1 > 2 > 4 = 5 > 3
Problem-2 [IChO, 2012]

Chemistry of carbocations
Carbocations are intermediates having a positively charged carbon atom. They are formed in a variety of
chemical reactions including synthesis of natural products.
2.1 In the following carbocation, hybridization of the positively charged carbon is :
(1 mark)

2.2 List the following carbocations in the order of decreasing stability.
I II III IV
(1 mark)
Carboxylic acid derivatives
Carboxylic acids occur widely in nature. Common carboxylic acid derivatives used as synthons for organic
synthesis are acid chlorides, esters and amides. However, reactivities of these species are different.
3.1 Oxygen atom of the carbonyl group is most basic in
Amide Ester Acid chloride [1 mark]
In IR spectrum, a carbonyl group shows a peak in the range 1600-1800 cm . Stronger is the bond, higher is
-1
the absorption value. IR spectra of sample A (acetamide), B (acetyl chloride) and C (ethyl acetate) were
recorded.
Nitrogen containing compounds
Several naturally occuring important compounds such as alkaloids, amino acids, proteins and peptides
contain nitrogen. Nitrogen heterocycles in the form of pyrimidine and purine bases, are essential features of
nucleic acids, which are responsible for storage of genetic information in an organism and for transmitting the
same to its progeny.
4.1 The most acidic species amongst the following is :
(i) (ii) *
(iii) (iv)
4.2 Which of the following statements is true with respect to the following pair of compounds?
and (C2H5)3N (E)
(i) D is more basic than E
(ii) E is more basic than D
(iii) D and E are of comparable basicity [1 Mark]

PART - I
1. (4) 2. (3) 3. (2) 4. (3) 5. (3)
6. (3) 7. (3) 8. (4) 9. (2) 10. (1)
11. (2) 12. (1) 13. (4) 14. (3) 15. (4)
16. (2) 17. (4) 18. (3) 19. (3) 20. (1)
21. (4) 22. (1) 23. (2) 24. (3) 25. (3)
26. (3) 27. (2) 28. (2) 29. (4) 30. (3)
PART - II
1. (B) 2. (B) 3. (A) 4. (C) 5. (B)
6. (D) 7. (C) 8. (B) 9. (D) 10. (C)
11. (B) 12. (D) 13. (A) 14. (D) 15. (A)
16. (C) 17. (A) 18. (B) 19. (C) 20. (A)
21. (A) 22. (C) 23. (D) 24. (A) 25. (B)
26. (A) 27. (D) 28. (A) 29. (C) 30. (B)
PART - III
1. (B) 2. (C) 3. (A) 4. (C) 5. (C)
6. (C) 7. (D) 8. (B) 9. (B,C) 10. (A,B,C)
11. (A,B,C,D) 12. (A,B) 13. (A,B,C,D) 14. (B,C,D)
15. x = 5, y =2 so x + y = 7 16. 4 (v, vi, vii, viii) 17. 5 (1, 2, 3, 6, 8) 18. (B)
19. (B) 20. (A)
PART - IV
1.1 (C) 1.2 (C)
2.1 sp2 The structure donot permit the vacant orbital to change to pure P orbital
2.2 IV > III> I > II 3.1 Amide 4.1 (ii) 4.2 (i)
PART - I
1. All acids which are stronger than carbonic acid will produces effervesence with sodium bicarbonate.
2. Self explanatory.
3. Electron withdrawing group increase acidic strength and electron relasing group decrease acidic strength.
5. An acid with weaker conjugate base is stronger.

8. Lone pair electrons present on more electronegative atom is less basic.
9. Secondary amine is most basic in aqueous solution among aliphatic amines.
12. CF3–COOH > CCl3–COOH > HCOOH > CH3COOH (Ka order) (Ka dk Øe)
20. Acetyl acetone is liquid and exist mainly as III due to intramolecular H-bonding and the correct answer is
III > II > I.
However in aquous medium, the correct answer is II > III > I.
21. Salicylic acid is more acidic than p-hydroxy benzoic acid.
22. migration of – me group



1º-carbocation 3º-carbocation
(more stable)
29. –NO2 group, being strong electron-withdrawing, disperses the –ve charge, hence stabilizes the concerned
carbanion.
30. Stability of alkyl carbocation 3º > 2º > 1º.
PART - III
2. On the basis of stability of conjugate base due to electronic effects.
3. Protonation at site 1 and 3 is supported by resonance stabilization.
5. (C) Phthalic acid is stronger acid due to intramolecular hydrogen bonding.
9. (B)
2,2-dimethyl-1-nitropropane
(C)
Acetylacetone
11. All statements are correct.
12. (A,B) Nitroso oxime (Tautomer)

Imine enamine (Tautomer).
15. 5 is deprotanated since it is most acidic acid, 2 is protonated since it is most basic (guanidinic N).
Re arrangeman t by
18.     
1,2 bond shifting

REACTION INTERMEDIATES-1 [256]
EXERCISE-I
Q.1 2-chloropentane on halogenation with chlorine gives 2,3, dichloropentane. What will be the structure of
free radical species formed in the reaction?
(A) Planar (B) Trigonal planar (C) Square planar (D) Pyramidal
Q.2 The correct order of rate of Wurtz recation.

Na
(I) CH2–F ether
 CH2–CH2
Na
(II) CH2–Cl ether
 CH2–CH2
Na
(III) CH2–Br ether
 CH2–CH2
Na
(IV) CH2–I ether
 CH2–CH2
(A) I > II > III > IV (B) II > I > III > IV
(C) IV > III > II > I (D) In all rate of Wurtz reaction is same
CH 3  CH  CO 2 K
Q.3 | electrolys
 is
 (A) (Major)
CH 3  CH  CO 2 K
Major product (A) of above reaction

(A) (B) (C) (D)
Q.4 Consider the following reaction –

O
FeSO 4  H 2O 2
Na
/  Fenton
ether   P
OEt liq. NH 3 's
reagent
the major product P is:
O OH O O
(A) (B)
H H
O O
(C) O (D) OH

Q.5 NBS
  Na
/ether
 (X)
CCl4 .Peroxide
X is
(A) (B)
(C) (D) None of these
Q.6 Find out the correct order of rate of reaction towards allylic substitution.
CH 3
|
(I) CH3–CH = CH2 (II) CH3–CH2–CH=CH2 (III) CH 3  CH  CH  CH 2
(A) I > II > III (B) II > I > III
(C) III > II > I (D) III > I > II
Q.7 What will be the major product, when 2-methyl butane undergoes bromination in presence of light?
(A) 1-bromo-2-methyl butane
(B) 2-bromo-2-methyl butane
(C) 2-bromo-3-methyl butane
(D) 1-bromo-3-methyl butane
Q.8 Which can not be the possible product of the given reaction
Br
CH 3  CH 2  C  OAg 2 
CCl4 ,  product(s)
||
O
(A) CH3 – CH2 – Br (B) CH 3  CH 2  C  O  CH 2  CH 3

||
O
(C) CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – CH3 (D) CH3 – CH2 – CH3

Q.9 Pick the correct statement for monochlorination of R-secbutyl Bromide.
Me
Cl
Br H 
2
300C
Et
(A) There are five possible product ; four are optically active one is optically inactive
(B) There are five possible product ; three are optically inactive & two are optically active
(C) There are five possible product ; two are optically inactive & three are optically active
(D) None of these
Q.10 Correct order of rate of photochlorination for following compounds is:
CH 3
|
CH3–CH3 CD3–CD3 CH 3  C  CH 3
|
CH 3
(I) (II) (III)

(A) II < I < III (B) I < II < III (C) III < I < II (D) II < III < I
Q.11 NBS
 Allylic brominated products
CCl4 , 
Find out the incorrect statement.

(A) It gives total 9 allylic brominated products
(B) All allylic brominated products are optically active
(C) Substrate has 7 allylic hydrogens
(D) NBS gives Br2 constantly to reaction mixture.
Q.12 Which of the following carbocation is most stable?
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
Q.13 Which carbocation is least likely to form as an intermediate?
 
(A) (C6 H 5 )3 C (B) (C) (D) CH 2  CH

Q.14 For the reactions
(I)  + Clr , H1o (II)  + Clr , H o2

(III)  + Cl , H 3o (IV)  + Cl , H o4
The correct decreasing order of enthalpies of reaction for producing carbocation is

(A) H1o > H o2 > H 3o > H o4 (B) H o4 > H1o > H o2 > H 3o
(C) H 3o > H o2 > H1o > H o4 (D) H o2 > H1o > H o4 > H 3o
Br
Q.15 , which is not the correct statement
(I)
(A) I is more soluble than bromocyclopropane
(B) I gives pale yellow ppt. on addition with AgNO3
(C) I is having lower dipole moment than bromocyclopropane
(D) I is more ionic than
Q.16 Which one of the following carbocation would you expect to rearrange.

(A) (B) (C) (D)
Q.17 How many 1,2-Shifts are involved during the course of following reaction:


(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
Q.18 How many 1,2-Shifts are involved during the course of following reaction:
conc. H SO
 24 
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4


Q.19 H (X).

Product (X) is
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Q.20 Among the given compounds, the correct dehydration order is:
(I) (II) (III) (IV)
(A) I < II < III < IV (B) II < III < IV Q > R > S (B) Q > P > R > S (C) R > Q > P > S (D) R > Q > S > P
H SO
Q.23 2 
4  X

X is
(A) (B) (C) (D)


Q.24 H major product is

(A) (B) (C) (D)
H O
Q.25 
3
 A, A is
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Q.26 H

(A) (B) (C) (D)
Conc . H SO
Q.27   
2
4  A.

Product A is:
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Q.28 How many products are obtained in the given reaction :

Et Ph CH3 Ph
H SO4
HO OH + HO OH 2  

Et Ph CH3 Ph
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4

Q.29 Which of the following is not correct about P2.
O

Mg
 P H
 P2
H O 1
2 
(A) It is a spiro compound (B) It is a Ketone

(C) It can show tautomerism (D) It is an alkene
CH 3
|
Q.30 CH 3  CH — C — CH 2  NH 2 HNO
2  (X) (major)
| |
CH 3 CH 3
Major product of above reaction is
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
Q.31 Which will dehydrate at fastest rate by H3PO4:-

(A) 2-methyl butane-2-ol (B) 3-methyl butane-2-ol
(C) Butane-1-ol (D) 2-methyl butane-1-ol
Q.32 What is the order of reactivity with HBr.
(a) (b) (c)
(A) a > b > c (B) b > a > c

(C) c > b > a (D) b > c > a
CH = CH3
Q.33 HBr

H D CCl4
CH3
What is stereochemistry of product?

(A) Racemic mixture (B) Optically inactive
(C) Diastereomers (D) Meso product

Q.34 In the given reaction:
Br2
 [X]

[X] is:
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Q.35 Select the incorrect statement about the product mixture in the following reaction :
Br
2  Products
CCl4
(A) it is optically active (B) it is racemic mixture

(C) it is a resolvable mixture (D) it is a mixture of erythro compounds

EXERCISE-II
Q.1 Which of the following can be produced by Wurtz reaction in good yield.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Q.2 Select true statement(s):

(A) Instead of radical substitution, cyclopropane undergoes electrophilic addition reactions in sun light.
(B) In general, bromination is more selective than chlorination.
(C) The 2,4,6-tri-tert, butylphenoxy radical is resistant to dimerization.
(D) The radical-catalysed chlorination, A rCH 3 ArCH2Cl, occurs faster when Ar = phenyl than when
Ar = p-nitrophenyl.
Q.3 Choose all alkane that give only one monochloro derivative upon reaction with chlorine in sun light.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Q.4 NBS
 HBr
 (X) + (Y) enantiomeric pair
CCl / h
4
Br Br
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Br Br
Q.5 Select correct statement about the product (P) of the reaction:
Br
2 / P
CCl 4
(A) P is optically inactive due to internal compensation

(B) P is optically inactive due to the presence of plane of symmetry in the molecule
(C) The structure of P can have three optical isomers possible.
(D) P can have four possible optical isomers.
Q.6 Products formed when HCl adds to 2,4- hexadiene is:
(A) 4-chloro-2-hexene (B) 2-chloro-3-hexene
(C) 2-chloro-4-hexene (D) 1-chloro-2-hexene
Q.7 In the given reaction
C7H12 (A) HBr


(A) can be
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Q.8 Which of following reaction product are diastereomer of each other.
Br
(A) 
2 (B) (
i ) NaCN

CCl 4 ( ii ) H 
(C) HBr
 (D) CH 3  CH  CH  CH  Ph HCl

CCl4
peroxide
|
Et
Q.9 Which of the following can be formed during this reaction?

H
3O

OH
OH
(A) (B) (C) (D)

OH O O
OH
Q.10 Each of the compounds in column A is subjected to further chlorination. Match the following for them.
Column A Column B
(A) CHCl2–CH2–CH3 (P) Optically active original compound
(B) CH2Cl–CHCl–CH3 (Q) Only one trichloro product
(C) CH2Cl–CH2–CH2–Cl (R) Three trichloro product.
(D) CH3–CCl2–CH3 (S) Four trichloro product

Cl Cl
(E) | | (T) Atleast one of the trichloro product is
CH 3  C — C  CH 3 optically active.
| |
CH 3 CH 3 (U) Two trichloro products.

EXERCISE-III
Q.1 Identify P1 to P8.
H H
Br
CH3 – CH = CH – CH2 CH2 CH3 H P1 + P2
D T
H
H Br
CH3 – CH =CH –CH2– CH  CH 2 CH3  P1 + P2 + P3 + P4
|
D T
H Br
CH3 – CH = CH – CH 2  CH  CH 2  CH  CH 3  P1 + P2 + P3 + P4 + P5 + P6 + P7 + P8
| |
D T
Q.2 Give the product of the following reaction.

O
Mg A CH=O Mg

(i) H O
(ii) CH=O H 2O B
2
O O
|| Mg
|| Mg
(iii) Me  C  Et  H2SO
4  C (iv) Ph  C  Me  H2SO
4  D
H 2O  H 2O 
Q.3 Identify missing products in the given reaction sequence.

aq KOH
CH3 – CH2 – CH3 Br / hv
2  (A)    (B) H2SO
4  (C) Br
2  (D) = ?
 CCl 4
Q.4 Find out the total no. of products (including stereo) in the given reaction :
CH3
NBS, CCl4 Products.

Peroxide, 
Q.5 With the help of following data show HBr exhibits the peroxide effect.
H10/kJ mol–1 H20/kJ mol–1
   
H–X X + CH2 = CH2  X CH2 – C H2 XCH2– C H2 + H–X  XCH2CH3 + X

HCl –67 + 12.6
HBr –25.1 – 50.2
HI +46 –117.1
Q.6 Addition of small amount of (C2H5)4Pb to a mixture of methane and chlorine, starts the reaction at
140°C instead of the usual minimum 250°C. Why?
Q.7 On chlorination, an equimolar mixture of ethane and neopentane yields neopentyl chloride and
ethyl chloride in the ratio 2.3 : 1. How does the reactivity of 1° hydrogen in neopentane compare with
that of a 1° hydrogen in ethane?

Q.8 It required 0.7 g of a hydrocarbon (A) to react completely with Br2 (2.0 g) and form a non resolvable
product. On treatment of (A) with HBr it yielded monobromo alkane (B). The same compound (B) was
obtained when (A) was treated with HBr in presence of peroxide. Write down the structure formula of
(A) and (B) and explain the reactions involved.
Q.9 Give product(s) in each of the following reactions .

Br / hv
(a) CH 3 – CH – CH2 – CH2– CH3 2 
 (A) (major)
|
CH 3
( C H COO )
(b) + NBS 6 
5
2  (B)
hv
(c) CH3 – CH2 – CH = CH2 + Me3COCl  (C) + (D)
CH 3
|
CH3  C O  Cl / 
|
CH3
(d) C6H5 – CH2 – CH2 – CH3      (E) (major)
Q.10 We saw that acid-catalyzed dehydration of 2,2-dimethyl-cyclohexanol afforded 1,2-dimethylcyclohexene.

To explain this product we must write a mechanism for the reaction in which a methyl shift transforms a
secondary carbocation to a tertiary one. Another product of the dehydration of 2,2-dimethylcyclohexanol
is isopropylidencyclopentane. Write a mechanism to rationalize its formation.

H
heat
 + C(CH3)2
2,2-Dimethylcyclohexanol 1,2-Dimethylcyclohexene Isopropylidenecyclopentane
Q.11 (a) Write a reasonable and detailed mechanism for the following transformation.
conc
 . + H 2O
H 2SO 4

(b) H/
HOH

-Terpeniol

Q.12 Assuming that cation stability governs the barrier for protonation in H – X additions, predict which
compound in each of the pairs in parts (a) & (b) will be more rapidly hydrochlorinated in a polar solvent.
(I) (II)
(a) CH2 = CH2 or
(b) or
Q.13 Choose the member of the following pairs of unsaturated hydrocarbons that is more reactive towards
acid-catalysed hydration and predict the regiochemistry of the alcohols formed from thi s compound.
(a) or
(I)
(b) or
(c) or
Q.14 Give product in the following reaction.
(i) NaNO
 2  A (ii) NH2  NaNO 2
 B
HCl HCl
NH2
CH2NH2 NH2
(iii) NaNO
 2  C (iv) NaNO
 2  D
HCl HCl
(v) NaNO
 2  E
HCl
OH NH2
Q.15 What are the products of the following reactions ?
(a) PhCH = CHCH3 + HBr A (b) + HI  B
(c) + HBr Peroxide

  C (d) + HCl D

Q.16 Complete following reaction:
(a) HCl

Br
(b) 
2
CCl 4
CH3
Cl
(c) 
2
CS2
Total number of products obtained in this reaction is ?

Q.17 H
 Write the mechanism.

OH
Q.18 Compare rate of reaction towards pinacol pinacolone rearrangement.
CH3 CH 3 CH 3 Ph CH 3 CH 3
| | | | | |
Ph — C — C — Ph CH 3 — C — C — Ph CH 3 — C — C — CH 3
| | | | | |
OH OH OH OH OH OH
(I) ( I I) ( I I I)
Q.19 Calculate the percentage of products i.e. P1, P2 & P3, if reactivity for chlorination with 1°H, 2°H & 3°H
is 1 : 3.8 : 4.5 respectively.
Cl
Cl
Cl
h
+ Cl2   
 + +
Monochlorination
(P1) (P2) (P3)
Q.20 Write all the monochlorinated products (including stereo) of isohexane.

EXERCISE–IV (A)
Q.1 Which one of the following has the smallest heat of hydrogenation per mole? [JEE 1993]
(A) 1-Butene (B) trans-2-Butene
(C) cis-2-Butene (D) 1,3-Butadiene
Q.2 In the following compounds: [JEE 1996]
The order of acidity is:

(A) III > IV > I > II (B) I > IV > III > II (C) II > I > III > IV (D) IV > III > I > II
Q.3 The reaction of CH3– CH=CH OH with HBr gives: [JEE 1998]
(A) CH3CHBrCH2 OH (B) CH3CH2CHBr OH
(C) CH3CHBrCH2 Br (D) CH3CH2CHBr Br
Q.4 An aromatic molecule will: [JEE 1999]

(A) have 4n  electrons (B) have (4n+2)  electrons
(C) be planar (D) be cyclic
Q.5 The enol form of acetone, after Prolonged treatment with D2O, gives: [JEE 1999]
OD O OH OD
| || | |
(A) CH 3  C  CH 2 (B) CH 3  C  CH 3 (C) CH 2  C  CH 2 D (D) CD 2  C  CD 3
Q.6 A solution of (+) 1-chloro-1-phenylethane in toluene racemizes slowly in the presence of small amount
of SbCl5 due to formation of: [JEE 1999]
(A) carbanion (B) carbene (C) free radical (D) carbocation
Q.7 Amongst the following, the most basic compound is: [JEE 2000]
(A) C6H5NH2 (B) p-NO2–C6H4NH2 (C) m-NO2–C6H4NH2 (D) C6H5CH2NH2
Q.8 The correct order of basicities of the following compounds is: [JEE 2001]
O
||
CH3CH2NH2 (CH3)2NH CH 3CNH 2
(1) (2) (3) (4)
(A) 2 > 1 > 3 > 4 (B) 1 > 3 > 2 > 4 (C) 3 > 1 > 2 > 4 (D) 1

Q.9 Left to right sp2, sp2, sp, sp hybridization is present in: [JEE 2003]
(A) H2C = CH–CN (B) H2C=C=CH–CH3 (C) HCC–CCH (D) HCC–CH=CH2
Q.10 Maximum dipole moment will be of : [JEE 2003]

(A) CCl4 (B) CHCl3 (C) CH2Cl2 (D) CH3Cl
Q.11
when X is made to react with 2 eq. of NaNH2 the product formed will be: [JEE 2003]
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
Q.12 [JEE 2004]
Correct order of acidic strength is:

(A) x > y > z (B) z > y > x (C) y > z > x (D) x > z > y
Q.13 1-Bromo-3-chloro cyclobutane on reaction with 2-equivalent of sodium in ether gives [JEE 2005]
(A) (B) (C) (D)

CH COONa( excess)
Q.14 3    [JEE 2005]
( aq. solution )
(A) (B)
(C) + CH3COOH (D) + H2SO3
Q.15 Conversion of cyclohexanol into cyclohexene is most effective in [JEE 2005]

(A) concentrated H3PO4 (B) concentrated HCl
(C) concentrated HCl / ZnCl2 (D) concentrated HBr
Q.16 For 1-methoxy-1,3-butadiene, which of the following resonating structure is the least stable?
   
(A) H 2C CH  CH  CH  O  CH 3 (B) H 2C CH  CH  CH  O  CH 3
   
(C) H 2C  CH  CH  CH  O  CH 3 (D) H 2C  CH  CH  CH  O CH 3
[JEE 2005]
Q.17 When benzene sulfonic acid and p-nitrophenol are treated with NaHCO3, the gases released respectively
are [JEE 2006]
(A) SO2, NO2 (B) SO2, NO (C) SO2, CO2 (D) CO2, CO2
Q.18 (I) 1,2-dihydroxy benzene (II) 1,3-dihydroxy benzene [JEE 2006]

(III) 1,4-dihydroxy benzene (IV) Hydroxy benzene
The increasing order of boiling points of above mentioned alcohols is
(A) I < II < III < IV (B) I < II < IV < III (C) IV < I < II < III (D) IV < II < I < III
Q.19 Hyperconjugation involves overlap of the following orbitals [JEE 2008]

(A)  –  (B)  – p (C) p – p (D)  – 
Q.20 The correct stability order for the following species is [JEE 2008]
+
+ +
O O +
(I) (II) (III) (IV)

(A) (II) > (IV) > (I) > (III) (B) (I) > (II) > (III) > (IV)
(C) (II) > (I) > (IV) > (III) (D) (I) > (III) > (II) > (IV)

Q.21 In the following carbocation, H/ CH3 that is most likely to migrate to the positively charged carbon is
H H
1 2 + 4 5
H3C—C—C—C—CH3
3 [JEE 2009]
HO H CH3
(A) CH3 at C-4 (B) H at C-4
(C) CH3 at C-2 (D) H at C-2
EXERCISE–IV (B)
Q.1 Write the intermediate steps for each of the following reaction. [JEE 1998]
H O
(i) C6H5CH(OH) CCH 3  C6H5CH = CH–CHO

(ii) H

Q.2 Out of anhydrous AlCl3 and hydrous AlCl3 which is more soluble in diethyl ether? Explain with reason.
[JEE 2003]
Q.3 Match Ka values with suitable acid: [JEE 2003]

Ka Acid
(i) 3.3 × 10–5 (a)
(ii) 4.2 × 10–5 (b)
(iii) 6.3 ×10–5 (c)
(iv) 6.4 × 10–5 (d)
(v) 30.6 × 10–5 (e)
Q.4 Give resonating structures of following compound. [JEE 2003]
Q.5 Which of the following is more acidic and why? [JEE 2004]

ANSWER KEY
EXERCISE-I
Q.1 B Q.2 C Q.3 C Q.4 B Q.5 C Q.6 C Q.7 B
Q.8 D Q.9 D Q.10 A Q.11 B Q.12 C Q.13 C Q.14 B
Q.15 C Q.16 B Q.17 D Q.18 C Q.19 A Q.20 A Q.21 D

Q.22 C Q.23 D Q.24 C Q.25 B Q.26 D Q.27 D Q.28 B
Q.29 D Q.30 C Q.31 A Q.32 B Q.33 C Q.34 D Q.35 A
EXERCISE-II
Q.1 B, D Q.2 B, C, D Q.3 A, B, D Q.4 B, D
Q.5 A, B, C Q.6 A, B Q.7 A, B, C Q.8 A, B, D
Q.9 A, B, D Q.10 (A) S,T (B) P,S,T (C) U, (D) Q, (E) T,U
EXERCISE-III
H H H Br H H
| | | | | |
Q.1 P1 = CH 3  C  (CH 2 ) 2  C  CH 2  C  CH 3 P2 = CH 3  C  (CH 2 ) 2  C  CH 2  C  CH 3
| | | | | |
Br D T H D T
H D H Br D H
| | | | | |
P3 = CH 3  C  (CH 2 ) 2  C  CH 2  C  CH 3 P4 = CH 3  C  (CH 2 ) 2  C  CH 2  C  CH 3
| | | | | |
Br H T H H T
H D T Br D T
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
Br H H H H H
Br H T H H T
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
H D H Br D H
OH
* OH
Q.2 (i) (A) (ii) (B) RR, SS, RS (3 products)
OH * OH
CH3 Ch3
(iii) (C) CH3 – C – C – Et (iv) (D) CH3 – C – C – Ph
|| Et || Ph
O O

Br OH
| |
aq KOH
Q.3 CH3 – CH2 – CH3 Br
2 / hv
 CH 3  CH  CH 3  
  CH 3  CH  CH 3
(A) (B)
Br2
H2SO4
CH 2  CH  CH 3  CH 2  CH  CH 3
| | CCl4 ( C)
Br Br
( D)
Q.4 9 Q.7 1.15 times more reaction Q.8 A=
Br
|
Q.9 (a) A: CH 3  C  CH 2CH 2CH 3 (b) B:
|
CH 3
(c) C: CH 3  CH  CH  CH 2 D: CH 3  CH  CH  CH 2 Cl
|
Cl
(d) E: Ph  CH  Et
|
Cl
 
Q.11 (b) H  HOH
 / H
Q.12 (a) II, (b) I Q.13 (a) II, (b) I, (c) II ;
Q.15 (a) Ph  CH  Et , (b) Me2C(I)–Et, (c) , (d)

|
Br
CH3 Cl
H + H
Q.16 (a) Cl CH3 (diastereoisomers)
CH3 CH3

(b) + (diastereoisomers)
Me Me
H Cl Cl H
(c) H + H (Enantiomers)
Cl Cl
Et Et

 
H –H2O –H
Q.17  H
OH OH2
Q.18 More stable the carbocation, more will be the rate of reaction. II > I > III
Q.19 P1 = 13.26 %, P2 = 66.96 %, P3 = 19.82 % Q.20 8 products
EXERCISE–IV (A)
Q.1 D Q.2 D Q.3 B Q.4 B,C,D Q.5 D Q.6 D Q.7 D
Q.8 B Q.9 A Q.10 D Q.11 C Q.12 D Q.13 C Q.14 C
Q.15 A Q.16 C Q.17 D Q.18 C Q.19 B Q.20 D Q.21 D
EXERCISE–IV (B)
 H O
Q.1 C6 H 5  CH  C  CH H
 C 6 H 5  CH  C  CH 
2
 C 6 H 5  CH  C  CH
| | 

OH OH 2

H O
C 6 H 5  CH  C  CH 
2
 C 6 H 5  CH  C  C H
|

OH 2
 –H+
C6 H 5  CH  C  CH C6H5–CH=CH–CHO
|
OH 2

(ii) ]
Q.2 Anhydrous AlCl3 is more stable then hydrous AlCl3 because it is having vacant 3p orbital of Al which can
accept lone pair of electrons from oxygen of diethylether
Q.3 (i)–(d), (ii)–(b), (iii)–(a), (iv)–(c), (v)–(e)
Q.4
Q.5 is more acidic as overall effect of –F is electron withdrawing, so loss of portion is easier from this
compound.

Environmental Chemistry [279]
Type (I) : Very Short Answer type Question : (1 Mark)
1. Name the zone of the atmosphere where ozone layer is present ?
2. What are the principle chemical species present in the stratosphere?
3. What is the wavelength range of the ultraviolet radiation which is removed in the stratosphere?
4. Name the main sources of air pollutants ?
5. Name two photochemical oxidants.
6. In the absence of greenhouse effect, what would be the mean temperature of the earth ?
7. Name the regions of the atmosphere where global warming and ozone depletion phenomenon occur.
8. Name five common water pollutants ?
9. What is the composition of 'London smog' ?
10. What is the nature of 'London smog' ?
11. Which acids are present in the acid rain ?
12. What is PAN and how it is produced ?
13. Which part of the earth is named as hydrosphere?
14. How does CO2 cause environmental pollution ?
15. Which of the two is more toxic and why? CO2 and CO.
16. Name the important gases responsible for greenhouse effect.
17. Give two examples each of pesticides and herbicides ?
18. What is the temperature range of the atmosphere?
19. What gas leaked to bring havoc in Bhopal tragedy?
20. What is the molecular formula of freon-12 and 112.
21. What is the concentration of oxygen in air ?
22. What is green fuel?
Type (II) : Short Answer type Question : (2 Marks)
23. What do you understand by "clean water" and "polluted water" ?
24. What are primary pollutants? Give three examples.
25. What are secondary pollutants? Give three example.
26. Define photochemical oxidant ?
27. Name four harmful effects for air pollution ?
28. Suggest three ways to reduce greenhouse effect.

29. What do you understand by BOD and COD? Which one is preffered?
30. How soil pollution is different from air and water pollution?
31. Define the term biosphere ?
32. Define environmental chemistry.
33. What is the effect of reforestation on water level?
34. Fish do not always grow as well in warm as in cold water. Why
35. What are biodegradable and non-biodegradable pollutants ?
36. What are the sources of dissolved oxygen in water?
37. What is the importance of measuring BOD of a water body ?
38. Ozone is a gas heavier than air. Why does ozone layer not settle down near the earth ?
39. What is chlorosis ?
40. What should be the tolerable limit of fluoride ions in drinking water ? What happens if it is higher than 10
ppm?
Type (III) : Long Answer type Question : (3 Marks)
41. Explain tropospheric pollution in 100 words ?
42. Statues and monuments in india are affected by acid rain, How ?
43. Chlorine radical plays an important role in the destruction of ozone. Explain.
44. How is photochemical smog formed ? what are its effects ? How can it be controlled ?
45. Explain giving reasons " the presence of CO reduces the amount of haemoglobin available in the blood for
carrying oxygen to the body cell"
46. What is green chemistry? What is important function of green chemistry?
47. Despite its protective function in the upper atmosphere, ozone is potentially harmful at ground level, because
it causes irritation of lung tissues and attacks rubber, cracks in the automobile tyres. How can we reduce the
levels of ozone present at ground level in our cities ?
48. Discuss the importance of dissolved oxygen in water. What processes are generally responsible for the
deoxy-genation of water ?
49. "Oxygen plays a key role in the troposphere while ozone, in the stratosphere " Elucidate.
50. A large number of fish are suddenly found floating dead on a lake. There is no evidence of toxic dumping but
you find an abundance of phytoplankton. Suggest a reason for the fish kill.
51. How can domestic waste be used as manure ?
52. For your agricultural field or garden, you have developed a compost producing pit. Discuss the process in the
light of bad odour, files and recycling of wastes for a good produce.
53. What do you understand by greenhouse effect ? What are the major gases ?

Type (IV) : Very Long Answer type Question : (5 Marks)
54. Write a short note on global warming ?
55. What is water pollution? Write down short note on source of water pollution ?
56. (i) Name two important sinks of CO2.

(ii) What is marine pollution
(iii) What is humification ?
(iv) What are viable and non-viable particulates ?
57. (i) What is composition of photochemical smog and classical smog ? How do the two differ in their behaviour ?
(ii) What should be the tolerable limit of fluoride ions in drinking water ? What happens if it is higher than 10
ppm ?
58. Compare global warming phenomenon with ozone depletion phenomenon?
59. Describe the importance of green chemistry in day-to-day life?
60. What are pesticides and herbicides ? Explain giving examples.
61. Answer the following subparts

(i) What is loam soil ?
(ii) What are asbestosis and silicosis ?
(iii) What are particulates and what is their approximate size ?
(iv) Name three natural source of air pollution
(v) How are flue gases from industries feed from oxides of nitrogen and sulphur ?
62. (i) Why does rain water normally have a pH of about 5.6 / When does it become acid rain ?
(ii) Why is acid rain considered as a threat to Taj mahal ?
(iii) Explain giving reason “ The presence of CO reduces the amount of haemoglobin available in the blood for
carrying oxygen to the body cells.”
(iv) State briefly the reactions causing ozone layer depletion in the stratosphere.
63. Write short note on toxic elements commonly present in municipal and industrial waste waters?

PART - I : OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
Section (A) : Gaseous air pollutants

A-1. Pollution is :
(1) removal of top soil (2) release of toxic/undesirable materials in environment
(3) conservation of energy (4) all of above
A-2. Atmosphere of big/metropolitian cities are polluted most by :

(1) automobile exhausts. (2) pesticide residue.
(3) household waste. (4) radio-active fall out.
A-3. Burning of fossil fuels is the main source of, which of the following pollutants ?
(1) Nitrogen oxide (2) Nitric oxide (3) Nitrous oxide (4) Sulphur dioxide
A-4. SO2 and NO2 produce pollution by increasing :

(1) alkalinity (2) acidity (3) neutrality (4) buffer action
A-5. Air pollutants that produce photochemical oxidants include :

(1) CO2, CO and SO2 (2) N2O, NO and HNO3
(3) O2, Cl2 and HNO3. (4) O3, Cl2 and SO2
A-6. Carbon monooxide is pollutant as it :

(1) inactivates nerves (2) inhibits glycolysis
(3) combines with oxygen (4) combines with haemoglobin
A-7. Acid rains are produced by :

(1) excess NO2 and SO2 from burning fossil fuels
(2) excess production of NH3 by industry and coal gas
(3) excess release of carbon monoxide by incomplete combustion
(4) excess formation of CO2 by combustion and animal respiration.
A-8. Spraying of DDT produces pollution of the type:

(1) air (2) air and water (3) air and soil (4) air, water and soil
A-9. Ozone layer of upper atmosphere is being destroyed by :

(1) chlorofluorocarbon (2) SO2
(3) photochemical oxidants/O2 & CO2 (4) smog
A-10. Chlorofluorocarbon releases which of the following chemical harmful to ozone :

(1) fluorine (2) chlorine (3) nitrogen peroxide (4) sulphur dioxide
A-11. Most hazardous metal pollutant of automobile exhausts is :

(1) mercury (2) cadmium (3) lead (4) copper
A-12. Classical smog occurs in places of :

(1) excess CO2 (2) cool and humid
(3) warm, dry and sunny (4) excess NH3
A-13. The aromatic compounds present as particulates are :
(1) benzene (2) toluene (3) nitrobenzene (4) polycyclic hydrocarbons
A-14. Which of the following statements is true about photochemical smog ?
(1) It is reducing in nature.
(2) it is formed in winter.
(3) It is a sulphurous smog.
(4) Components of the smog, NO and O3, irritate the nose and throat and their high concentration causes
headache, chest pain, dryness of the throat, cough and difficulty in breathing.

A-15. Besides CO2, the other green house gas is :
(1) CH4 (2) N2 (3) Ar (4) O2
A-16. Which of the following is not a part of green chemistry ?

(1) Photochemistry (2) Sonochemistry (3) Nuclear chemistry (4) Biochemistry
A-17. Ultraviolet radiation from sun causes a reaction that produces :

(1) fluorides (2) carbon monooxide (3) sulphur dioxide (4) ozone
A-18. Ozone depletion in stratosphere shall result in :

(1) forest fires (2) increased incidence of skin burns and skin cancer
(3) increase in biological oxygen demand (4) global warming
A-19. Which of the following statements is true ?

(1) London smog is oxidising in nature.
(2) London smog contains H2SO4 droplets.
(3) London smog is mixture of smoke, fog and SO2.
(4) London smog causes bronchitis.
A-20. Which of the following processes does not increase the amount of CO 2 in atmosphere ?
(1) Decay of animals (2) Breathing (3) Photosynthesis (4) Burning of petrol
A-21. Consider the following statement and select the correct option :
S1 : Dust is the non-viable particle.
S2 : Particulates acquire negative charge and are attracted by the positive electrode.
S3 : O2 is a green house gas.
S4 : Algae is a viable particulate.
(1) S1 and S2 only (2) S1, S2 and S3 only (3) S1, S2 and S4 only (4) S2, S3 and S4
A-22. Which of the following statements is true about ozone layer ?
(1) It is harmful because ozone is dangerous to living organism.
(2) It is beneficial because oxidation reaction can proceed faster in the presence of ozone.
(3) It is beneficial because ozone cuts off the ultra violet radiation of the sun.
(4) It is harmful because ozone cuts out the important radiation of the sun which are vital for photosynthesis.
A-23. Incomplete combustion of petrol or diesel oil in automobile engines can be best detected by testing the fuel
gases for the presence of ?
(1) CO and water vapour (2) CO
(3) NO2 (4) SO2
Section (B) : Water pollution , soil pollution and waste management

B-1. Which causes water pollution ?
(1) Pathogens (2) Automobile exhausts (3) PCBs (4) (1) and (3)
B-2. Water pollution is less if BOD is :

(1) less than 5 ppm (2) less than 15 ppm (3) less than 50 ppm (4) less than 100 ppm
B-3. Most abundant water pollutant is :

(1) detergents (2) pesticides (3) industrial wastes (4) ammonia
B-4. Drained sewage has biological oxygen demand (BOD) :

(1) more than that of water (2) less than that of water
(3) equal to that of water (4) none of the above
B-5. Eutrophication causes reduction in :

(1) dissolved hydrogen (2) dissolved oxygen (3) dissolved salts (4) all the above
B-6. Which of the following will increase the BOD of water supply ?
(1) CO2 (2) O3 (3) H2O (4) C2H5OH
B-7. Sewage water is purified by :

(1) microorganism (2) light (3) fishes (4) aquatic plants

B-8. Which of the following is not a herbicide ?
(1) Sodium chlorate (2) Sodium arsenate (3) Phosphate (4) Triazines
B-9. DDT is :
(1) green house gas (2) biodegradable pollutant
(3) non-biodegradable pollutant (4) none of above
B-10. Domestic waste mostly constitutes :

(1) non-biodegradable pollution (2) biodegradable pollution
(3) effluents (4) air pollution
B-11. Measurement of rate oxygen utilisation by a unit volume of water over a period of time is to measure :
(1) fermentation (2) biogas generation
(3) biosynthetic pathway (4) biological oxygen demand.
B-12. Fishes die in water bodies polluted by sewage due to :

(1) pathogens (2) clogging of gills by silt
(3) reduction in oxygen (4) foul smell
B-13. Which of the following statements is false ?

(1) The industrial and domestic sewage discharge is the main reason for river water pollution.
(2) Surface water contains a lot of organic matter and mineral nutrients.
(3) Oil spill in sea water causes heavy damage to fishery.
(4) Oil slick in sea water increases dissolved oxygen.
B-14. Which of the following statements is false ?

(1) The lower the concentration of dissolved oxygen, the more polluted is the water sample.
(2) The tolerable limit of lead in drinking water is 50 ppm.
(3) Water is considered pure if it has BOD less than 5 ppm.
(4) None of the above
B-15. Phosphate pollution is caused by :

(1) weathering of phosphate rock only (2) agriculture fertilizers only
(3) phosphate rocks and sewage (4) sewage and agricultural fertilizers.
B-16. Modes of controlliing pollution in large cities includes :

(1) cleanliness and less use of insecticides
(2) proper disposal of organic wastes, sewage and industrial effluents.
(3) use of liquefied carbondioxide with a suitable detergent in place of tetrachloroethene for dry cleaning.
(4) all the above
PART - II : ASSERTION / REASONING

Assertion / Reason
This section contains reasoning type questions. Each question has 4 choices (1), (2), (3) and (4), out
of which ONLY ONE is correct.
(1) If both assertion and reason are true and reason is a correct explanation of assertion.
(2) If both assertion and reason are true but reason is not a correct explanation of assertion.
(3) If assertion is true but reason is false.
(4) If assertion and reason both are false.
1. Assertion : Carbon dioxide is one of the main constituent of greenhouse gases.

Reason : In pregnant women increased CO level induce premature birth, spontaneous abortions and de-
formed babies.
2. Assertion : CO is a toxic air pollutant because.

Reason : CO binds with haemoglobin of blood and reduces oxygen transport efficiency of blood.
3. Assertion : The pH of rain water is 5.6

Reason : H+ ions are formed by the reaction of rain water with carbondioxide present in the atmosphere

4. Assertion : Acid rain is harmful for agriculture, trees and plants.
Reason : Acid rain dissolves and washes away nutrients need for the growth of agriculture, trees and plants.
5. Assertion : Becteria, fungi, moulds and algae are viable particulates.
Reason : Smoke particulates consist of solid or mixture of solid and liquid particles formed during combus-
tion of organic matter.
6. Assertion : Photochemical smog results from the action of sunlight on unsaturated hydrocarbons and nitro-
gen oxides liberated by automobiles and factories.
Reason : Classical smog is a mixture of smoke, fog and sulphurdioxide.
7. Assertion : In the stratorsphere, ozone is produced by the action of UV radiations on dioxygen.
Reason : UV radiations split the molecular oxygen into free oxygen (O) atoms which combine with molecu-
lar oxygen to form ozone.
8. Assertion : The deficiency of fluoride in drinking water causes diseases such as tooth decay etc.
Reason : The F– ions make the enamel on teeth much harder by converting hydroxyapatite, the enamel on
the surface of the teeth, into much harder fluorapatite.
9. Assertion : Green plants maintain an appropriate level of CO2 in the atmosphere.
Reason : Green plants require CO2 for photosynthesis and they, in turn, releases oxygen.
PART - I : OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

Single choice type
(1) Lower stratosphere consists of considerable amount of ozone.
(2) Ozone layer protects humans living on earth from the harmful effect of ultraviolet radiations coming from
sun.
(3) Ozone is thermodynamically stable.
(4) Smoke clouds play significant role in creating ozone over antarctica.
2. Which of the following compound belong to the class of freons ?

(1) CCl4 (2) COCl2 (3) C3O2 (4) CF2Cl2
3. The extensive use of CFC'S as refrigerant fluids and in aerosol is because of :

(1) its high chemical stability (2) good absorber of UV radiation
(3) its polar nature (4) high toxicity
4. In stratosphere, which of the following radical retards the formation of O3 ?

  
(1) C H3 (2) C I (3) F (4) Cl2
5. Which of the following helps in creating ozone over antractia ?

(1) Radioactive clouds (2) Polar stratospheric clouds
(3) Spring clouds (4) Smoke clouds

6. Which are natural sinks for C lO radicals in other parts of stratosphere ?
(1) SO2 and NO2 (2) NO and NO2 (3) CH4 and NO2 (4) Cl2 and F2
7. Eutrophication is a source of water pollution. It occurs when water :

(1) is low in nutrients (2) is high in nutrients
(3) has high temperature (4) has excess amount of organic matter
8. Which of the following statements is false ?

(1) Absorption of the terresterially radiated heat by the carbondioxide is the main cause of global warming.
(2) The global warming will increases the rate of melting of polar ice caps increasing the sea level.
(3) The global warming of the earth surface is mainly due to reforestation.
(4) CO2, NO, CH4, O3, CCl4 and water vapour are green house gases.

9. Which of the following is the primary precursor of photochemical smog ?
(1) Hydrocarbon (2) Ozone (3) PAN (4) Water vapour
10. Photochemical smog can be reduced by :

(1) using catalytic converter in the automobiles
(2) plantation of certain plants like pinus, juniperus, vitis etc.
(3) both (1) and (2)
(4) None
11. In stratosphere CFCs gets broken down by the action of powerful UV radiation releasing :
   
(1) C H3 (2) C I O (3) C l (4) C FCl2

(1) Over antarctica, the depletion of ozone layer is due to the formation of chlorine nitrate.
(2) Both O3 and NO2 reacts with unburnt hydrocarbons in the polluted air to give PAN.
(3) Classical smog consists of a mixture of smog, fog and sulphurdioxide.
(4) Gaseous pollutants consist of oxide of carbon, sulphur and nitrogen along with dust, fumes smoke, smog
etc.
13. Which of the following does not contribute to water pollution ?

(1) Pathogens (2) Organic wastes (3) chemical pollutants (4) none
14. BOD is :
(1) The amount of oxygen required to convert the NO in to NO2 in a certain volume of a sample of water.
(2) The amount of F– ions required to convert, one mole of hydroxyapatite into fluorapatite.
(3) The amount of oxygen required by bacteria to break down the organic matter present in a certain volume
of a sample of water.
(4) The amount of oxygen required to break down the non-biodegradable waste.
15. Which of the following is false.

(1) Green house gases are carbondioxide, methane, water vapours, nitrous oxide, CFCs and ozone.
(2) CO is highly poisonous to living beings because of its ability to block the delivery of oxygen to the organs
and tissues.
(3) The troposphere contains dinitrogen, dioxygen, ozone and little water.
(4) The primary source of air borne lead emission is leaded-petrol.
16. Which of the following is false.

(1) Photochemical smog has high concentration of reducing agents and is, therefore, called as reducing
smog.
(2) Non-viable particulates consist of smoke, dust, mist, fumes etc.
(3) Classical smog occurs in cool humid climate and it is mixture of smoke, fog and sulphurdioxide.
(4) Ozone reacts with unburnt hydrocarbons in polluted air to produce peroxyacetyl nitrate (PAN).
More than one choice type
17. Photochemical smog causes :
(1) headache (2) cracking of rubber
(3) corrosion of painted surface (4) extensive damage to plant life
18. Choose the wrong statements :

(1) CO2 is responsible for greenhouse effect.
(2) CO2 can absorb infrafred radiation but does not allow them to pass through.
(3) NO is more harmful than NO2.
(4) acid rain contains mainly HNO3.
19. Which of the following is/are correct about the size of particulates ?
(1) Soot particles have diameter of about 5 nm.
(2) H2SO4 fog particles have size of 500–1000 nm.
(3) Fly ash particles have diameter of 5  105 nm.
(4) All particulates have same size.

20. Which of the following is/are weedicides ?
(1) Sodium chlorate (2) DDT (3) Sodium arsenate (4) BHC
21. The depletion of ozone layer is caused by :

(1) NO (2) SO2 (3) CxHy (4) CFCs
22. Which of the following is/are proper method(s) to dispose sludge ?

(1) Incineration (2) Dumping
(3) Anaerobic digestion by microbes (4) Filtration
23. Which of the following metal(s) is/are toxic and pollutants ?

(1) Cadmium (2) Lead (3) Mercury (4) Zinc
24. Which of the following is/are greenhouse gases ?

(1) Ozone (2) Methane (3) carbon dioxide (4) Water vapours
PART - II : COMPREHENSION
COMPREHENSION
Read the following comprehension carefully and answer the questions :
Comprehension # 1
Ozone is an unstable, dark blue diamagnetic gas. It absorbs strongly the UV radiation, thus protecting the
people on the earth from the harmful UV radiation from the sun. The use of chlorofluorocarbon (CFC) in
aerosols and refrigerators, and their subsequent escape into the atmosphere, is blamed for making holes in
the ozone layer over the Antarctic, and Arctic.
Ozone acts as a strong oxidising agent in acidic and alkaline medium. For this property ozone is used as a
germicide and disinfectant for sterilising water and improving the atmosphere of crowded places.
1. CFCs damage ozone layer by reactions :

• •
(1) O3 + hv  O + O2 (2) Cl + O3  Cl O + O2
• •
(3) Cl O + O  Cl + O2 (4) all of the above
2. Identify the incorrect statement with respect to ozone ?

(1) Ozone is formed in the upper atmosphere by a photochemical reaction involving dioxygen.
(2) Ozone protects the earth’s inhabitants by absorbing UV radiations.
(3) Ozone can also be made by heating O 2 over 25000C and quenching
(4) Chlorine gas is preferred over ozone for the purification of drinking water and for water treatment in
swimming pools.
(1) The dark blue colour of ozone is due to intense absorption of green light.
(2) Oxides of nitrogen and the halogen cannot damage the O3 layer.
(3) Ozone oxidises dry iodine to I2O5 .
(4) Ozone forms orange coloured compound KO3 with potassium hydroxide.
Comprehension # 2
Pesticides are synthetic toxic chemicals which are used in agriculture to control the damages caused by
insects, rodents, weeds and various crop diseases. Their repeated use give rise to pests that are resistant to
that group of pesticides. As a result these pesticides become ineffective for those pests. Examples are DDT,
aldrin, dieldrin etc.
Herbicides are the chemicals used to control weeds, earlier inorganic compounds such as sodium chlorate,
and sodium arsenite were used but arsenic compounds being toxic to mammals, are no longer preferred
instead organic compounds such as triazines, are now considered as better herbicides, especially for the
corn-fields.
4. Which of the following is a biodegradable pesticide ?

(1) DDT (2) Aldrin (3) Dieldrin (4) None of these

5. Which of the following compounds belongs to herbicides ?
(1) Sodium arsenite (2) Sodium chlorate (3) Triazines (4) All of these

(1) The fly ash and slag of steel industry is being used by the cement industries
(2) Industrial wastes, agricultural pollutants and radioactive pollutants are the sources of soil pollutants.
(3) The recycling of material such as paper, glass and some kinds of plastics would help in the conservation
of natural sources.
(4) BHC, malathon and chlorinated hydrocarbon are herbicides.

1. Match the entries of column-I with appropriate enteries of column-II. Each entry in column-I may have one or
more than one correct option(s) from column-II.
Column-I Column-II
(1) Acid rain (p) Oxides of nitrogen
(2) Green house effect (q) Oxides of sulphur
(3) Ozone hole (r) Carbon dioxide
(4) Eutrophication (s) Phosphate fertilizer i.e. plant nutrient (excess).
(t) Chlorofluorocarbon (CFCs)
2. Match the entries of column-I with appropriate enteries of column-II. Each entry in column-I may have one or
more than one correct option(s) from column-II.
Column-I Column-II
(1) Classical smog (p) SO2
(2) Photochemical smog (q) NO2
(3) Particulate Pollutants (r) bacteria
(4) Gaseous pollutants (s) smoke
(t) Fe3O4

BOARD LEVEL EXERCISE : HINT & SOLUTIONS
1. Stratosphere.
2. O3, O2, N2 and some water vapour.
3. Ultraviolet radiations between 190 to 340 nm are removed in the stratosphere.
4. (i) Combustion of fossil fuels such as coal, petroleum and natural gas.
(ii) Industrial processes
(iii) Agricultural burning
5. Ozone, peroxy-acetyl nitrate.
6. –15oC
7. Global warming — Troposphere ; Ozone depletion—Stratosphere.
8. (i) Oxygen demanding wastes (ii) Synthetic organic compounds (iii) Inorganic chemicals and minerals (iv)
Fertilizers (v) Sewage.
9. Fog of H2SO4 droplets deposited on the particulates.
10. Reducing.
11. H2SO4, HNO3 and HCl.
12. Peroxyacytil nitrate  CH3 – COONO2  is a toxic substance and when NO2 and O3 (strong oxidising agent)
||
 O 
 
react with the unburnt hydrocarbon in the polluted air.
13. Part of the earth comprising oceans, glaciars, polar ice caps, ground water, seas, rivers, lakes, streams etc.
14. CO2 is nontoxic, yet it plays a significant role in global warming.
15. CO is more toxic because it binds itself to haemoglobin of blood to form carboxyhaemoglobin and it loses its
capacity to transport oxygen to lungs.
16. CO2, CH4, H2O, N2O
17. Pesticides : Aldrin and dieldrin.

Herbicides : Sodium chlorate, Sodium arsenite.
18. –110° C to 1200°C.
18. Methyl isocyanate (MIC).

20. Freon-12  CF2Cl2 ; Freon-112  C2F2Cl4
21. 20,0000 ppm.
22. Fuel obtained from plastic waste has high octane rating. It contains no lead (Pb).
23. 'Clean water' would have a BOD value of less than 5 ppm whereas highly polluted river water could have a
BOD value of 17 ppm or more.
24. Primary pollutants are those which are emitted directly from the sources. The examples are : particulate
matter, carbon monoxide, sulphur dioxide, nitric oxide, etc.

25. Secondary pollutants are those which are formed in the atmosphere by chemical interactions among primary
pollutants and normal atmospheric constituents. The examples are; sulphur trioxide, nitrogen dioxide, PAN
and PBN, etc.
26. Photochemical oxidant is an atmospheric substance which is produced by a photochemical process which
can oxidise materials not readily oxidised by a oxygen. These are secondary pollutants.
27. (i) Harmful effects on human health (ii) Harmful effects on vegetation
(iii) Damage to materials (iv) Climatic changes.
28. (i) Non-fossil energy sources should be adopted (ii) The production and use of chlorofluorocarbons should be
banned (iiI) Deforestation should be prevented (iv) Population of the world must be stabilised.
29. BOD = Biochemical oxygen demand (in ppm). It is a real measure of water quality.
COD = Chemical oxygen demand (in ppm). It is a index of the waste (organic and inorganic) of water. BOD
is preffered.
30. Soil pollution is different from air and water pollution in the following respects:
(i) Soil pollutants do not get dispersed unlike air and water pollution.
(ii) The pollutants remain at a particular place for relatively longer periods.
31. The environment which supports life. It extends to about 20 km from the bottom of the ocean to the highest
point in the atmosphere at which life can survive.
32. Environmental chemistry is defined as the branch of science which deals with the chemical processes
occuring in the environment. It involves the study of origin, transport, reactions, effects and the fates of
chemical species in the environment.
33. More trees by reforestation transpire more water vapour, thereby helping in causing more rain fall, which will
ultimately raise the underground water level.
34. Warm water contains less amount of dissolved oxygen as compared to that in cold water (the solubility of
gases in liquid decreases with increase in temperature).
35. Biodegradable pollutants are those which are decomposed by bacteria e.g., sewage, cow-dung etc. Non-
biodegradable pollutants are those which cannot be decomposed by bacteria, e.g., mercury, aluminium,
DDT, etc.
36. Sources of dissolved oxygen in water are (i) photosynthesis (ii) natural aeration and (iii) mechanical aeration.
37. BOD is measure of level of pollution caused by organic biodegradable material present in the sample of
water. Lower the value of BOD, less is the organic matter present in water.
38. Ozone layer is formed in the stratosphere at an altitude of about 25-30 km from earth's surface. At this
altitude, the force of gravitation is negligible.
39. Slowing down the formation of chlorophyll in plants due to presence of SO 2 as pullutant is called chlorosis.
40. 1 ppm or 1 mg dm–3. Higher concentration is harmful to bones and teeth.

41. Tropospheric pollution occurs due to the presence of undesirable gases and the solid particles in the air. The
major gaseous and the particulate pollutants present in the troposphere are as follows :
Gaseous air pollutants. These include mainly oxides of sulphur (SO2, SO3), oxides of nitrogen (NO, NO2)
and oxides of carbon (CO, CO2) in addition to hydrogen sulphide (H2S), hydrocarbons, ozone and other
oxidants.
Particulate pollutants. These include dust, mist, fumes, smoke, smog, etc.
42. The air around the statues and monuments in india contains fairly high levels of the oxides of sulphur and
nitrogen. This is mainly due to a large number of industries and power plants in the nearby areas. The use of
poor quality of coal, kerosene and firewood as fuel for domestic purposes further add to the problems. The
resulting acid rain reacts with the marble of these statues and monuments.
CaCO3 + H2SO4  CaSO4 + H2O + CO2
As a consequence, these monuments are being slowly eaten away and marble is gradully losing its lustre
and colour.

43. The chlorine radical (CI) speeds up the reaction causing destruction of ozone layer (which would otherwise
not take place by providing an alternative path with much lower activation energy. Moreover, chlorine radical
is not used up during the reaction, thereby causing a chain reaction).
44. Photochemical smog is produced when NO produced by the buring of fossil fuels at high temperature undergoes
successive chemcial reaction to form NO, NO2, Ozone. These strong oxidising agents react with gaseous
hydrocarbons in air to form PANs and other toxic materials. It causes coughing, bronchial constriction,
respiratory problems as well as irritation in eyes in humans, and leads to bronzing of tender plant leaves. It
can be controlled using certain compounds as free radical traps to prevent formation of smog.
45. CO has an affinity with haemoglobin which is even higher than affinity of oxygen with haemoglobin. So the
presence of CO forms carboxyhaemoglobin which has lower oxygen carrying capacity, thereby decreasing
amount of haemoglobin in the body.
46. Program of developing new chemical products and chemical processes or making improvements in the
already existing compounds and processes so as to make them less harmful to human health and environment.
(i) The use of starting materials, reagents and solvents which are less hazardous to man and his environment.
(ii) More effecient use of raw materials so that less waste is generated.
(iii) Utilisation of chemical reactions which completely incorporate the starting materials into the final products
and thus produce no waste.
(iv) Search for new alternatives which are environmentally friendly.
47. Reduce the use of cars and other automobile transport ; improve their designs to minimze the emission of
unburnt hydrocarbons and nitrogen oxides. Better still use of a bicycle.
48. Eutrophication is another source of water pollution. It is a process that is existent when large quantities of
phosphates and nitrates are release into aquatic ecosystem. This promotes the growth of microbes like
algae which use up most of the aquatic oxygen, thus killing aquatic life, which die due to lack of oxygne.
49. Oxygen is essential in troposphere as it it required to sustain life in plant animals, human and microbes. It is
also essential for combustion and biodegradation process. Ozone plays a key role in the stratosphere as it
performs the vital function of shielding the earth from harmful UV radiations from the sun.
50. Excessive phytoplankton (organic pollutants such as leaves, grass, trash, etc.) present in water is
biodegradable. A large population of bacteria decomposes this organic matter in water. During this process
they consume the oxygen dissolved in water. Water has already limited dissolved oxygen (= 10 ppm) which
gets is further depleted. When the level of dissolved oxygen falls below 6 ppm, the fish cannot servive.
Hence, they die and float dead in water.
51. Domestic waste comprises of two types of materials, biodegradable such as leaves, rotten food, etc., and
non-biodegradable such as plastics, glass metal, scrap, etc. The non-biodegradable waste is sent to industry
for recycling The biodegradable waste should be deposited in the land fills. With the passage of time, it is
converted into compost manure.
52. The compost producing pit should be set up at a suitable place or in a tin to protect ourselves from bad odour
and files. It should be kept covered so that files cannot make entry into it and the bad odour is minimized.
The recyclable material like plastics, glass, newspapers, etc.. should be sold to the vendor who further sells
it to the dealer. The dealer further supplies it to the industry involved in recycling process.
53. The warming of the earth or global warming due to re-emission of sun’s energy absorbed by the earth
followed by its absorption by CO2 molecules and H2O vapour present near the earth’s surface and then its
radiaton back to the earth is called greenhouse effect.
Though CO2 is the main gas in the greenhouse effect, there are some other greenhouse gases also e.g.
methane, chlorofluorocarbons, ozone, nitrous oxide and water vapours.
54. Ref. Theory Notes

55. Water pollution is the presence of any foreign substance (organic, inorganic, radioactive or biological) in
water which tends to degrade the quality so as to constitute a hazard or impair the usefulness of water.
SOURCE OF WATER POLLUTION
Oxygen-demanding wastes : Biodegradable organic compounds (e.g., sewage, wastes from food processing
plants, paper mills, and tanneries)
Plant nutrients : Nitrates and phos-phates from detergents, fertilizers,and sewage treatment plants.
Sediments : Enriched soil water due to soil erosion.
Thermal discharges : Heated water from power plants.
Disease-causing agents : Bacteria and viruses from sewage (e.g., food poisoning and hepatitis)
Synthetic organic compounds :
Pesticides, industrial chemical (e.g., PCBs)
Radioactive substances : From nuclear power plants, medical and research facilities, and nuclear weapons
testing.
56. (i) Oceans (which dissolve it) and plants (which use it for photosynthesis)
(ii) Pollution of sea water due to discharge of wastes into it is called marine pollution.
(iii) The decomposition of organic material (leaves, root etc.) in the soil by microorganism to produce humus
is called humification.
(iv) Viable particulates are small size living organisms such as bacteria, fungi, moulds, algae, etc. Non-viable
particulates are formed by disintegration of large size materials or condensation of small size particles or
droplets e.g. mist, smoke, fume and dust.
57. (i) Photochemical smog is mixture of number of irritation causing compounds like NO 2, O3 aldehydes,
peroxyacyl nitrates, ketones, hydrocarbons and CO. It is formed in summer months after sunrise.
Classical smog is mixture of oxides of sulphur and carbons (soot). It is formed in early hours of winter
months.
Photochemical smog is oxidisig in nature whereas classical smog is reducing in nature.
(ii) 1 ppm or 1 mg dm –3. Higher concentration is harmful to bones and teeth.
58. Global warming Ozone depletion

Region of atmosphere Mostly troposphere Stratosphere
involved
Major substances CO2, CH4, H2O, N2O O3, O2, CFCs
involved
Intersection with IR-radiation absorbed by UV-radiation

radiation molecules which vibrate and absorbed by
re-emits energy to earth molecules
Nature of problem Increasing concentrations of Decreasing
greenhouse gases are concentration of O3
apparently increasing is apparently
average global temperature increasing exposure
to UV-radiation
Source of problem Release of CO2 from burning Release of CFSs
fossil fuels, deforestation
Possible Climate change; increase in Skin and eye
sea level, change in diseases; growth of
agricultural productivity plants affected
Possible responses Check deforestation and less Production and use
use of fossil fuels of CFSs be
completely stopped

59. Green Chemistry in Day-to-Day Life
(i) Dry Cleaning of Clothes
Tetra chlroethene (Cl2C=CCl2) was earlier used as solvent for dry cleaning clothes. The compound contaminates
the ground water and is also a suspected carcinogen. Now-a-days, liquified CO2 along with suitable detergent
is used for drycleaning in place of Cl2C = CCl2. Replacement of halogenated solvent by liquid CO2 will result
in les harm to ground water.
(ii) Bleaching of Paper and Clothes
Chlorine gas was used earlier for bleaching of paper. These days, hydrogen peroxide (H 2O2) with some
suitable catalyst (which promotes the bleaching action of hydrogen peroxide) is used. Hydrogen peroxide
(H2O2) is also used for the prupose of bleaching of clothes in the laundary process, which gives better results
and makes use of lesser amount of water.
(iii) Synthesing Chemicals
Ethanal (CH3CHO) is now prepared commercially with a yield of about 90% by one step oxidation of ethene
in the presence of ionic catalyst in aqueous medium.
Catalyst
CH2=CH2 + O2 
Pd(II)Cu(II) (in water )
CH3CHO(90%)
Thus, green chemistry programs recognise and promote fundamental breakthrough in chemistry. In a nutshell,
green chemistry is a cost-effective approach which involves reduction in material, energy consumption and
waste generation.
60. Pesticides. These are synthetic chemical compounds which are toxic and are used in agriculture to protect
the crops and plants from the pests like insects, rodents, weeds and various crop diseases. Earlier DDT was
used as pesticide. The insect developed resistance towards DDT gradually over the years and therefore,
other organic toxins such as Aldrin and Dialdrin were introduced for use as pesticides. But these were non-
biodegradable. Consequently, a new series of pesticides, organophosphates and carbamates have been
introduced. These are biodegradable.
Herbicides. These are the chemicals used to control weeds. Earlier, inorganic compounds such as sodium
chlorate (NaClO3) and sodium arsenite (Na3AsO3) were used but arsenic compounds, being toxic to mammals,
are no longer preferred. Instead, organic compounds such as triazines, are now considered as better herbicides,
especially for the cornfields.
61. (i) Soil containing 34% air, 66% water along with humus is called loam soil is best for crops.
(ii) Asbestosis and silicosis is lung disease caused by particulates.
(iii) Particulates are finely divided solid or liquid particles suspended in air. Their size varies from 2  10–4  to 500 
(iv) Volcanic erruptions, forest fires and pollen grains of flowers.
(v) The flue gases are subjected to scrubbing with conc. H2SO4 or with alkaline solutions such as Ca(OH)2 or
Mg(OH)2 etc.
62. (i) Normally rain has a pH of about 5.6 due to dissolution of CO 2 of the atmosphere into it
(CO2 + H2O  H2CO3 2H+ + CO32–). When the pH of rain falls below 5.6, it becomes acid rain.
(ii) Taj mahal is made of marble. The acid rain contains H2SO4 which attacks the marble (CaCO3) thereby
pitting it, discolouring it and making it lustreless.
CaCO3 + H2SO4  CaSO4 + CO2 + H2O.
(iii) CO combines with haemoglobin of the red blood corpuscles (RBCs) about 300 times more easily than
oxygen to form carboxyhaemoglobin reversibly as follows.
Hb + CO HbCO.
Thus it is not able to combine with oxygen to form oxyhaemoglobin and transport of oxygen to different body
cells cannot take place.

63. Toxic Elements Commonly Present in
Municipal and Industrial Waste Waters
Element Sources Adverse Effects
Arsenic Pesticides, chemical wastes, mining by-product. Enzyme-inhibitor, carcinogenic
Beryllium Nuclear power and space industries, coal. Toxic carcinogenic.
Boron Industrial wastes, detergent formulations, coal. Toxic to some plants.
Causes high blood pressure,

Industrial discharge, metal plating, Ni-Cd
Cadmium kidney malfunctioning, anae-
batteries, mining waste.
mia, disorder of bone marrow.
Chromium Metal plating industries. Cr(VI) is carcinogenic
Zinc Metal plating industries, industrial waste. Toxic to plants.
Not very toxic to animals, toxic

Copper Metal plating industries, mining.
to plants and algae.
Fluorine Causes bone damage, mottled
Natural geological sources, industrial waste.
(F– ion) teeth.
Causes anaemia, kidney mal-
Lead Plumbing, mining, coal, gasoline.
functioning, nervous disorder.
Mercury Pesticides, coal, industrial waste, mining Highly toxic.
EXERCISE - 1
PART - I
A-1. (2) A-2. (1) A-3. (4) A-4. (2) A-5. (2)
A-6. (4) A-7. (1) A-8. (4) A-9. (1) A-10. (2)
A-11. (3) A-12. (2) A-13. (4) A-14. (4) A-15. (1)
A-16. (3) A-17. (4) A-18. (2) A-19. (3) A-20. (3)
A-21. (3) A-22. (3) A-23. (2) B-1. (4) B-2. (1)
B-3. (1) B-4. (1) B-5. (2) B-6. (1) B-7. (1)
B-8. (3) B-9. (3) B-10. (2) B-11. (4) B-12. (3)
B-13. (4) B-14. (4) B-15. (4) B-16. (4)

PART - II
1. (2) 2. (1) 3. (3) 4. (1) 5. (2)
6. (2) 7. (1) 8. (1) 9. (1)
EXERCISE - 2
PART - I
1. (2) 2. (4) 3. (1) 4. (2) 5. (2)
6. (3) 7. (2) 8. (3) 9. (1) 10. (3)
11. (3) 12. (4) 13. (4) 14. (3) 15. (3)
16. (1) 17. (1, 3, 4) 18. (3, 4) 19. (1, 2, 3) 20. (1, 3)
21. (1, 4) 22. (1, 2, 3) 23. (1, 2, 3) 24. (1, 2, 3, 4)
PART - II
1. (4) 2. (4) 3. (4) 4. (4) 5. (4)
6. (4)
PART - III
1. (1 – p,q) ; (2 – r) ; (3 – p,t) ; (4 – s) 2. (1 – p) ; (2 – q) ; (3 – r,s,t) ; (4 – p,q)

XI JEE Chemistry Pracice Sheet 02

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

XI JEE Chemistry Pracice Sheet 02

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Chemical Classification & Periodicity in Properties (s & p block) [1]

Q.1 The size of the following species increases in the order:

Q.2 Highest size will be of

Q.5 The correct order of atomic or ionic size

Ionization Energy or Potential

Q.7 The correct order of second ionisation potential of C, N, O and F is:

Q.8 Decreasing ionization potential for K, Ca & Ba is

Q.9 The ionization energy will be maximum for the process.

Q.10 The correct order of second I.P.

Q.11 Alkaline earth metals always form dipositive ions due to

Q.12 Amongst the following, the incorrect order is

Electron affinity or Electron Gain Enthalpy

Q.16 Electron affinities of O,F,S and Cl are in the order.

Q.17 Which of the following statement is not true?

Q.18 Increasing order of Electron affinity for following configuration.

Q.19 Highest electron affinity is shown by

Q.21 In the following which configuration of element has maximum electronegativity.

Q.22 On the Pauling’s electronegativity scale, which element is next to F .

Q.23 The increasing order of acidic nature of Li2O, BeO, B2O3

Q.25 Which of the following element is having highest electronegativity.

Chemical Classification & Periodicity in Properties (s & p block) [3]

Q.27 Which one is not correct order of electronegativity.

Q.31 Choose the s-block element from the following:

Q.32 False statement for periodic classification of elements is

Q.33 Pick out the isoelectronic species from the following:

Q.35 Among the following which species is/are paramagnetic

Chemical Classification & Periodicity in Properties (s & p block) [4]

Q.39 Which of the following element has highest metallic character .

Q.41 The correct order of increasing hydration energy of following ion is

More than one correct

Q.44 Select the correct statement(s).

Q.47 If Aufbau’s principle and Hund’s rule were not followed.

Q.51 Amongst the following statements, which is / are correct?

Q.52 The ionic compound A+ B¯ is formed when the

Q.53 Which of the following is/are correct?

Q.54 Which of the following is false

Chemical Classification & Periodicity in Properties (s & p block) [6]

Match the column

Q.58 Match the column :

Q.59 Match the column :

Q.60 Match the column :

Chemical Classification & Periodicity in Properties (s & p block) [7]

Q.61 Statement-1 : Lithium is a better reducing agent than Cs.

Q.62 Statement-1 : The first ionization energy of Be is greater than that of B.

Q.63 Statement-1 : IE1 of N is greater than O.

Q.65 Statement-1 : Ionization potential of Sn is less than Pb.

Q.66 Statement-1 : Magnitude of electron gain enthalpy of Cl is largest in periodic table.

Q.69 Order of IE1 values among the following is

Chemical Classification & Periodicity in Properties (s & p block) [8]

Q.72 Percentage ionic character of compound AB is

Comprehension-3 (Q.73 to Q.75)

Here C is constant of proportionality whose value depends on electronic configuration of ion.

Chemical Classification & Periodicity in Properties (s & p block) [9]

Q.77 Order of hydration energy

Q.78 Order of size of hydrated ion.

Q.79 Order of ionic mobility

Q.80 Order of size of gaseous ions.

Chemical Classification & Periodicity in Properties (s & p block) [10]

NaCl(s) Al+3(g) + 3Cl– (aq)

Q.81 HL.E. of NaAlCl4 will be _____________.

Q.84 BE Cl + H [Cl (g)] will be _____________.

Q.85 H eg of [Al+3(g)] will be _____________.

Chemical Classification & Periodicity in Properties (s & p block) [11]